As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2011

Securities Act File No. 333-        

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM N-2



 
x REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
o Pre-effective Amendment No.
o Post-effective Amendment No.


 

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800
Chicago, Illinois 60606

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(312) 205-5050

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)



 

David B. Golub
Golub Capital BDC, Inc.
150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800
Chicago, Illinois 60606

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)



 

Copies to:

Thomas J. Friedmann
David J. Harris
William J. Tuttle
Dechert LLP
1775 I Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 261-3300



 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. o

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

       
Title of Securities Being Registered   Amount Being
Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (1)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value (2)   $     $     $     $  
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value (2)                                    
Warrants (2)                                    
Subscription Rights (3)                                    
Debt Securities (4)                                    
Total   $            $            $ 500,000,000 (5)     $ 58,050  

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
(2) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock, preferred stock, or warrants as may be sold, from time to time. Warrants represent rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.
(3) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of subscription rights as may be sold, from time to time, representing rights to purchase common stock.
(4) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $500,000,000.
(5) In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $500,000,000.


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION     , 2011

$500,000,000

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our investment objective is to provide our stockholders with current income and capital appreciation through debt and minority equity investments in middle-market companies.

GC Advisors LLC serves as our investment adviser. GC Service Company, LLC serves as our administrator. GC Advisors LLC and GC Service Company, LLC are affiliated with Golub Capital, a leading lender to middle-market companies that had over $4.5 billion of capital under management as of March 31, 2011.

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, together or separately, up to $500,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share of our common stock exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders and approval of our board of directors, or (3) under such circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, may permit. See “Risk Factors” for more information.

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GBDC”. The last reported closing price for our common stock on June 6, 2011 was $15.16 per share. The net asset value of our common stock on March 31, 2011 (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus on which we determined net asset value) was $14.75 per share.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. If our shares trade at a discount to our net asset value, it will likely increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering. Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage, in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our securities. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. We maintain a website at http://www.golubcapitalbdc.com and make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. You may also obtain such information and make shareholder inquiries by contacting us at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling us collect at (312) 205-5050. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

The date of this prospectus is            , 2011.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
FEES AND EXPENSES     9  
RISK FACTORS     13  
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     40  
USE OF PROCEEDS     41  
DISTRIBUTIONS     42  
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA     43  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS     45  
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK     65  
THE COMPANY     66  
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES     77  
MANAGEMENT     86  
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS     93  
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS     103  
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS     106  
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE     108  
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN     110  
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS     112  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK     119  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK     123  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS     124  
DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS     126  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES     128  
REGULATION     139  
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR     146  
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES     146  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     147  
LEGAL MATTERS     149  
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM     149  
AVAILABLE INFORMATION     149  
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     F-1  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer from time to time up to $500,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker, into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may have changed since that date. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. Please carefully read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, together with any exhibits, before you make an investment decision.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus carefully.

Except as otherwise indicated, the terms:

“we,” “us,” “our” and “Golub Capital BDC” refer to Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including the Securitization Issuer and Holdings, and, for the periods prior to consummation of the BDC Conversion (as defined below), Golub Capital BDC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries;
“Holdings” refers to Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC, our direct subsidiary, and “Securitization Issuer” refers to Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC, our indirect subsidiary;
“Controlling Class” refers to the most senior class of notes of the Securitization Issuer then outstanding;
“Debt Securitization” refers to the $300 million term debt securitization that we completed on July 16, 2010;
“GC Advisors” refers to GC Advisors LLC, our investment adviser;
“GC Service” refers to GC Service Company, LLC, an affiliate of GC Advisors and our administrator; and
“Golub Capital” refers, collectively, to the activities and operations of Golub Capital Incorporated and Golub Capital Management LLC, which entities employ all of Golub Capital’s investment professionals, as well as GC Advisors, GC Service, associated investment funds and their respective affiliates.

On April 13, 2010, we converted from a limited liability company into a corporation. In this conversion, Golub Capital BDC, Inc. succeeded to the business of Golub Capital BDC LLC and its consolidated subsidiary, and the members of Golub Capital BDC LLC became stockholders of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. In this prospectus, we refer to such transactions as the “BDC Conversion.” Prior to the BDC Conversion, Golub Capital BDC LLC held all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in our predecessor, Golub Capital Master Funding LLC, or GCMF.

Golub Capital BDC

We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. We were formed in November 2009 to continue and expand the business of our predecessor, GCMF, which commenced operations in July 2007, to make investments in senior secured, unitranche (a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans), mezzanine (a loan that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness in priority of payment) and second lien loans of middle-market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity firms. In this prospectus, the term “middle-market” generally refers to companies having earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, of between $5 million and $40 million annually.

Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and minority equity investments. We intend to achieve our investment objective by (1) accessing the established loan origination channels developed by Golub Capital, a leading lender to middle-market companies with over $4.5 billion of capital under management as of March 31, 2011, (2) selecting investments within our core middle-market company focus, (3) partnering with experienced private equity firms, or sponsors, in many cases with whom we have invested alongside in the

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

past, (4) implementing the disciplined underwriting standards of Golub Capital and (5) drawing upon the aggregate experience and resources of Golub Capital.

As of March 31, 2011, our portfolio at fair value was comprised of 55.8% senior secured loans, 29.2% unitranche loans, 6.8% second lien loans, 6.4% mezzanine loans and 1.8% equity. Over time we expect that senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business, these investments are repaid and we invest in a different mix of assets.

We seek to create a diverse portfolio that includes senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans and warrants and minority equity securities by primarily investing approximately $5 million to $25 million of capital, on average, in the securities of U.S. middle-market companies. We may also selectively invest more than $25 million in some of our portfolio companies and generally expect that the size of our individual investments will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base.

As discussed in the “ — Market Opportunity” section below, we believe senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans represent particularly attractive investments when compared to similar loans originated in the 2006 – 2008 period because we expect pricing to be more attractive and borrowing terms and deal structures to be more conservative.

Our Adviser

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, GC Advisors. GC Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. GC Advisors was organized in September 2008 and is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. Under our amended and restated investment advisory agreement with GC Advisors, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay GC Advisors a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services. See “Management Agreements — Management Fee” for a discussion of the base management fee and incentive fee, including the cumulative income incentive fee and the income and capital gains incentive fee, payable by us to GC Advisors. Unlike most closed-end funds whose fees are based on assets net of leverage, our base management fee is based on our average-adjusted gross assets (including leverage) and, therefore, GC Advisors benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when capital gains are recognized and, because it determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While not expected to review or approve each borrowing, our independent directors periodically review GC Advisors’ services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. See “Management Agreements — Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement.”

GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital and has entered into a staffing agreement, or the Staffing Agreement, with two Golub Capital affiliates, Golub Capital Incorporated and Golub Capital Management LLC. Under the Staffing Agreement, these companies make experienced investment professionals available to GC Advisors and provide access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital and its affiliates. The Staffing Agreement provides GC Advisors with access to investment opportunities, which we refer to in the aggregate as deal flow, generated by Golub Capital and its affiliates in the ordinary course of their businesses and commits the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee to serve in that capacity. As our investment adviser, GC Advisors is obligated to allocate investment opportunities among us and its other clients fairly and equitably over time in accordance with its allocation policy. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.” However, there can be no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. GC Advisors seeks to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Golub Capital’s investment professionals.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An affiliate of GC Advisors, GC Service, provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate. See “The Offering — Administration Agreement” for a discussion of the fees and expenses we are required to reimburse to GC Service.

About Golub Capital

Golub Capital, founded in 1994, is a leading lender to middle-market companies, with a long track record of investing in unitranche and junior capital financings, which is our long-term investment focus. Golub Capital invested more than $2.2 billion in unitranche and mezzanine transactions across a variety of market environments and industries between 2001 and March 31, 2011. From 2005 through 2010, Golub Capital invested in more than 250 middle-market companies and, as of March 31, 2011, it held debt investments in more than 160 middle-market companies.

Golub Capital’s middle-market lending group is managed by a four-member senior management team consisting of Lawrence E. Golub, David B. Golub, Gregory W. Cashman and Andrew H. Steuerman. As of March 31, 2011, Golub Capital’s 57 investment professionals had an average of over 11 years of investment experience and were supported by 62 administrative and back office personnel that focus on operations, finance, legal and compliance, accounting and reporting, marketing, information technology and office management.

Market Opportunity

We intend to pursue an investment strategy focused on investing in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in, U.S. middle-market companies.

Target Market.   We believe that small and middle-market companies in the United States with annual revenues between $10 million and $2.5 billion represent a significant growth segment of the U.S. economy and often require substantial capital investments to grow. Middle-market companies have generated a significant number of investment opportunities for investment funds managed or advised by Golub Capital and we believe that this market segment will continue to produce significant investment opportunities for us.

Specialized Lending Requirements .  We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to U.S. middle-market companies. For example, based on the experience of our management team, lending to U.S. middle-market companies (1) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of information for such companies, (2) requires due diligence and underwriting practices consistent with the demands and economic limitations of the middle-market and (3) may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender.

Demand for Debt Capital .  We believe that private equity firms will continue to be active investors in middle-market companies. These private equity firms generally seek to leverage their investments by combining their capital with senior secured loans and/or mezzanine debt provided by other sources, and we believe that our capital is well positioned to partner with such equity investors. We expect such activity to be funded by the substantial amounts of private equity capital that have been raised in recent years.

Refinancing Requirements .  We believe the debt associated with a large number of middle-market leveraged mergers and acquisitions completed from 2005 to 2008 will start to come due in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many leveraged companies seek to refinance in the near term.

Deal Structures.   We believe that as a result of the credit crisis, many lenders are requiring less senior and total leverage and more comprehensive loan covenants than was customary in the years leading up to the credit crisis.

Competitive Strengths

Deep, Experienced Management Team .  We are managed by GC Advisors, which has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of Golub Capital’s 119 employees, led by our chairman, Lawrence E. Golub, and our chief executive officer, David B. Golub. As of March 31, 2011, the 57 investment professionals of Golub Capital had an average of over 11 years of investment experience and were supported

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by 62 administrative and back office personnel that focus on operations, finance, legal and compliance, accounting and reporting, marketing, information technology and office management. Golub Capital seeks to hire and retain high-quality investment professionals and reward those personnel based on investor returns. In 2009, Buyouts Magazine named Golub Capital “Middle-Market Lender of the Year” for the second consecutive year and M&A Advisor named Golub Capital the “Mezzanine Financing Agent of the Year” in 2009. These awards do not constitute an endorsement by any such publication or organization of the securities being offered by this prospectus.

Leading U.S. Debt Platform Provides Access to Proprietary Relationship-Based Deal Flow .  GC Advisors gives us access to the deal flow of Golub Capital, one of the leading middle-market lenders in the United States. Reuters Loan Pricing Corporation ranked Golub Capital as the leading senior lender for middle-market leveraged buyouts (total debt financing of under $100 million) for 2009, based both on deal volume and number of deals. Since its inception, Golub Capital has completed at least one debt financing with over 110 sponsors and closed multiple debt financings with over 40 sponsors. We believe that Golub Capital receives relationship-based “early looks” and “last looks” at many investment opportunities in the U.S. middle-market market, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process .  GC Advisors utilizes the established investment process of Golub Capital for reviewing lending opportunities, structuring transactions and monitoring investments. Using its disciplined approach to lending, GC Advisors seeks to minimize credit losses through effective underwriting, comprehensive due diligence investigations, structuring and the implementation of restrictive debt covenants.

Regimented Credit Monitoring .  Following each investment, GC Advisors implements a regimented credit monitoring system. This careful approach, which involves ongoing review and analysis by teams of professionals, has enabled us to identify problems early and to assist borrowers before they face difficult liquidity constraints.

Concentrated Middle-Market Focus .  Because of our focus on the middle-market, we understand the following general characteristics of middle-market lending:

middle-market companies are generally less leveraged than large companies and, we believe, offer more attractive investment returns in the form of upfront fees, prepayment penalties and higher interest rates;
middle-market issuers are more likely to have simple capital structures;
carefully structured covenant packages enable middle-market lenders to take early action to remediate poor financial performance; and
middle-market lenders can undertake thorough due diligence investigations prior to investment.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Organizational Structure

The following shows a simplified organizational chart reflecting our relationship with our investment adviser and administrator and our direct and indirect ownership interests in certain of our subsidiaries, including the membership interests of the Securitization Issuer, as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Recent Developments

Exemptive Application to Own an Asset Manager.   We applied for exemptive relief from the SEC on May 19, 2011 to permit us to continue to hold up to 100% of the outstanding voting interest of a portfolio company at such time as such portfolio company is required to register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. We have not yet formed such a subsidiary. In addition, there is no assurance that such relief will be granted or, if granted, the relief would be acceptable to us if the terms under which the SEC grants relief differ from those we proposed.

Follow-On Equity Offering.   On April 6, 2011, we completed a public offering in which we sold an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $15.75, resulting in proceeds, net of offering costs but before expenses, to us of approximately $52.6 million. On May 2, 2011, we issued an additional 453,257 shares of our common stock at the public offering price to cover over-allotments resulting in additional proceeds, net of offering costs but before expenses, of approximately $6.8 million.

SBIC License .  On August 24, 2010, our wholly owned subsidiary, GC SBIC IV, L.P., received approval for a license from the U.S. Small Business Administration, or the SBA, to operate as a Small Business Investment Company, or an SBIC. As a wholly owned subsidiary, GC SBIC IV, L.P. may rely on an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act. As such, this subsidiary will not elect to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. GC SBIC IV, L.P. has an investment objective substantially similar to ours and makes similar types of investments in accordance with SBIC regulations.

Prior to GC SBIC IV, L.P. obtaining approval from the SBA, Golub Capital managed two SBICs licensed by the SBA for more than 14 years. The SBIC license allows GC SBIC IV, L.P. to incur leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the issuance of a capital commitment and certain approvals by the SBA and customary procedures. SBA-guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. Under the regulations applicable to SBICs, an SBIC may have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA generally in an amount of up to twice its regulatory capital, which generally equates to the amount of its equity capital. SBIC regulations currently limit the amount that an SBIC subsidiary may borrow to a maximum of $150 million, assuming that it has at least $75 million of equity capital. GC SBIC IV, L.P. will be subject to regulation and oversight by the SBA, including requirements with respect to maintaining certain minimum financial ratios and other covenants.

As of March 31, 2011, we had committed and funded $40.0 million of equity capital to GC SBIC IV, L.P. and had SBA debentures of $20.0 million outstanding, which mature in March 2021. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the effective annualized average interest rate, which includes amortization

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of fees paid on the debentures, was 1.9% and 1.8%, respectively. The interest rate on the $20.0 million of outstanding debentures was fixed on March 29, 2011 at an interest rate of 4.5%.

As of March 31, 2011, we had available commitments of $28.3 million from the SBA. These commitments expire on September 30, 2013 and are subject to funding approval through the SBA’s draw request process.

Under present SBIC regulations, the maximum amount of SBA-guaranteed debentures that may be issued by multiple licensees under common management is $225 million. It is possible that GC SBIC IV, L.P. will be constrained in its ability to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures in the future if other Golub Capital SBICs have already issued such debentures. As of March 31, 2011, the two other SBIC licensees operated by Golub Capital had an aggregate of $137.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures outstanding, leaving aggregate borrowing capacity of a maximum of $88.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures for GC SBIC IV, L.P. and the two other SBIC licensees, none of which is required to be allocated to us. The borrowing capacity of GC SBIC IV, L.P. could be expanded if any other Golub Capital SBICs retire their SBA-guaranteed debentures. Any available issue amounts of SBA-guaranteed debentures will be allocated among GC SBIC IV, L.P. and Golub Capital’s two existing SBIC subsidiaries in accordance with the allocation policies and procedures of GC Advisors.

We applied for exemptive relief from the SEC on July 9, 2010 and filed an amended application on November 12, 2010 and on March 31, 2011 to permit us to exclude the debt of our SBIC subsidiary guaranteed by the SBA from our 200% asset coverage test under the 1940 Act. If we receive an exemption for this SBA debt, we would have increased flexibility under the 200% asset coverage test.

Debt Securitization.   On July 16, 2010, we completed a $300 million term Debt Securitization in which the Securitization Issuer issued $300 million of notes and, in connection with such issuance, received $300 million of consideration, consisting of $62.1 million of cash as well as loans with an aggregate outstanding loan balance of $237.9 million, which served as the initial collateral for the notes issued by the Securitization Issuer. We use the term “debt securitization” in this prospectus to describe a form of secured borrowing under which an operating company (sometimes referred to as an “originator” or “sponsor”) acquires or originates mortgages, receivables, loans or other assets that earn income, whether on a one-time or recurring basis (collectively, “income producing assets”), and borrows money on a non-recourse basis against a legally separate pool of loans or other income producing assets. In a typical debt securitization, the originator transfers the loans or income producing assets to a single-purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary (also referred to as a “special purpose entity”), which is established solely for the purpose of holding loans and income producing assets and issuing debt secured by these income producing assets. The formation of a special purpose entity and subsequent issuance of debt is referred to in this prospectus as a structured finance transaction. The special purpose entity completes the borrowing through the issuance of notes secured by the loans or other assets. The special purpose entity may issue the notes in the capital markets to a variety of investors, including banks, non-bank financial institutions and other investors. In the Debt Securitization, an institutional investor purchased the notes issued by the Securitization Issuer in a private placement.

The notes offered in the Debt Securitization were issued by the Securitization Issuer, and the Class A Notes and Class B Notes are secured by the assets held by the Securitization Issuer. The Debt Securitization was executed through a private placement of $174 million of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes, or the Class A Notes, which bear interest at the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 2.40%. The $10 million face amount of Class B Notes, or Class B Notes, bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.40%, and the $116 million face amount of Subordinated Notes, or Subordinated Notes, do not bear interest. All of the notes are scheduled to mature on July 20, 2021. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the Securitization Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization, Holdings retained all of the Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes issued by the Securitization Issuer, which together totaled $126 million, and it retained all of the membership interests in the Securitization Issuer, which Holdings initially purchased for $250. All of the notes are scheduled to mature on July 20, 2021. We use the term retained in this prospectus to describe the acquisition by Holdings of the Class B Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the membership interests issued by the Securitization Issuer. Specifically, Holdings acquired the membership interests in the Securitization Issuer in connection with the initial capitalization of the Securitization Issuer. Holdings then

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquired the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes from the Securitization Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization in partial consideration for the portfolio loans transferred from Holdings to the Securitization Issuer in the combination sale and contribution transaction described below. These transactions were all completed in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

For a more detailed discussion of the Debt Securitization, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition, Results of Operations and Cash Flows — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Securitization.”

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities are managed by GC Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of us, GC Advisors and its affiliates.

As a business development company, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For example, while we are permitted to finance investments using leverage, which may include the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or notes and other borrowings, our ability to use leverage is limited in significant respects. See “Regulation.” Any decision on our part to use leverage will depend upon our assessment of the attractiveness of available investment opportunities in relation to the costs and perceived risks of such leverage. The use of leverage to finance investments creates certain risks and potential conflicts of interest. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure —  We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.”

Also, as a business development company, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, after giving effect to any acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of “eligible portfolio companies,” cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the 1940 Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include (1) private domestic operating companies, (2) public domestic operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange ( e.g. , the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE Amex Equities and The NASDAQ Global Market) or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and (3) public domestic operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public domestic operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board and through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies. See “Regulation.”

Conflicts of Interests

Subject to certain 1940 Act restrictions on co-investments with affiliates, GC Advisors offers us the right to participate in all investment opportunities that it determines are appropriate for us in view of our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other relevant factors. Such offers are subject to the exception that, in accordance with GC Advisors’ code of ethics and allocation policies, we might not participate in each individual opportunity but will, on an overall basis, be entitled to participate equitably with other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates.

To the extent that we compete with entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates for a particular investment opportunity, GC Advisors will allocate investment opportunities across the entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (1) its internal conflict of interest and allocation policies, (2) the requirements of the Advisers Act and (3) certain restrictions under the 1940 Act regarding co-investments with affiliates. GC Advisors’ allocation policies are intended to ensure that, over time, we may generally share equitably in investment opportunities with other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles, together referred to as accounts, sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates,

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

particularly those involving a security with limited supply or involving differing classes of securities of the same issuer which may be suitable for us and such other accounts.

GC Advisors has historically sponsored or managed, and currently sponsors or manages, accounts with similar or overlapping investment strategies and has put in place a conflict-resolution policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. GC Advisors seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities when we are able to invest alongside other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. When we invest alongside such other accounts, such investments are made consistent with GC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, GC Advisors will determine separately the amount of any proposed investment to be made by us and similar eligible accounts. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed investment, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with GC Advisor’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to fully satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. In situations in which co-investment with other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when, in the absence of exemptive relief described below, we and such other entities would be making different investments in the same issuer, GC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. GC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time, including, for example, through random or rotational methods. We and GC Advisors have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.”

GC Advisors and its affiliates have other clients with similar or competing investment objectives, including several private funds that are pursuing an investment strategy similar to ours, some of which are continuing to seek new capital commitments. In serving these clients, GC Advisors may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities. Our investment objective may overlap with such affiliated accounts. GC Advisors’ allocation procedures are designed to allocate investment opportunities among the accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates in a manner consistent with its obligations under the Advisers Act. If two or more accounts with similar investment strategies are actively investing, GC Advisors will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Conflicts related to obligations GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients.” Additionally, under our incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when we recognize capital gains and, because GC Advisors determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for GC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.” In addition, because the base management fee that we pay to GC Advisors is based on our average adjusted gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, GC Advisors has a financial incentive to incur leverage.

Our principal executive offices are located at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, Illinois 60606, and our telephone number is (312) 205-5050. Our corporate website is located at www.golubcapitalbdc.com . Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table excludes one-time fees payable to third parties not affiliated with GC Advisors that were incurred in connection with the Debt Securitization but includes all of the applicable ongoing fees and expenses of the Debt Securitization. Whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Golub Capital BDC,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, our common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses.

 
Stockholder transaction expenses:
        
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)     % (1)  
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)     % (2)  
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses     % (3)  
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)     %  
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock):
        
Management fees     2.00% (4)  
Incentive fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement (20%)     0.31% (5)  
Interest payments on borrowed funds     2.32% (6)  
Other expenses     1.34% (7)  
Total annual expenses     5.97% (8)  

(1) In the event that the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters or agents, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load.
(2) The related prospectus supplement will disclose the estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the offering expenses borne by us as a percentage of the offering price.
(3) The expenses associated with the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) Our management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.375% and is based on the average adjusted gross assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets), at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters and is payable quarterly in arrears. See “Management Agreements — Management Fee.” The management fee referenced in the table above is based on actual amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2011 by GC Advisors in its capacity as investment adviser to us and collateral manager to the Securitization Issuer, annualized for a full year as of March 31, 2011.

GC Advisors, as collateral manager for the Securitization Issuer under the collateral management agreement, is entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the adjusted principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the Securitization Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which is payable in arrears on each payment date. This fee, which is less than the management fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, is paid directly by the Securitization Issuer to GC Advisors and offset against such management fee. Accordingly, the 1.375% management fee paid by the Company to GC Advisors under the Investment Advisory Agreement on all of our assets, including those indirectly held through the Securitization Issuer, is reduced, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by an amount equal to such 0.35% fee paid to GC Advisors by the Securitization Issuer. This fee may be waived by the collateral manager. The collateral management agreement does not include any incentive fee payable to GC Advisors.

For purposes of this table, the SEC requires that the “Management fees” percentage be calculated as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stockholders, rather than total assets, including assets that have been funded with borrowed monies because common stockholders bear all of this cost. If the base management fee portion of the “Management fees” percentage were calculated instead as a percentage of our total assets, our base management fee portion of the “Management fees” percentage would be approximately 1.14% of total assets. The base management fee in the table above is based on net assets of $262.0 million and leverage of $194.0 million as of March 31, 2011.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(5) The incentive fee referenced in the table above is based on actual amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2011, annualized for a full year. We have structured the calculation of the incentive fee to include a fee limitation such that no incentive fee will be paid to GC Advisors for any quarter if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to GC Advisors since the effective date of our election to become a business development company would be greater than 20.0% of our “Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income.”

We accomplish this limitation by subjecting each quarterly incentive fee payable under the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation” to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”). The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to the difference between (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income and (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to GC Advisors by Golub Capital BDC since April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to become a business development company. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no incentive fee would be payable in that quarter. Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income is equal to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period since April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to be treated as a business development company, and (b) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation since April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to be treated as a business development company.

The income and capital gain incentive fee calculation (the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation”) has two parts. The income component is calculated quarterly in arrears based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the income component, it is possible that an incentive fee may be calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which we have incurred a loss. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the income component will result in a positive value and an incentive fee will be paid unless the payment of such incentive fee would cause us to pay incentive fees on a cumulative basis that exceed 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0% quarterly. If market interest rates rise, we may be able to invest our funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for GC Advisors to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets) used to calculate the 1.375% base management fee.

We calculate the income component of the Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:

zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
100.0% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% in any calendar quarter. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%) as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide GC Advisors with 20.0% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter; and

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

20.0% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter.

The sum of these calculations yields the Income Incentive Fee. This amount is appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter.

The second part of the Incentive Fee Calculation (the “Capital Gain Incentive Fee”) equals (a) 20.0% of our “Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base,” if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. Our Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base equals the sum of (1) our realized capital gains on a cumulative positive basis from April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to become a business development company, through the end of each calendar year, (2) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (3) all unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis.

The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in our portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost base of such investment.
The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in our portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in our portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.

As described above, the incentive fee will not be paid at any time where after such payment the cumulative incentives fees paid to date would be greater than 20.0% of the Cumulative Pre-Incentive Net Income since April 13, 2010. We will accrue the Capital Gain Incentive Fee if, on a cumulative basis, the sum of net realized gains/(losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) is positive. The Capital Gain Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis from the date we elected to become a business development company through the end of each calendar year. For the calendar year ended December 31, 2010, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee was zero. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the incentive fee, see “Management Agreements — Management Fee.”

(6) Interest payments on borrowed funds represents our annualized interest expense as of March 31, 2011 and includes interest payable on the notes issued by the Securitization Issuer. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the effective annualized average interest rate, which includes all interest and amortization of debt issuance costs on the Debt Securitization, was 3.2%. Debt issuance costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Debt Securitization. These fees include a $1.74 million one-time structuring and placement fee paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC as well as legal fees, accounting fees, rating agency fees, and all other costs associated with the Debt Securitization.
(7) Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by GC Service. See “Management Agreements  — Administration Agreement.” “Other expenses” are based on actual amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2011, annualized for a full year. “Other expenses” also includes the ongoing administrative expenses to the trustee, collateral manager, independent accountants, legal counsel, rating agencies and independent managers in connection with developing and maintaining reports and providing required services in connection with the administration of the Debt Securitization. The administrative expenses are paid by the Securitization Issuer on each payment date in two parts: (1) a component that is paid in a priority to other amounts distributed by the Securitization Issuer, subject to a cap equal to the sum of 0.04% per annum on the adjusted principal balance of the portfolio loans and other assets held by the Securitization Issuer on the last day of the collection period relating to such payment date, plus $150,000 per annum, and (2) a component that is paid in a subordinated position relative to other amounts distributed by the Securitization Issuer, equal to any amounts that exceed the aforementioned administrative expense cap.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(8) All expenses of the Company, including all expenses of the Debt Securitization, are disclosed in the appropriate line items under “Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock).” “Total annual expenses” as a percentage of consolidated net assets attributable to common stock are higher than the total annual expenses percentage would be for a company that is not leveraged. We borrow money to leverage our net assets and increase our total assets. The SEC requires that the “Total annual expenses” percentage be calculated as a percentage of net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and after taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period), rather than the total assets, including assets that have been funded with borrowed monies. The reason for presenting expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stockholders is that our common stockholders bear all of our fees and expenses.

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown. These amounts assume (1) a 4.75% sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions), (2) no transaction expenses and (2) total net annual expenses of 5.66% of net assets attributable to common shares as set forth in the table above (other than performance-based incentive fees). Transaction expenses are not included in the following example. For purposes of this table, we have assumed leverage of $194.0 million, which was our actual leverage as of March 31, 2011.

       
  1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return   $ 114     $ 225     $ 334     $ 597  

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or have an immaterial impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. Under our Investment Advisory Agreement, no incentive fee would be payable if we have a 5% annual return. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher. The example assumes that all dividends and other distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Under certain circumstances, reinvestment of dividends and other distributions under our dividend reinvestment plan may occur at a price per share that differs from net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for more information.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

We have a limited operating history as a business development company.

Our predecessor, GCMF, was formed in June 2007 and commenced operations in July 2007. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering in April 2010, we did not operate as a business development company. As a result of our limited operating history, we are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially. In addition, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code.

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies and RICs that do not apply to other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. Business development companies are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets in qualifying assets. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Neither we nor GC Advisors has significant experience operating under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.

We are dependent upon key personnel of GC Advisors for our future success and upon their access to the investment professionals and partners of Golub Capital and its affiliates.

We do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the senior professionals of GC Advisors to achieve our investment objective. We expect that GC Advisors will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. We can offer no assurance, however, that senior professionals of GC Advisors will continue to provide investment advice to us. If these individuals do not maintain their existing relationships with Golub Capital and its affiliates and do not develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior professionals of GC Advisors have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities. Therefore, we can offer no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital and depends upon access to the investment professionals and other resources of Golub Capital and its affiliates to fulfill its obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. GC Advisors also depends upon Golub Capital to obtain access to deal flow generated by the professionals of Golub Capital and its affiliates. Under the Staffing Agreement, Golub Capital provides GC Advisors with the resources necessary to fulfill these obligations. The Staffing Agreement provides that Golub Capital makes available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and provides access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. We are not a party to this Staffing Agreement and cannot assure you that Golub Capital will fulfill its obligations under the agreement. If Golub Capital fails to perform, we cannot assure you that GC Advisors will enforce the Staffing Agreement, that such agreement will not be terminated by either party or that we will continue to have access to the investment professionals of Golub Capital and its affiliates or their information and deal flow.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GC Advisors’ investment committee provides oversight over our investment activities. GC Advisors’ investment committee consists of two members of our board of directors and two employees of Golub Capital. The loss of any member of GC Advisors’ investment committee or of other senior professionals of GC Advisors and its affiliates would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with sponsors. Any inability of GC Advisors to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We depend upon GC Advisors to maintain Golub Capital’s relationships with sponsors, and we intend to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If GC Advisors fails to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the principals of GC Advisors have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

We may not replicate the historical results achieved by our predecessor, GCMF, or other entities managed or sponsored by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, or by GC Advisors or its affiliates.

Our investments may differ from those of our predecessor, GCMF, and existing accounts that are or have been sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or affiliates of GC Advisors. Investors in our common stock are not acquiring an interest in any accounts that are or have been sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or affiliates of GC Advisors. We may consider co-investing in portfolio investments with other accounts sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates. Any such investments will be subject to regulatory limitations and approvals by directors who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. We can offer no assurance, however, that we will obtain such approvals or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations. We also cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results may have been achieved in particular market conditions which may never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty may have an adverse impact on our future performance.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow. This will depend, in turn, on GC Advisors’ ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis will depend upon GC Advisors’ execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. GC Advisors will have substantial responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement, as well as responsibilities in connection with the management of other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors, members of GC Advisors’ investment committee or Golub Capital and its affiliates. The personnel of GC Advisors and its affiliates, including GC Service, may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.

As a result of our arrangements with GC Advisors and its affiliates and GC Advisors’ investment committee, there may be times when GC Advisors or such persons have interests that differ from those of our securityholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conflicts related to obligations GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients.

The members of GC Advisors’ investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Similarly, GC Advisors or its affiliates currently manage and may have other clients with similar or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub have management responsibilities for other accounts managed or sponsored by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Our investment objective may overlap with the investment objectives of such affiliated accounts. For example, GC Advisors currently manages several private funds that are pursuing an investment strategy similar to ours, some of which are continuing to seek new capital commitments, and we may compete with these and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other accounts advised by or affiliated with GC Advisors. GC Advisors will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed investment, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with GC Advisor’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to fully satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable to us.

GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

Principals of GC Advisors and its affiliates and members of GC Advisors’ investment committee may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for GC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.

In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to GC Advisors. These fees are based on our average adjusted gross assets, which include leverage. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on our average adjusted gross assets, GC Advisors benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when we recognize capital gains and, because GC Advisors determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While it is not expected to review or approve each borrowing, our independent directors periodically review GC Advisors’ services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, GC Advisors or its affiliates may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our securityholders, giving rise to a conflict.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The part of the incentive fee payable to GC Advisors that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. This fee structure may be considered to involve a conflict of interest for GC Advisors to the extent that it may encourage GC Advisors to favor debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. GC Advisors may have an incentive to invest in deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the incentive fee even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because GC Advisors is not obligated to reimburse us for any incentive fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

Many of our portfolio investments are expected to be made in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these securities in good faith as described below in “— Many of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.” In connection with that determination, investment professionals from GC Advisors may provide our board of directors with portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. In addition, Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub have an indirect pecuniary interest in GC Advisors. The participation of GC Advisors’ investment professionals in our valuation process, and the indirect pecuniary interest in GC Advisors by Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub, could result in a conflict of interest as GC Advisors’ management fee is based, in part, on our average adjusted gross assets (including leverage but excluding cash) and our incentive fees will be based, in part, on unrealized gains and losses.

Conflicts related to other arrangements with GC Advisors or its affiliates.

We have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital Management LLC under which Golub Capital Management LLC has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital”. See “Management Agreements — License Agreement.” In addition, we rent office space from GC Service, an affiliate of GC Advisors, and pay to GC Service our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by GC Service in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. This will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with GC Advisors and the Administration Agreement with GC Service were not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to GC Advisors, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with GC Advisors, GC Service and their respective affiliates. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. We consider GC Advisors and its affiliates to be our affiliates for such purposes. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company, without prior approval of our independent directors

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and, in some cases, of the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC.

We may, however, invest alongside GC Advisors’ and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that GC Advisors, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside GC Advisors’ other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and GC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, GC Advisors determines separately the amount of any proposed investment to be made by us and similar eligible accounts. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed investment, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with GC Advisor’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to fully satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

In situations in which co-investment with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when, in the absence of exemptive relief described below, we and such other entities may make investments in the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of other GC Advisors clients, GC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with such investments. GC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such investment opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that is fair and equitable over time, including, for example, through random or rotational methods. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, without the prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the business development company regulations governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain “joint transactions” between entities that share a common investment adviser.

We and GC Advisors have submitted an application for exemptive relief from the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investments by us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, our application for exemptive relief seeks an exemptive order permitting us to invest with accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in the same portfolio companies under circumstances in which such investments would otherwise not be permitted by the 1940 Act. We expect that such exemptive relief permitting co-investments, if granted, would apply only if our independent directors review and approve each co-investment.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make. We compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

With respect to the investments we make, we do not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. In the secondary market for acquiring existing loans, we compete generally on the basis of pricing terms. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. We may also compete for investment opportunities with accounts managed or sponsored by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Although GC Advisors allocates opportunities in accordance with its policies and procedures, allocations to such other accounts will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to us and may not be in the best interests of us and our securityholders. Moreover, the performance of investments will not be known at the time of allocation. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure —  There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns,” “— Conflicts related to obligations GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients” and “Related Party Transactions.”

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC.

To qualify as a RIC under the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. We are subject, to the extent we use debt financing, to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to stockholders and the amount of our distributions and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our securityholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation as a RIC.”

We may need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings are not available to fund new investments. An inability to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accretion of original issue discount. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements, is included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.

That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible.

Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation as a RIC.”

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. As of March 31, 2011, we had $194.0 million of outstanding borrowings, including $174.0 million outstanding under the Debt Securitization.

In the absence of an event of default, no person or entity from which we borrow money will have a veto right or voting power over our ability to set policy, make investment decisions or adopt investment strategies. If we issue preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, the preferred stock would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and might have other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of our common

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stockholders, and the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in your best interest. Holders of our common stock will directly or indirectly bear all of the costs associated with offering and servicing any preferred stock that we issue. In addition, any interests of preferred stockholders may not necessarily align with the interests of holders of our common stock and the rights of holders of shares of preferred stock to receive dividends would be senior to those of holders of shares of our common stock. We do not, however, anticipate issuing preferred stock in the next 12 months.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you might experience dilution.

We are subject to risks associated with the Debt Securitization.

As a result of the Debt Securitization, we are subject to a variety of risks, including those set forth below.

We are subject to certain risks as a result of our indirect interests in the junior notes and membership interests of the Securitization Issuer.

Under the terms of the master loan sale agreement governing the Debt Securitization, (1) we sold and/or contributed to Holdings all of our ownership interest in our portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the master loan sale agreement and (2) Holdings, in turn, sold and/or contributed to the Securitization Issuer all of its ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and the consideration set forth in the master loan sale agreement. Following these transfers, the Securitization Issuer, and not Holdings or us, held all of the ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations. As a result of the Debt Securitization, we hold indirectly through Holdings a combination of junior notes comprised of Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes as well as membership interests, which comprise 100% of the equity interests, in the Securitization Issuer. As a result, we consolidate the financial statements of Holdings and the Securitization Issuer, as well as our other subsidiaries, in our consolidated financial statements. Because each of Holdings and the Securitization Issuer is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the sale or contribution by us to Holdings, and by Holdings to the Securitization Issuer, did not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service were to take a contrary position, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The securities issued by the Securitization Issuer, or by any securitization vehicle we sponsor in the future, could be acquired by another business development company or securitization vehicle subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. We may also, from time to time, hold asset-backed securities, or the economic equivalent thereof, issued by a securitization vehicle sponsored by another business development company to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

The Subordinated Notes and membership interests in the Securitization Issuer are subordinated obligations of the Securitization Issuer.

The Subordinated Notes are the most junior class of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer, are subordinated in priority of payment to every other class of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer and are subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in the indenture governing the notes. Therefore, Holdings only receives cash distributions on the Subordinated Notes if the Securitization Issuer has made all cash interest payments to all other notes it has issued, and we only receive cash distributions in respect of our indirect ownership of the Securitization Issuer to the extent that Holdings receives any cash distributions in respect of its direct ownership of the Securitization Issuer. The Subordinated Notes are also unsecured and rank behind

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

all of the secured creditors, known or unknown, of the Securitization Issuer, including the holders of the senior notes it has issued. Consequently, to the extent that the value of the Securitization Issuer’s portfolio of loan investments has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, or as a result of defaulted loans or individual fund assets, the value of the Subordinated Notes at their redemption could be reduced.

The membership interests in the Securitization Issuer represent all of the equity interest in the Securitization Issuer. As such, the holder of the membership interests is the residual claimant on distributions, if any, made by the Securitization Issuer after holders of all classes of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer have been paid in full on each payment date or upon maturity of such notes under the Debt Securitization documents. Such payments may be made by the Securitization Issuer only to the extent permitted under the Debt Securitization documents on any payment date or upon payment in full of the notes issued by the Securitization Issuer.

The interests of holders of the senior classes of securities issued by the Securitization Issuer may not be aligned with our interests.

The Class A Notes are the debt obligations ranking senior in right of payment to other securities issued by the Securitization Issuer in the Debt Securitization. As such, there are circumstances in which the interests of holders of the Class A Notes may not be aligned with the interests of holders of the other classes of notes issued by, and membership interests of, the Securitization Issuer. For example, under the terms of the Class A Notes, holders of the Class A Notes have the right to receive payments of principal and interest prior to holders of the Class B Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the membership interests.

For as long as the Class A Notes remain outstanding, holders of the Class A Notes comprise the Controlling Class under the Debt Securitization and, as such, they have the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio loans in ways that may benefit their interests but not the interests of holders of more junior classes of notes and membership interests, including by exercising remedies under the indenture in the Debt Securitization.

If an event of default has occurred and acceleration occurs in accordance with the terms of the indenture, the most senior class of notes then outstanding will be paid in full before any further payment or distribution on the notes. In addition, if an event of default occurs, holders of a majority of the Controlling Class will be entitled to determine the remedies to be exercised under the indenture, subject to the terms of the indenture. For example, upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to the notes issued by the Securitization Issuer, the trustee or holders of a majority of the Controlling Class may declare the principal, together with any accrued interest, of all the notes of such class and any junior classes to be immediately due and payable. This would have the effect of accelerating the principal on such notes, triggering a repayment obligation on the part of the Securitization Issuer. If at such time the portfolio loans were not performing well, the Securitization Issuer may not have sufficient proceeds available to enable the trustee under the indenture to repay the obligations of holders of the Class B Notes or the Subordinated Notes, or to pay a dividend to holders of the membership interests.

Remedies pursued by the Controlling Class could be adverse to the interests of the holders of the notes that are subordinated to the Controlling Class (which would include the Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes to the extent the Class A Notes constitute the Controlling Class), and the Controlling Class will have no obligation to consider any possible adverse effect on such other interests. Thus, we cannot assure you that any remedies pursued by the Controlling Class will be in the best interests of Holdings or that Holdings will receive any payments or distributions upon an acceleration of the notes. Any failure of the Securitization Issuer to make distributions on the notes we indirectly hold, whether as a result of an event of default or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and may result in an inability of us to make distributions sufficient to allow our qualification as a RIC.

The Securitization Issuer may fail to meet certain asset coverage tests.

Under the documents governing the Debt Securitization, there are two asset coverage tests applicable to the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes. The first such test compares the amount of interest received on the portfolio loans held by the Securitization Issuer to the amount of interest payable in respect of the Class A

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes and Class B Notes. To meet this first test, interest received on the portfolio loans must equal at least 115% of the interest payable in respect of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes. The second such test compares the principal amount of the portfolio loans to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes. To meet this test at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio loans must equal at least 158% of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, taken together. If either coverage test is not satisfied, interest and principal received by the Securitization Issuer are diverted on the following payment date to pay the Class A Notes in full and then the Class B Notes in full (in order of seniority) to the extent necessary to cause all coverage tests to be satisfied on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all payments made in respect of the notes, which we refer to as a mandatory redemption. If any asset coverage test with respect to the Class A Notes or Class B Notes is not met or if the Securitization Issuer fails to obtain a confirmation of the initial ratings of the Class A Notes or Class B Notes after the effective date (defined under the indenture as the earlier to occur of January 5, 2011 or the time that the Securitization Issuer has acquired (or committed to acquire) at least $300 million in assets), proceeds from the portfolio of loan investments that otherwise would have been distributed to the Securitization Issuer and the holders of the Subordinated Notes will instead be used to redeem first the Class A Notes and then the Class B Notes, to the extent necessary to satisfy the applicable asset coverage tests or to obtain the necessary ratings confirmation. We obtained a confirmation of the initial ratings provided with respect to the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes on January 14, 2011.

The value of the Class B Notes could be adversely affected by a mandatory redemption because such redemption could result in the Class B Notes being redeemed at par at a time when they are trading in the secondary market at a premium to their stated principal amount and when other investments bearing the same rate of interest may be difficult or expensive to acquire. A mandatory redemption could also result in a shorter investment duration than a holder of Class B Notes may have wanted or anticipated, which could, in turn, result in such a holder incurring breakage costs on related hedging transactions. In addition, the reinvestment period under the Debt Securitization may extend through as late as July 20, 2015, which could affect the value of the collateral securing the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes.

We may not receive cash from the Securitization Issuer.

We receive cash from the Securitization Issuer only to the extent that Holdings receives payments on the Class B Notes, Subordinated Notes or membership interests. The Securitization Issuer may only make payments on such securities to the extent permitted by the payment priority provisions of the indenture governing the notes, which generally provides that principal payments on the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes may not be made on any payment date unless all amounts owing under the Class A Notes are paid in full. In addition, if the Securitization Issuer does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the documents governing the Debt Securitization, cash would be diverted from the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes to first pay the Class A Notes in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied. In the event that we fail to indirectly receive cash from the Securitization Issuer, we could be unable to make such distributions in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all.

We may be required to assume liabilities of the Securitization Issuer.

As part of the Debt Securitization, we entered into a master loan sale agreement under which we would be required to repurchase any loan (or participation interest therein) which was sold to the Securitization Issuer in breach of any representation or warranty made by us with respect to such loan on the date such loan was sold. To the extent we fail to satisfy any such repurchase obligation, the trustee may, on behalf of the Securitization Issuer, bring an action against us to enforce these repurchase obligations.

The structure of the Debt Securitization is intended to prevent, in the event of our bankruptcy or the bankruptcy of Holdings, the consolidation of the Securitization Issuer with our operations or those of Holdings. If the true sale of these assets were not respected in the event of our insolvency, a trustee or debtor-in-possession might reclaim the assets of the Securitization Issuer for our estate. However, in doing so, we would become directly liable for all of the indebtedness then outstanding under the Debt Securitization, which would equal the full amount of debt of the Securitization Issuer reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we cannot assure that the recovery in the event we were consolidated with the Securitization Issuer

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for purposes of any bankruptcy proceeding would exceed the amount to which we would otherwise be entitled as an indirect holder of the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes had we not been consolidated with the Securitization Issuer.

In addition, in connection with the Debt Securitization, we indirectly gave the lenders certain customary representations with respect to the legal structure of the Securitization Issuer and the quality of the assets transferred to it. We remain indirectly liable for any incorrect statements or omissions for a period of at least one year, and potentially for the life of the Debt Securitization.

The Securitization Issuer may issue additional Subordinated Notes.

Under the terms of the Debt Securitization documents, the Securitization Issuer could issue additional Subordinated Notes and use the net proceeds of such issuance to purchase additional portfolio loans. Any such additional issuance, however, would require the consent of the collateral manager and the approval of a majority of the Subordinated Notes. Among the other conditions that must be satisfied in connection with an additional issuance of Subordinated Notes, the aggregate principal amount of all additional issuances of Subordinated Notes may not exceed 100% of the original outstanding principal of Subordinated Notes on the closing date, or $116 million; the Issuer must notify each rating agency of such issuance prior to the issuance date; and the terms of the notes to be issued must be identical to the terms of previously issued Subordinated Notes (except that all monies due on such additional Subordinated Notes will accrue from the issue date of such notes and that the prices of such Subordinated Notes do not have to be identical to those of the initial Subordinated Notes). We do not expect to cause the Securitization Issuer to issue any additional Subordinated Notes at this time, and the terms of the Debt Securitization documents do not provide for additional issuances of Class A Notes or Class B Notes.

Our ability to invest in public companies may be limited in certain circumstances.

To maintain our status as a business development company, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and investments in distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as qualifying assets only if such issuer has a common equity market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment.

We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. We may issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we may enter into with lenders. In addition, under the terms of any credit facility or other debt instrument we enter into, we are likely to be required by its terms to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our equity stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions on our common stock or any outstanding preferred stock. Our ability to service our debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the base management fee payable to GC Advisors is payable based on our average adjusted gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, GC Advisors has a financial incentive to incur leverage which may not be consistent with our stockholders’ interests. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to GC Advisors.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include the Class A Notes issued by the Securitization Issuer, our other borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on GC Advisors’ and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

We have applied for exemptive relief from the SEC which, if granted, would permit GC SBIC IV, L.P. to incur leverage to the full extent permitted under the SBIC license and to disregard such debt (and the corresponding GC SBIC IV, L.P. assets) for purposes of calculating our compliance with the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act. If granted, this relief would grant us the ability to incur leverage in excess of the amounts we are currently permitted to incur under the 1940 Act. There is no assurance that such relief will be granted or, if granted, the relief would be acceptable to us if the terms under which the SEC grants relief differ from those we proposed. If such relief is granted and we incur additional leverage in excess of the amounts we are currently permitted to incur, our net asset value will decline more sharply if the value of our assets declines than if we had not incurred such additional leverage and the effects of leverage described above will be magnified.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

         
  Assumed Return on Our Portfolio
(Net of Expenses)
     -10%   -5%   0%   5%   10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder (1)     -20 %       -11 %       -2 %       6 %       15 %  

(1) Assumes $459.5 million in total assets, $194.0 million in debt outstanding and $262.0 million in net assets as of March 31, 2011 and an effective annual interest rate of 3.3%.

Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $194.0 million as of March 31, 2011 and the effective annual interest rate of 3.3% as of that date, our investment portfolio would have been required to experience an annual return of at least 1.4% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.

To the extent we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

To the extent we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we continue to use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds will increase because the interest rates on the Class A Notes and Class B Notes issued under the Debt Securitization are floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with issuances of equity and long-term debt securities. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to GC Advisors.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which are another form of leverage.

We may enter into reverse repurchase agreements as part of our management of our temporary investment portfolio. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, we will effectively pledge our assets as collateral to secure a short-term loan. Generally, the other party to the agreement makes the loan in an amount equal to a percentage of the fair value of the pledged collateral. At the maturity of the reverse repurchase agreement, we will be required to repay the loan and correspondingly receive back our collateral. While used as collateral, the assets continue to pay principal and interest which are for the benefit of us.

Our use of reverse repurchase agreements, if any, involves many of the same risks involved in our use of leverage, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities that we have sold but remain obligated to purchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by us may decline. If a buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experience insolvency, we may be adversely affected. Also, in entering into reverse repurchase agreements, we would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of such agreements at settlement are less than the fair value of the underlying securities being pledged. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreements transactions, our net asset value would decline, and, in some cases, we may be worse off than if we had not used such instruments.

We are currently operating in a period of capital markets disruption and economic downturn.

The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption during the economic downturn that began in mid-2007, and the U.S. economy was in a recession for several consecutive calendar quarters during the same period. Disruptions in the capital markets have increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and negatively impact our operating results.

Adverse developments in the credit markets may impair our ability to enter into new debt financing arrangements.

During the economic downturn in the United States that began in mid-2007, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited routine refinancing and loan modification transactions and even reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. As a result, it may be difficult for us to finance the growth of our investments on acceptable economic terms, or at all.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a business development company or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a business development company, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation — Qualifying Assets.”

In the future, we believe that most of our investments will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not maintain our status as a business development company, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end fund, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.

Many of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Many of our portfolio investments take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our securities. As discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition, Results of Operations and Cash Flows — Critical Accounting Policies,” most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement . This means that our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments requires significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which may include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We have retained the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of our performance in future periods.

New or modified laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws, regulations and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business. In particular, on July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank, became law. The scope of Dodd-Frank impacts

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

many aspects of the financial services industry, and it requires the development and adoption of many implementing regulations over the next several months and years. The effects of Dodd-Frank on the financial services industry will depend, in large part, upon the extent to which regulators exercise the authority granted to them and the approaches taken in implementing regulations. We have begun to assess the potential impact of Dodd-Frank on our business and operations, but at this early stage, the likely impact cannot be ascertained with any degree of certainty.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to our strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of GC Advisors to other types of investments in which GC Advisors may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive our investment objective and certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company. Under Delaware law, we also cannot be dissolved without prior stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current investment objective, operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the price value of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions.

Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our securities.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. If our board of directors does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our securityholders.

GC Advisors can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

GC Advisors has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If GC Advisors resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

GC Service can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

GC Service has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If GC Service resigns, we may not be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by GC Service. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules implemented by the SEC.

Efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.

Under current SEC rules, we are required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC beginning with fiscal year 2011. As a result, we are incurring additional expenses that may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also results in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our securities may be adversely affected.

We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends and other distributions.

Our business depends on the communications and information systems of GC Advisors and its affiliates. Any failure or interruption of such systems could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our securities and our ability to pay dividends and other distributions to our securityholders.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub have substantial control over us.

Following completion of our April 2011 equity offering, Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub, beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 42.7% and 42.4%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock, primarily as a result of their ownership interests in and control of Golub Capital Management LLC, the investment adviser to Golub Capital Company IV, LLC, Golub Capital Company V LLC, Golub Capital Company VI LLC (collectively, the “Capital Companies”) and GEMS Fund L.P., a limited partnership affiliated with GC Advisors. As a result, these individuals, acting together, may have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and may cause actions to be taken that you may not agree with or that are not in your interests or those of other securityholders.

This concentration of beneficial ownership also might harm the market price of our securities by:

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or
discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors.

Current market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and around the world.

From mid-2007 through 2010, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major financial institutions in the United States, led to a general decline of economic conditions. This economic decline materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and has reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms, in particular. To the extent that we wish to use debt to fund our investments, the debt capital

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

available to us, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on terms and conditions that may be less favorable than what we expect, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Any deterioration of current market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our investments in leveraged portfolio companies may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.

Our investments in private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Investment in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we expect to rely on the ability of GC Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us. Middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and GC Advisors may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We may invest all of our assets in illiquid securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies are and will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, GC Advisors, Golub Capital or any of its affiliates have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to publicly traded securities;
the enterprise value of a portfolio company;
the nature and realizable value of any collateral;
the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow;
the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and
changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future and other relevant factors.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have not yet identified the portfolio company investments we will acquire.

While we currently hold a portfolio of investments, we have not yet identified additional potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire with the proceeds of any offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus. Privately negotiated investments in illiquid securities or private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, you will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our shares of common stock. Additionally, GC Advisors selects all of our investments, and our stockholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our securities.

We anticipate that we will use substantially all of the net proceeds of any offering of our securities within approximately six months following the completion of any offering of our securities, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. Until such appropriate investment opportunities can be found, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. We expect these temporary investments to earn yields substantially lower than the income that we expect to receive in respect of investments in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans and equity securities. As a result, any distributions we make during this period may be substantially smaller than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond our asset diversification requirements as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, while we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be concentrated in relatively few industries. As a result, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could also significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

We may hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.

Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs of a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in seeking to:

increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;
exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or
preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because of regulatory or other considerations. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by GC Advisors’ allocation policy.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

Although we may do so in the future, we do not currently hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We have invested a portion of our capital in second lien and mezzanine loans issued by our portfolio companies and intend to continue to do so in the future. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, the portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

We have made in the past, and may make in the future, unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on a portfolio company’s collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;
the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;
the approval of amendments to collateral documents;
releases of liens on the collateral; and
waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

If we make subordinated investments, the obligors or the portfolio companies may not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.

We may make subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the obligor in right of payment. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of default than senior obligations as a result of adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions. If we make a subordinated investment in a portfolio company, the portfolio company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service all of its debt obligations.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

A significant portion of our investments involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.

Our incentive fee may induce GC Advisors to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

The incentive fee payable by us to GC Advisors may create an incentive for GC Advisors to make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to GC Advisors is determined may encourage GC Advisors to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor our securityholders.

The incentive fee payable by us to GC Advisors also may create an incentive for GC Advisors to invest on our behalf in instruments that have a deferred interest feature. Under these investments, we would accrue the interest over the life of the investment but would not receive the cash income from the investment until

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the end of the term. Our net investment income used to calculate the income portion of our investment fee, however, includes accrued interest. Thus, a portion of this incentive fee would be based on income that we have not yet received in cash such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities.

Additionally, the incentive fee payable by us to GC Advisors may create an incentive for GC Advisors to cause us to realize capital gains or losses that may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. Under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when capital gains are recognized and, because GC Advisors determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While it is not expected to review or approve each borrowing, our independent directors periodically review GC Advisors’ services and fees. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate.

GC Advisors’ liability is limited, and we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors against certain liabilities, which may lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, GC Advisors does not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement, and it is not responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow GC Advisors’ advice or recommendations. GC Advisors maintains a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary, relationship with us and the Securitization Issuer. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreement, GC Advisors, its officers, members, personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by GC Advisors are not liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of GC Advisors’ duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

We may be subject to additional risks if we engage in hedging transactions and/or invest in foreign securities.

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. In order for our investments to be classified as “qualifying assets,” among other requirements, such investments must be in issuers organized under the laws of, and which have their principal place of business in, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands or any other possession of the United States. Our investment strategy does not presently contemplate investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. On March 31, 2011 we were invested in the securities of one non-U.S. company and may make additional investments in non-U.S. companies, including emerging market issuers, to the limited extent such transactions and investments are permitted under the 1940 Act. We expect that these investments would focus on the same types of investments that we make in U.S. middle-market companies and accordingly would be complementary to our overall strategy and enhance the diversity of our holdings. Investing in securities of emerging market issuers involves many risks including economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions in the emerging market, potential inflationary economic environments, regulation by foreign governments, different accounting standards and political uncertainties. Economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions also could negatively affect the value of emerging market companies. These factors

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

could include changes in the emerging market government’s economic and fiscal policies, the possible imposition of, or changes in, currency exchange laws or other laws or restrictions applicable to the emerging market companies or investments in their securities and the possibility of fluctuations in the rate of exchange between currencies.

Engaging in either hedging transactions or investing in foreign securities would entail additional risks to our stockholders. We could, for example, use instruments such as interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors and, if we were to invest in foreign securities, we could use instruments such as forward contracts or currency options and borrow under a credit facility in currencies selected to minimize our foreign currency exposure. In each such case, we generally would seek to hedge against fluctuations of the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in market interest rates or currency exchange rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions would not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of the positions declined. However, such hedging could establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions could also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions increased. Moreover, it might not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that was so generally anticipated that we would not be able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

While we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates could result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged could vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we might not seek to establish a perfect correlation between the hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation could prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it might not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities would likely fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities of portfolio companies as well. We may also invest in equity securities directly. To the extent we hold equity investments, we will attempt to dispose of them and realize gains upon our disposition of them. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and may decline in value. As a result, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Risks Relating to Offerings Pursuant to this Prospectus

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, often trade at a discount to their net asset value.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, may trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies and business development companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value.

There is a risk that investors in our equity securities may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions may be a return of capital.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies involve higher levels of risk, and therefore, an investment in our securities may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The market price of our securities may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our securities may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of business development companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of the companies;
changes in regulatory policies, accounting pronouncements or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs and business development companies;
loss of our qualification as a RIC or BDC;
changes in earnings or variations in operating results;
changes in the value of our portfolio investments;
changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;
any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;
departure of GC Advisors’ or any of its affiliates’ key personnel;
operating performance of companies comparable to us;
general economic trends and other external factors; and
loss of a major funding source.

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value and market value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which may be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the net asset value per share of our common stock, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of a rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

Our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

All dividends declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders that do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time.

The trading market or market value of our publicly issued debt securities may fluctuate.

Our publicly issued debt securities may or may not have an established trading market. We cannot assure you that a trading market for our publicly issued debt securities will ever develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors may materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;
the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;
the ratings assigned by national statistical ratings agencies;
the general economic environment;

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;
the redemption or repayment features, if any, of these debt securities;
the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and
market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities.

You should also be aware that there may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your debt securities. This too may materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect your return on any debt securities that we may issue.

If your debt securities are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem your debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In addition, if your debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem your debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as your debt securities being redeemed.

Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of an investment in our debt securities.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by third parties of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of our debt securities. Our credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to market conditions generally or other factors discussed above on the market value of or trading market for the publicly issued debt securities.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of such common stock for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

our future operating results;
our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;
the effect of investments that we expect to make;
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
actual and potential conflicts of interest with GC Advisors and other affiliates of Golub Capital;
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest;
the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;
the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;
the ability of GC Advisors to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;
the ability of GC Advisors or its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;
our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a business development company;
the impact on our business of Dodd-Frank and the rules and regulations issued thereunder; and
the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position.

Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan” or similar words.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in our forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth as “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, and future results could differ materially from historical performance. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we have filed or in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

You should understand that, under Sections 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in connection with any offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus or in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities to invest in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and strategies and for general corporate purposes. We expect that our new investments will consist primarily of senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans. We will also pay operating expenses, including management and administrative fees, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new investments, from the net proceeds of any offering of our securities.

We anticipate that we will use substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering for the above purposes within approximately six months after the completion of any offering of our securities, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our targeted investment pace.

Until such appropriate investment opportunities can be found, we will invest the net proceeds of any offering of our securities primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These temporary investments may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Regulation — Temporary Investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTIONS

To the extent that we have income available, we intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Any distributions to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.

We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under the Code. To maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for such calendar year; (2) 98.2% of our net capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and (3) any net ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we previously paid no U.S. federal income tax.

The following table reflects the cash distributions, including dividends and returns of capital per share that we have paid on our common stock since completion of our initial public offering.

     
  Payment Dates   Distributions Declared
Record Dates   Per Share   Dollar amount
       (in thousands except per share data)
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
                          
June 22, 2010     June 29, 2010     $ 0.24     $ 4,251  
September 10, 2010     September 30, 2010       0.31       5,491  
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
                          
December 20, 2010     December 30, 2010       0.31       5,491  
March 18, 2011     March 30, 2011       0.32       5,676  
Total (1)         $ 1.18     $ 20,909  

(1) Includes a return of capital for tax purposes of approximately $0.06 per share

On May 3, 2011, our board of directors declared a quarterly distribution of $0.32 per share payable on June 29, 2011 to holders of record as of June 17, 2011.

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains ( i.e ., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation of U.S. Stockholders.” We cannot assure you that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions, and if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so would cause us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if such distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

Unless you elect to receive your distributions in cash, we intend to make such distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our dividend reinvestment plan. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, investors participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. If you hold shares of our common stock in the name of a broker or financial intermediary, you should contact such broker or financial intermediary regarding your election to receive distributions in cash in lieu of shares of our common stock. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our dividend reinvestment plan will increase our gross assets on which the base management fee and the incentive fee are determined and paid to GC Advisors. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, 2008 and for the fiscal period from July 27, 2007 (inception) through September 30, 2007, is derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent auditors. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 are unaudited. However, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation have been made. Interim results may not be indicative of the results of operations for a full fiscal year. This financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition, Results of Operations and Cash Flows” which follows.

         
  Golub Capital BDC (1)   GCMF
     Six Months Ended   Years ended
     March 31,
2011
  March 31,
2010
  September 30,
2010
  September 30,
2009
  September 30,
2008
     (unaudited)               
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                            
Total investment income   $ 18,248     $ 18,488     $ 33,150     $ 33,338     $ 20,686  
Base management fee     2,625       1,334       3,328       2,849       1,726  
Incentive fee     411             55              
All other expenses     4,798       2,953       6,400       5,011       8,916  
Net investment income     10,414       14,201       23,367       25,478       10,044  
Net realized gain/(loss) on investments     1,925             (40 )       (3,972 )       (4,503 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments     (501 )       1,085       2,921       (1,489 )       (8,957 )  
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     11,838       15,286       26,248       20,017       (3,416 )  
Per share data:
                                            
Net asset value   $ 14.75       N/A (2)     $ 14.71       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Net investment income     0.59       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Net realized gain on investments     0.11       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments     (0.03 )       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     0.04       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Per share distributions declared     0.63       N/A (2)       0.55       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Dollar amount of distributions declared     11,167       N/A (2)       9,742       N/A (2)       N/A (2)  
Other data:
                                            
Weighted average annualized yield on income producing assets at fair value (3)     8.3 %       8.1 %       8.4 %       8.1 %       9.3 %  
Number of portfolio companies at period end     98       80       94       95       60  

(1) Includes the financial information of GCMF for the period prior to our conversion to a Delaware corporation.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Per share data are not provided as we did not have shares of common stock outstanding or an equivalent prior to the initial public offering on April 14, 2010
(3) Weighted average yield on income producing investments is computed by dividing (a) annualized interest income (other than interest income resulting from amortization of fees and discounts) on accruing loans and debt securities by (b) total income producing investments at fair value.

       
  Golub
Capital BDC
  GCMF   Golub
Capital BDC
  GCMF
     March 31,
2011
  March 31,
2010
  September 30,
2010
  September 30,
2009
     (unaudited)     
     (in thousands)
Balance sheet data at period end:
                                   
Investments, at fair value   $ 389,060     $ 293,226     $ 344,869     $ 376,294  
Cash and cash equivalents     59,916       58,481       92,990       30,614  
Other assets     10,543       3,120       4,904       2,214  
Total assets     459,519       354,827       442,763       409,122  
Total liabilities     197,542       213,111       182,222       316,370  
Total net assets     261,977       141,716       260,541       92,752  

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial and Other Information” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto of us and our predecessor, GCMF, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. On April 13, 2010, Golub Capital BDC LLC converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In this conversion, which we refer to as the BDC Conversion, Golub Capital BDC, Inc. assumed the business activities of Golub Capital BDC LLC and became the sole surviving entity. As a result of the conversion, GCMF became a wholly owned subsidiary of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. At the time of the BDC Conversion, all limited liability company interests were exchanged for 8,984,863 shares of common stock in Golub Capital BDC, Inc. Immediately prior to the BDC Conversion, the limited liability company interests were owned by investment vehicles managed by Golub Capital. For periods prior to April 13, 2010, the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes reflect the performance of Golub Capital BDC LLC and its predecessor, GCMF. The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. We were formed in November 2009 to continue and expand the business of our predecessor, GCMF, which commenced operations in July 2007, to make investments in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans of middle-market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity firms.

On April 14, 2010, we priced our initial public offering, selling 7,100,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $14.50 per share. Concurrent with our initial public offering, we sold an additional 1,322,581 shares through a private placement, also at $14.50 per share. On May 19, 2010, we issued an additional 305,000 shares at $14.50 following the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Our shares are currently listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GBDC”.

Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and minority equity investments. We intend to achieve our investment objective by (1) accessing the established loan origination channels developed by Golub Capital, a leading lender to middle-market companies with over $4.5 billion of capital under management as of March 31, 2011, (2) selecting investments within our core middle-market company focus, (3) partnering with experienced private equity firms, or sponsors, in many cases with whom we have invested alongside in the past, (4) implementing the disciplined underwriting standards of Golub Capital and (5) drawing upon the aggregate experience and resources of Golub Capital.

Our investment activities are managed by GC Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, of which a majority of the members are independent of us.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement entered into on April 14, 2010, which was amended and restated on July 16, 2010, we have agreed to pay GC Advisors an annual base management fee based on our average adjusted gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. We have also entered into the Administration Agreement with GC Service under which we have agreed to reimburse GC Service for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by GC Service in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

As of March 31, 2011, our portfolio at fair value was comprised of 55.8% senior secured loans, 29.2% unitranche loans, 6.8% second lien loans, 6.4% mezzanine loans and 1.8% equity. Over time we expect that senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business, these investments are repaid and we invest in a different mix of assets.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We seek to create a diverse portfolio that includes senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans and warrants and minority equity securities by primarily investing approximately $5 million to $25 million of capital, on average, in the securities of U.S. middle-market companies. We may also selectively invest more than $25 million in some of our portfolio companies and generally expect that the size of our individual investments will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base.

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we had debt investments in 98, 94, 95, and 60 portfolio companies, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our income producing assets, which represented nearly 100% of our total portfolio, had a weighted average annualized interest income (which excludes income resulting from amortization of fees and discounts) yield of 8.3%, 8.4%, 8.1% and 9.3% and a weighted average annualized investment income (which includes interest income and amortization of fees and discounts) yield of 9.9%, 10.9%, 9.0% and 9.6%, respectively.

Revenues:   We generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments and capital gains and distributions, if any, on portfolio company investments that we originate or acquire. Our debt investments, whether in the form of senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine or second lien loans, typically have a term of three to seven years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. In some instances, we receive payments on our debt investments based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we receive repayments of some of our debt investments prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments may fluctuate significantly from period to period. Our portfolio activity also reflects the proceeds of sales of securities. In some cases, our investments provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of loans and any accrued but unpaid interest generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized, and we accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans as interest income. When we receive principal payments on a loan in an amount that exceeds its amortized cost, we also record the excess principal payment as interest income. Dividend income, if any, is recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.

Expenses:   Our primary operating expenses include the payment of fees to GC Advisors under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our allocable portion of overhead expenses under the Administration Agreement and other operating costs described below. Additionally, we pay interest expense on all outstanding debt. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:

organizational expenses;
calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
fees and expenses incurred by GC Advisors payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments;
interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;
offerings of our common stock and other securities;
investment advisory and management fees;
administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including payments under the Administration Agreement between us and GC Service based upon our allocable portion of GC Service’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs);

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with evaluating and making, investments in portfolio companies, including costs associated with meeting financial sponsors;
transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
U.S. federal and state registration fees;
all costs of registration and listing our shares on any securities exchange;
U.S. federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses;
costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators;
costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs;
costs associated with individual or group stockholders;
our allocable portion of any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs;
proxy voting expenses; and
all other expenses incurred by us or GC Service in connection with administering our business.

GC Advisors, as collateral manager for the Securitization Issuer under the collateral management agreement, is entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the Securitization Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which is payable in arrears on each payment date. This fee, which is less than the management fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, is paid directly by the Securitization Issuer to GC Advisors and offset against such management fee. Accordingly, the 1.375% management fee paid by the Company to GC Advisors under the Investment Advisory Agreement on all of our assets, including those indirectly held through the Securitization Issuer, is reduced, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by an amount equal to such 0.35% fee paid to GC Advisors by the Securitization Issuer. This fee may be waived by the collateral manager. The collateral management agreement does not include any incentive fee payable to GC Advisors. In addition, the Securitization Issuer paid Wells Fargo Securities, LLC a structuring and placement fee for its services in connection with the initial structuring of the Debt Securitization. The Securitization Issuer also agreed to pay ongoing administrative expenses to the trustee, collateral manager, independent accountants, legal counsel, rating agencies and independent managers in connection with developing and maintaining reports and providing required services in connection with the administration of the Debt Securitization. The administrative expenses are paid by the Securitization Issuer on each payment date in two parts: (1) a component that is paid in a priority to other amounts distributed by the Securitization Issuer, subject to a cap equal to the sum of 0.04% per annum on the adjusted principal balance of the portfolio loans and other assets held by the Securitization Issuer on the last day of the collection period relating to such payment date, plus $150,000 per annum, and (2) a component that is paid in a subordinated position relative to other amounts distributed by the Securitization Issuer, equal to any amounts that exceed the aforementioned administrative expense cap.

Portfolio Composition, Investment Activity and Yield

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we had investments in 98, 94, 95, and 60 portfolio companies, respectively, with a total value of $389.1 million, $344.9 million, $376.3 million and $135.5 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, we funded 17 senior secured loans, three unitranche loans, and one equity security with values of $34.5 million, $17.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2011, we funded 32 senior secured loans, six unitranche loans, four second lien loans, three subordinated loans and eight equity securities with values of $77.3 million, $37.8 million, $19.6 million, $11.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively. For the years ended September 30,

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2010, 2009 and 2008, we originated 27, 86 and 42 new investments, with a total value of approximately $144.1 million, $357.6 million and $345.2 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 and the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we had approximately $24.1 million, $75.4 million, $130.2 million, $52.1 million and $18.6 million in debt repayments in existing portfolio companies, and sales of securities in 13, 18, four, 42 and 70 portfolio companies aggregating approximately $21.9 million, $33.9 million, $51.7 million, $154.0 million and $403.1 million, respectively.

At March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, our investment portfolio included $16.4 million and $48.2 million, respectively, in liquid, broadly syndicated loans that we anticipate selling in future periods as we find opportunities to redeploy those assets into higher yielding investments. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 and for the year ended September 30, 2010, we had sales of broadly syndicated loans in ten, fourteen and one portfolio companies aggregating approximately $16.5 million, $27.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

The following table shows the par, amortized cost, and fair value of our portfolio of investments by asset class:

                 
                 
  As of March 31, 2011 (1)   As of September 30, 2010 (1)   As of September 30, 2009 (1)
     Par   Amortized
Cost
  Fair Value   Par   Amortized
Cost
  Fair Value   Par   Amortized
Cost
  Fair Value
     (In thousands)
Senior Secured:
                                                                                
Performing   $ 220,221     $ 216,432     $ 214,506     $ 231,404     $ 223,962     $ 223,953     $ 257,684     $ 245,346     $ 241,228  
Non-accrual (2)     4,422       4,373       2,653       4,422       4,346       3,095       10,924       10,295       7,252  
Unitranche:
                                                                                
Performing     114,811       112,939       113,794       91,931       90,309       90,369       120,339       118,299       116,233  
Non-accrual (2)                                         2,771       2,771       1,124  
Second Lien (3) :
                                                                                
Performing     26,336       25,805       26,336       11,396       11,192       11,380       10,920       10,582       10,457  
Non-accrual (2)                                                      
Subordinated Debt:
                                                                                
Performing     24,820       24,246       24,820       13,436       13,091       13,436                    
Non-accrual (2)                                                      
Equity     N/A       6,834       6,951       N/A       2,636       2,636       N/A              
Total   $ 390,610     $ 390,629     $ 389,060     $ 352,589     $ 345,536     $ 344,869     $ 402,638     $ 387,293     $ 376,294  

(1) Nine, six and two of our loans include a feature permitting a portion of the interest due on such loan to be PIK interest as of March 31, 2011, September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, respectively.
(2) We refer to a loan as non-accrual when we cease recognizing interest income on the loan because we have stopped pursuing repayment of the loan or, in certain circumstances, it is past due 90 days or more on principal and interest or our management has reasonable doubt that principal or interest will not be collected. See “— Critical Accounting Policies — Revenue Recognition.”
(3) Second lien loans include $12.7 million, zero and zero of loans structured as first lien last out term loans as of March 31, 2011, September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, respectively.

For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 and the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average annualized interest income (which excludes income resulting from amortization of fees and discounts) yield on the fair value of investments in our portfolio was 8.3%, 8.3%, 8.4%, 8.1% and 9.3%, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the weighted average annualized interest income (which excludes income resulting from amortization of fees and discounts) yield on the fair value of income producing investments in our portfolio was 7.6% and 8.1%, respectively. As of March 31, 2011, 71.4% and 71.6% of our portfolio at fair value and at cost, respectively, had interest rate floors that limit the minimum applicable interest rates on such loans. As of September 30, 2010, 59.2% and 60.0% of our portfolio at fair value and at cost, respectively, had interest rate floors that limit minimum interest rates on such loans. As of September 30, 2009, 47.6% and 47.1% of our portfolio at fair value and at cost, respectively, had interest rate floors that limit minimum interest rates on such loans.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the weighted average rate, spread over LIBOR and fees on investments originated and the weighted average rate on full principal payments and sales of investments during the three months ended March 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010:

     
  For the three months ended
     March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2010
Weighted average rate of new investment fundings     7.2 %       8.8 %       7.9 %  
Weighted average spread over LIBOR of new investment fundings     5.6 %       7.1 %       6.4 %  
Weighted average fees of new investment fundings     1.2 %       2.0 %       1.8 %  
Weighted average rate of sales and full payoffs of portfolio companies     6.0 %       7.1 %       5.3 %  

The following table shows the new investment commitments and payoffs of portfolio companies and sales for the three months ended March 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010:

     
  For the three months ended
     March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2010
     (In thousands)
New investment commitments   $ 52,416     $ 113,692     $ 83,708  
Payoffs of portfolio companies and sales     46,033       64,147       13,536  

Consolidated Results of Operations

The consolidated results of operations set forth below include historical financial information of our predecessor, GCMF, prior to our election to become a business development company and our intended election to be treated as a RIC. As a business development company and a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we are also subject to certain constraints on our operations, including limitations imposed by the 1940 Act and the Code. Also, the management fee that we pay to GC Advisors under the Investment Advisory Agreement is determined by reference to a formula that differs materially from the management fee paid by GCMF in prior periods. In addition, our portfolio of investments consisted primarily of senior secured and unitranche loans as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and over time we expect that senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business, these investments are repaid and we invest in a different mix of assets. For these and other reasons, the results of operations described below may not be indicative of the results we report in future periods.

Consolidated operating results for the six months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

         
  Six months ended
March 31,
  For the year ended
September 30,
     2011   2010   2010   2009   2008
     (In thousands)
Total investment income   $ 18,248     $ 18,488     $ 33,150     $ 33,338     $ 20,686  
Total expenses     7,834       4,287       9,783       7,860       10,642  
Net investment income     10,414       14,201       23,367       25,478       10,044  
Net realized gains (losses)     1,925             (40 )       (3,972 )       (4,503 )  
Net unrealized gains (losses)     (501 )       1,085       2,921       (1,489 )       (8,957 )  
Net income   $ 11,838     $ 15,286     $ 26,248     $ 20,017     $ (3,416 )  
Average investments, at fair value   $ 367,264     $ 331,994     $ 307,552     $ 371,240     $ 214,675  
Average debt outstanding   $ 186,640     $ 270,019     $ 213,793     $ 305,440     $ 191,225  

Net income can vary substantially from period to period for various reasons, including the recognition of realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciations. As a result, quarterly or annual comparisons of net income may not be meaningful.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comparison of the Three and Six Months Ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010

Set forth below are our results of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

Investment Income

Investment income increased by $1.5 million, or 19.2%, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in investment income was primarily a result of an increase in the average balance of investments as well as an increase on the yield of income producing investments, which was partially offset by a decrease in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, total investment income consisted of $7.9 million in interest income from investments and $1.2 million in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, total investment income consisted of $5.9 million in interest income and $1.7 million in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees.

Investment income decreased by $0.2 million, or 1.3%, for the six months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the six months ended March 31, 2010. The decrease in investment income was primarily a result of a decrease in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees, which was partially offset by a higher average investment balance and higher yield on investments. For the six months ended March 31, 2011, total investment income consisted of $15.1 million in interest income from investments and $3.1 million in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees. For the six months ended March 31, 2010, total investment income consisted of $13.6 million in interest income and $4.9 million in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees.

Expenses

Total expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 49.6%, to $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010. Total interest expense increased by $0.6 million or 70.2% and all other expenses increased by $0.7 million or 39.5%. Total expenses increased by $3.5 million, or 82.7%, to $7.8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the six months ended March 31, 2010. Total interest expense increased by $1.5 million or 96.1% and all other expenses increased by $2.0 million or 75.1%.

Interest expense was higher in the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 than the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 due to higher interest rates on the debt outstanding at March 31, 2011.

Excluding interest expense, expenses increased for both the three and six month period ended March 31, 2011 due to an increase in professional fees, management fees, incentive fees, administrative service fees, and general administrative expenses as a result of us becoming a public entity. Professional fees increased due to higher legal, audit, and valuation services. In addition, following the completion of our initial public offering, we accrued management and incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which provides for a higher management fee percentage as compared to amounts previously paid by GCMF. In addition, this agreement provides for the calculation of an incentive fee, which was $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and $0.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to completion of our initial public offering, we did not pay an incentive fee or an administrative servicing fee.

Prior to completion of our initial public offering, Golub Capital Incorporated paid for certain expenses on behalf of GCMF, all of which were subsequently reimbursed directly with cash or through a member’s equity contribution. Subsequent to our initial public offering, GC Advisors, an affiliate of Golub Capital Incorporated, pays for certain expenses incurred by us. These expenses are subsequently reimbursed in cash. Total expenses reimbursed to GC Advisors and Golub Capital Incorporated, as applicable, for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 were $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Total expenses reimbursed to GC Advisors and Golub Capital Incorporated, as applicable, for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 were $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Of these amounts, for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, $0.2 million and $0.4 million were reimbursed via a members’ equity contribution, respectively.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses were $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for accrued expenses paid on behalf of us by the GC Advisors.

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses

During the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, we had $1.0 million and $1.9 million in net realized gains, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, we had $2.4 million in unrealized depreciation on 76 portfolio company investments, which was partially offset by $2.0 million in unrealized appreciation on 26 portfolio company investments. For the six months ended March 31, 2011, we had $5.2 million in unrealized depreciation on 71 portfolio company investments, which was partially offset by $4.7 million in unrealized appreciation on 44 portfolio company investments.

Net unrealized depreciation during the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to sales of securities in an unrealized gain position. As described above, these sales resulted in realized gains of $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

During the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, we had $0 in net realized loss and $3.7 million and $13.9 million in unrealized appreciation on 58 and 75 portfolio company investments, respectively. These amounts more than offset unrealized depreciation on 40 and 47 portfolio company investments totaling approximately $1.8 million and $12.8 million, respectively. Unrealized appreciation during the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 resulted from an increase in fair value primarily due to the rise in market prices and a reversal of prior period unrealized depreciation. Unrealized depreciation resulted from a reduction in fair value primarily due to market yield adjustments.

Comparison of the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Set forth below are the results of operations for the years ended September 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Investment Income

Investment income decreased by $(200,000), or 0.6%, for the year ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2009. Investment income was fairly consistent for the year ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2009, despite a decline in average invested assets. This occurred as a result of an increase in the amortization of discounts and origination fees into interest income as a result of increased payoff activity and an increase in the average yield of investments. For the year ended September 30, 2010, total investment income consisted of $25.5 million in interest income from investments and $7.7 million in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees. For the year ended September 30, 2009, total investment income consisted of $27.7 million in interest income and $5.6 million in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees.

Investment income increased by $12.7 million, or 61.2%, for the year ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2008. The increase in investment income was primarily due to an increase in average invested assets. For the year ended September 30, 2008, total investment income consisted of $20.2 million in interest income and $315,000 in income from the amortization of discounts and origination fees, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 24.5%, to $9.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to non-recurring organizational costs associated with our initial public offering, as well as increase in professional fees, management fees and administrative service fees. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest and other credit facility expenses.

Professional fees increased primarily due to higher legal, audit, and valuation services, which all increased as a result of us becoming a public entity. In addition, following the completion of our initial public offering, we pay management and incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which provides a higher management fee percentage as compared to amounts previously paid by GCMF. In addition, this agreement provides for the calculation of an incentive fee. Prior to completion of our initial public offering, we did not pay an incentive fee or an administrative servicing fee.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest and other credit facility expenses were lower in the year ended September 30, 2010 than the year ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to lower average debt outstanding.

Total operating expenses decreased by $2.8 million, or 26.1%, to $7.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense as a result of lower average cost of borrowing on debt outstanding in 2009 compared to 2008. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in management fees for reasons identified above.

Prior to our initial public offering, Golub Capital Incorporated paid for certain expenses on behalf of GCMF, all of which were subsequently reimbursed directly with cash or through a member’s equity contribution. Subsequent to our initial public offering, GC Advisors, an affiliate of Golub Capital Incorporated, pays for certain expenses incurred by us. These expenses are subsequently reimbursed in cash.

Total expenses reimbursed to Golub Capital and GC Advisors, as applicable, for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $639,000, $344,000 and $258,000, respectively. Of these amounts, for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, $225,000, $344,000 and $258,000 were reimbursed via a members’ equity contribution, respectively.

As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses were $257,000 and $13,000, respectively, for accrued expenses paid on behalf of us by Golub Capital or GC Advisors, as applicable. As of September 30, 2009, also included in accounts payable and accrued expenses was $672,000 payable to an affiliated entity for cash received from an investment owned by the affiliate.

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses

During the year ended September 30, 2010, we had $(40,000) in net realized losses and $11.1 million in unrealized appreciation on 77 portfolio company investments. These amounts offset unrealized depreciation on 34 portfolio company investments totaling $(8.2) million. Unrealized appreciation during the year ended September 30, 2010 resulted from an increase in fair value primarily due to the rise in market prices and a reversal of prior period unrealized depreciation. Unrealized depreciation primarily resulted from negative credit related adjustments which caused a reduction in fair value.

During the year ended September 30, 2009, we had $(3.9) million in net realized loss and $13.2 million in unrealized appreciation on 63 portfolio company investments. This was offset by unrealized depreciation on 52 portfolio company investments totaling $(14.7) million. Unrealized appreciation during the year ended September 30, 2009 resulted from an increase in fair value primarily due to the rise in market prices and a reversal of prior period unrealized depreciation. Unrealized depreciation primarily resulted from negative credit related adjustments which caused a reduction in fair value.

During the year ended September 30, 2008, we had $(4.5) million in net realized loss and $702,000 in unrealized appreciation on 12 portfolio company investments. This was offset by unrealized depreciation on 43 portfolio company investments totaling $(9.7) million. Unrealized appreciation during the year ended September 30, 2008 resulted from an increase in fair value primarily due to the rise in market prices and a reversal of prior period unrealized depreciation. Unrealized depreciation primarily resulted from negative credit related adjustments, which caused a reduction in fair value.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As a business development company, we distribute substantially all of our net income to our stockholders and will have an ongoing need to raise additional capital for investment purposes. To fund growth, we have a number of alternatives available to increase capital, including raising equity, increasing debt, and funding from operational cash flow.

For the six months ended March 31, 2011, we experienced a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $17.4 million. During the period we used $41.1 million in operating activities, primarily as a result of fundings of portfolio investments of $150.0 million. This was partially offset by proceeds from principal payments of $75.4 million and sales of portfolio investments of $33.9 million and net investment income of $10.4 million. During the same period, cash provided by financing activities was $8.0 million, primarily due

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to borrowings on debt of $20.0 million, partially offset by distributions paid of $10.4 million. Lastly, net cash provided by investing activities was $15.7 million as a result of a decrease in restricted cash and cash equivalents.

For the six months ended March 31, 2010, there was an increase in case and cash equivalents of $24.8 million. During the same period, cash provided by operating activities was $99.1 million, primarily a result of proceeds from principal payments of $82.9 million and net investment income of $14.2 million. During the same period, cash used in financing activities was $71.2 million, which was primarily a result of repayments of debt of $104.9 million and payments of members’ equity distributions of $13.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from members’ equity contributions of $47.2 million. Lastly, net cash used in investment activities was $3.1 million as a result of an increase in restricted cash and cash equivalents.

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010 and 2009, we had cash and cash equivalents of $43.9 million, $61.2 million and zero, respectively. In addition, we had restricted cash and cash equivalents of $16.1 million, $31.8 million and $30.6 million as of March 31, 2011, September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents are available to fund new investments, pay operating expenses and pay dividends and other distributions. Restricted cash and cash equivalents can be used to fund new investments that meet the investment guidelines established in the Debt Securitization, which are described in further detail in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements and for the payment of interest expense on the notes issued in the Debt Securitization. We also had borrowings of $194.0 million, $174.0 million, $315.3 million and $123.1 million as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2011 have been generated primarily from the proceeds of a $25.0 million private placement that occurred prior to the closing of our initial public offering, $117.6 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering and concurrent private placement, the Debt Securitization and $20.0 million of SBA debentures. We meet our short-term liquidity needs from cash flows from operations, investment sales and repayments and earned income. A portion of the total net proceeds from our private placement and initial public offering was used to make a $50 million payment on the Retired Credit Facility on April 20, 2010. A portion of the total proceeds was also used to fund new investments, pay quarterly distributions and fund operating expenses.

The average debt outstanding (including both the debt under the Debt Securitization and the SBA debentures) for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was $194.0 million and $186.6 million, respectively. The average debt outstanding under the Company’s prior credit facility for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 was $238.8 million and $270.0 million, respectively.

Although we expect to fund the growth of our investment portfolio through the net proceeds from future securities offerings and through our dividend reinvestment plan, or future borrowings, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, we cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital will be successful. In addition to capital not being available, it also may not be available on favorable terms.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2011 will be sufficient to fund our anticipated requirements through at least March 31, 2012. In the future, we expect to raise additional debt and equity capital from time to time to fund our growth. In particular, in the next 12 months, we expect to raise additional equity capital through the issuance and sale of shares of common stock and additional debt capital in the form of issuances of SBA debentures by GC SBIC IV, L.P., our wholly owned SBIC subsidiary. Additionally, we expect to explore various financing activities which may include raising additional debt capital through one or more securitization transactions. The actual amount of any future equity or debt financings will depend on our capital needs, the availability of debt financing and our compliance with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act and the covenants and restrictions in our debt documents.

Initial Public Offering and Concurrent Private Placement

On April 20, 2010, we completed our initial public offering in which we sold an aggregate of 7,405,000 shares of our common stock resulting in net proceeds to us of approximately $99.9 million (including the purchase by the underwriters of an additional 305,000 shares of our common stock at the public offering price to cover over-allotments, which was completed on May 19, 2010). Concurrently with the

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

closing of our initial public offering, certain existing investors in entities advised by affiliates of Golub Capital and certain of our officers and directors, their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons purchased in a separate private placement an aggregate of 1,322,581 shares of common stock at a price of $14.50 per share, resulting in aggregate net cash proceeds to us of approximately $19.2 million.

Debt Securitization

On July 16, 2010, we completed the Debt Securitization in which the Securitization Issuer issued $300 million of notes and, in connection with such issuance, received $300 million of consideration, consisting of $62.1 million of cash as well as loans with an aggregate outstanding loan balance of $237.9 million, which served as the initial collateral for the notes issued by the Securitization Issuer. The notes offered in the Debt Securitization were issued by the Securitization Issuer, and the Class A Notes and Class B Notes are secured by the assets held by the Securitization Issuer. The transaction was executed through a private placement of $174 million of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes. The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR, plus 2.40%. The $10 million face amount of Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.40%, and the $116 million face amount of Subordinated Notes do not bear interest. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the Securitization Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization, Holdings retained all of the Class B and Subordinated Notes, which totaled $126 million, and it retained all of the membership interests in the Securitization Issuer, which Holdings initially purchased for $250. All of the notes are scheduled to mature on July 20, 2021. As discussed below, in accordance with ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing , we are required to consolidate the special purpose vehicle used in an asset-backed securitization and treat the transaction as a secured borrowing. In analyzing the relevant facts and circumstances, the purpose and design of the Debt Securitization was to facilitate the refinancing of assets that were consolidated on our balance sheet and used as collateral for the Retired Credit Facility, which was terminated on July 16, 2010. We indirectly received the Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes in exchange for our indirect contribution of these assets to the Securitization Issuer, which consisted primarily of middle-market loans, and the proceeds from the Debt Securitization were used to repay amounts outstanding under the Retired Credit Facility as well as provide capital for new investments. GC Advisors is our investment adviser and also the collateral manager for the Securitization Issuer, which results in the “continued involvement” of us in the business of the Securitization Issuer. In addition, the investments of the Securitization Issuer constitute a substantial percentage of our total assets. As a result of this continued involvement and the fact that the investments of the Securitization Issuer constitute a substantial percentage of our assets, we consolidate the financial statements of the Securitization Issuer.

An important aspect of a debt securitization transaction is that the purchaser of the notes must become comfortable through their due diligence investigation that the sale and/or contribution of income producing assets into a special purpose entity would be considered a true sale and/or contribution or, in other words, that as a result of such sale and/or contribution, the originator no longer owns the income producing assets. This structure seeks to reduce risk to noteholders by insulating them from the credit and bankruptcy risks faced by the originator. The structure of any debt securitization is in large part intended to prevent, in the event of a bankruptcy, the consolidation in the originator’s bankruptcy case of the special purpose entity with the operations of the originator, based on equitable principles, and the noteholders must become comfortable with this analysis. As a result of this structure, debt securitization transactions frequently achieve lower overall borrowing costs than would be achieved if the borrowing had been structured as a traditional secured lending transaction.

In a typical sale transaction, the purchaser exchanges an asset for cash or some other asset, whereas in a contribution transaction, the contributor typically exchanges an asset for securities issued by the purchaser. In the Debt Securitization, we transferred the portfolio loans that comprise the collateral to Holdings in a transaction that was a partial sale and a partial capital contribution. Holdings then transferred these same portfolio loans to the Securitization Issuer in a transfer that was also a partial sale and a partial capital contribution. To the extent that we received cash proceeds from Holdings in consideration for the portfolio loans transferred to Holdings, such portion of the transfer constituted a sale. To the extent that Holdings received cash proceeds, Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes from the Securitization Issuer in consideration for the portfolio loans transferred by it to the Securitization Issuer, such portion of the transfer also constituted

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a sale. By contrast, to the extent that we received cash proceeds from Holdings equal to or less than the fair value of the portfolio loans transferred by us to Holdings, the difference between the fair value of such portfolio loans and the cash we received from Holdings was deemed to be a contribution to the capital of Holdings pursuant to the terms of the governing master loan sale agreement. Likewise, to the extent that the cash proceeds, Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes received by Holdings from the Securitization Issuer was less than the fair value of the portfolio loans transferred from Holdings to the Securitization Issuer, such portion of the transfer was deemed to be a contribution to the capital of the Securitization Issuer by Holdings pursuant to the terms of such master loan sale agreement. In these transactions, there were no material differences between selling and/or contributing loans or participations, viewed from the perspective of the Securitization Issuer’s ownership interests therein, as all of the ownership interests in such loans and participations were transferred to, and are now owned by, the Securitization Issuer under the terms of the master loan sale agreement, irrespective of whether such loans or participations were sold or contributed from us to Holdings and from Holdings to the Securitization Issuer.

GC Advisors, as collateral manager for the Securitization Issuer, selected the senior secured and second lien loans (or participations therein) that were transferred to the Securitization Issuer. The senior secured and second lien loans (or participations therein) were selected in accordance with the criteria set forth in the Debt Securitization documents. These are primarily objective requirements determined by the constraints of the market for collateralized debt obligations, and are generally designed to comply with regulations governing commercial lending and similar financing activities in the United States and the requirements of Rule 3a-7 under the 1940 Act.

By their terms, the Class B Notes are limited recourse secured obligations of the Securitization Issuer, with amounts, including principal and interest, payable under the Class B Notes funded solely from the income generated by the portfolio loans and other assets owned by the Securitization Issuer that secure such Class B Notes. Consequently, holders of the Class B Notes must rely solely on payments made under such portfolio loans and other assets held by the Securitization Issuer and, in the event of a portfolio loan event of default, from the proceeds of any liquidation of the collateral underlying such portfolio loans. Likewise, the Subordinated Notes are limited recourse, unsecured obligations of the Securitization Issuer payable solely from payments made under the portfolio loans and other assets held by the Securitization Issuer and, in the event of a portfolio loan event of default, from the proceeds of any liquidation of the collateral underlying such portfolio loans. Additionally, for as long as the Class A Notes and Class B Notes remain outstanding, holders of the Subordinated Notes will not generally be entitled to exercise remedies under the indenture. As an unsecured class of notes, the interests and rights of holders of the Subordinated Notes in and to the portfolio loans and other assets owned by the Securitization Issuer are subject to the prior claims of secured creditors of the Securitization Issuer and are potentially subject to or will rank equally with the claims of other unsecured creditors of the Securitization Issuer.

The Class B Notes are subordinated in right of payment on each payment date to prior payments on the Class A Notes and to certain amounts payable by the Securitization Issuer as administrative expenses. The Subordinated Notes are subordinated in right of payment on each payment date to payments on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes as well as to certain amounts payable by the Securitization Issuer as administrative expenses and to the claims of other unsecured creditors of the Securitization Issuer.

The Securitization Issuer may only make payments on such securities to the extent permitted by the payment priority provisions of the indenture governing the notes, which generally provides that principal payments on the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes may not be made on any payment date unless all amounts owing under the Class A Notes are paid in full. In addition, if the Securitization Issuer does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the documents governing the Debt Securitization, cash would be diverted from the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes to first pay the Class A Notes in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied. In addition, no payments may be made on the membership interests in any period until all required payments in respect of the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and Subordinated Notes have been paid in full. Therefore, to the extent that any losses are suffered by noteholders as a result of losses on the portfolio loans and other assets owned by the

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Securitization Issuer, such losses will be borne in the first instance by the holders of the membership interests, then by the Subordinated Notes, then by the holders of the Class B Notes and lastly by the holders of the Class A Notes.

We believe that the Debt Securitization benefits from “internal” credit enhancement, meaning that holders of more senior classes of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer benefit from the terms of subordination applicable to the more junior classes of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer. Thus, the Class A Notes enjoy the benefit of credit enhancement effectively provided by the subordination provisions of the Class B Notes and the Subordinated Notes. Likewise, the Class B Notes enjoy the benefit of credit enhancement effectively provided by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Notes. Specifically, as the Securitization Issuer realizes losses on its portfolio loans, such losses are borne initially by the Subordinated Notes, then by the Class B Notes and lastly by the Class A Notes.

The Debt Securitization documents expressly provide that we and our subsidiaries (other than the Securitization Issuer) are not, and cannot be held, liable for any shortfall in payments or any defaults on any of the classes of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer in connection with the Debt Securitization because such obligations are the obligations of the Securitization Issuer only, and the sole recourse for such obligations is to the collateral owned by the Securitization Issuer rather than our assets or the assets of Holdings.

Under the terms of the documents related to the Debt Securitization, recourse to us and to Holdings is limited and generally consistent with the terms of other similarly structured finance transactions. Under the master loan sale agreement with respect to the Debt Securitization, (1) we sold and/or contributed to Holdings all of our ownership interest in certain of our portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the master loan sale agreement, and (2) Holdings, in turn, sold and/or contributed to the Securitization Issuer all of its ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the master loan sale agreement. These transfers were structured by their terms to provide limited recourse to us by the Securitization Issuer relating to certain representations and warranties with respect to certain characteristics including title and quality of the portfolio loans that were transferred to the Securitization Issuer. If we breached these representations and warranties and such breach materially and adversely affected the value of the portfolio loans or the interests of holders of notes issued by the Securitization Issuer, then we could be required, within 30 days of notice or our knowledge of such breach, to (a) cure such breach in all material respects, (b) repurchase the portfolio loan or loans subject to such breach or (c) remove the portfolio loan or loans subject to such breach from the pool of loans and other assets held by the Securitization Issuer and substitute a portfolio loan or loans that meet the requirements of the Debt Securitization documents. This repurchase and substitution obligation of us constitutes the sole remedy available against us for any breach of a representation or warranty related to the portfolio loans transferred to the Securitization Issuer.

A collateral management agreement is an agreement entered into between an adviser and a debt securitization vehicle or similar issuer and sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the adviser will provide advisory and/or management services with respect to the client’s securities portfolio. Under the collateral management agreement between GC Advisors and the Securitization Issuer, GC Advisors’ duties include (1) selecting portfolio loans to be acquired and selecting the portfolio loans to be sold or otherwise disposed of by the Securitization Issuer, (2) reinvesting in other portfolio loans, where appropriate, (3) instructing the trustee with respect to any acquisition, disposition or tender of, or offer with respect to, a portfolio loan or other assets received in the open market or otherwise by the Securitization Issuer, and (4) performing all other tasks, and taking all other actions, that are specified in, or not inconsistent with, the duties of the collateral manager.

The Debt Securitization provided a number of benefits to us, most notably in providing financing for our portfolio loans that had been financed under the Retired Credit Facility, which was scheduled to mature on December 29, 2010, as well as an ability on our part to finance new portfolio loans acquired by the Securitization Issuer at an attractive cost. The Debt Securitization also generated additional cash for us to lend to portfolio companies because the proceeds received by us from the Debt Securitization exceeded the amount necessary to pay off the Retired Credit Facility in full.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to completion of the Debt Securitization, our portfolio loans were owned by GCMF pursuant to the terms of the Retired Credit Facility. Under the terms of the Debt Securitization, we sold and/or contributed the portfolio loans formerly serving as collateral on the Retired Credit Facility to Holdings, which, in turn, sold and/or contributed them to the Securitization Issuer. Both prior to and following completion of the Debt Securitization, we have no direct ability to enforce the payment obligations on such portfolio loans. The contribution of loans and participations did not constitute a realization event under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and no incentive fee was earned as a result of the Debt Securitization.

Both the Retired Credit Facility and the Debt Securitization are similarly structured in that each entity contracted or contracts with a third party servicer to whom the vehicle has assigned voting rights related to the loans held by such entity, including rights to vote on amendments to and waivers of provisions in the credit agreements of portfolio companies. Golub Capital Incorporated, in its role as servicer for the Retired Credit Facility, was the party directly responsible for enforcing payment obligations under such portfolio loans. GC Advisors, in its role as collateral manager for the Securitization Issuer, is the party responsible for enforcing such payment obligations.

We structured the Debt Securitization with the assistance of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, for which Wells Fargo Securities, LLC received a structuring and placement fee. In connection with the Debt Securitization, the Securitization Issuer issued the following classes of notes: $174 million of Class A Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, $10 million of Class B Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes and $116 million of Subordinated Notes. We acquired the portfolio loans and other assets using the proceeds of the Debt Securitization, a portion of which was used to pay off the Retired Credit Facility through which the portfolio loans had been financed previously.

We expect to originate and acquire additional portfolio loans using the proceeds of the Debt Securitization that we did not use to repay amounts outstanding under the Retired Credit Facility or to pay the expenses of the Debt Securitization. We anticipate that such additional portfolio loans will be held by us directly or sold and/or contributed into one of our subsidiaries, which would enable us to borrow additional amounts in securitization or other structures using such portfolio loans as collateral. We believe that this approach will enable us to deploy our capital efficiently and to increase our capacity to provide financing for small to medium-sized businesses in our target market.

The Class B Notes may be transferred to: (1) “qualified institutional buyers,” as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, who are also “qualified purchasers” as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the 1940 Act; (2) to a limited number of other institutional accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, who are also qualified purchasers; and (3) outside of the United States to qualified purchasers in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Subordinated Notes may be transferred only to persons or entities that are either (x) qualified institutional buyers or (y) institutional accredited investors and, in either case, are qualified purchasers. By their terms, the Subordinated Notes may only be owned by U.S. persons. No Subordinated Note (or interests in such notes) may be acquired or owned by any person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity (unless the beneficial owner of such person is a corporation that is not a subchapter S corporation or otherwise taxable as a corporation), partnership, subchapter S corporation or grantor trust unless such person obtains a legal opinion to the effect that such acquisition or ownership will not cause the Securitization Issuer to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

Membership interests in the Securitization Issuer may be transferred only with the written consent of the designated manager of the Securitization Issuer, which is us. Even with such consent, such membership interests may not be transferred unless, simultaneously with the transfer of such membership interests: (1) a proportionate amount of the Subordinated Notes are transferred so that the ratio of the percentage interest of the Subordinated Notes so transferred to all Subordinated Notes and the ratio of the percentage interest of the membership interests so transferred to all membership interests are equal, (2) the transfers of membership interests and the Subordinated Notes referred to in this paragraph are made to the same person or entity, and (3) the percentage interest of the membership interests and the Subordinated Notes, respectively, so transferred is no less than ten percent. The membership interests and the Subordinated Notes must at all times be held in such proportion that the ratio set forth in clause (1) is always met.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the Securitization Issuer held investments in 81 and 77 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $284.3 and $272.8 million, respectively. The pool of loans in the Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

SBIC License

On August 24, 2010, GC SBIC IV, L.P., our wholly owned subsidiary, received approval for a license from the SBA to operate as an SBIC. As an SBIC, GC SBIC IV L.P. is subject to a variety of regulations and oversight by the SBA concerning the size and nature of companies in which it may invest as well as the structures of those investments.

The license allows GC SBIC IV, L.P. to obtain leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to issuance of a capital commitment by the SBA and customary procedures. These debentures are non-recourse to us, have interest payable semi-annually and a ten-year maturity. The interest rate is fixed at the time of issuance at a market-driven spread over U.S. Treasury Notes with ten-year maturities.

As of March 31, 2011, we had committed and funded $40.0 million of equity capital to GC SBIC IV, L.P. and had SBA debentures of $20.0 million outstanding, which mature in March 2021. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the effective annualized average interest rate, which includes amortization of fees paid on the debentures, was 1.9% and 1.8%, respectively. The interest rate on the $20.0 million of outstanding debentures was fixed on March 29, 2011 at an interest rate of 4.5%.

As of March 31, 2011, we had available commitments of $28.3 million from the SBA. These commitments expire on September 30, 2013 and are subject to funding approval through the SBA’s draw request process.

Under present SBIC regulations, the maximum amount of SBA-guaranteed debentures that may be issued by multiple licensees under common management is $225 million. It is possible that GC SBIC IV, L.P. will be constrained in its ability to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures in the future if other Golub Capital SBICs have already issued such debentures. As of March 31, 2011, the two other SBIC licensees operated by Golub Capital had an aggregate of $137.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures outstanding, leaving aggregate borrowing capacity of a maximum of $88.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures for GC SBIC IV, L.P. and the two other SBIC licensees, none of which is required to be allocated to us. The borrowing capacity of GC SBIC IV, L.P. could be expanded if any other Golub Capital SBICs retire their SBA-guaranteed debentures. Any available issue amounts of SBA-guaranteed debentures will be allocated among GC SBIC IV, L.P. and Golub Capital’s two existing SBIC subsidiaries in accordance with the allocation policies and procedures of GC Advisors.

We applied for exemptive relief from the SEC on July 9, 2010 and filed an amended application on November 12, 2010 and on March 31, 2011 to permit us to exclude the debt of our SBIC subsidiary from our 200% asset coverage test under the 1940 Act. If we receive an exemption for this SBA debt, we would have increased flexibility under the 200% asset coverage test.

Follow-on Equity Offering

On April 6, 2011, we completed a public offering in which we sold an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $15.75, resulting in proceeds, net of offering costs but before expenses, to us of approximately $52.6 million. On May 2, 2011, we issued an additional 453,257 shares of our common stock at the public offering price to cover over-allotments resulting in additional proceeds, net of offering costs but before expenses, of approximately $6.8 million.

Inflation

Inflation has not had a significant effect on our results of operations in any of the reporting periods presented in our financial statements. However, our portfolio companies have and may continue to experience the impact of inflation on their operating results.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

A summary of our significant contractual payment obligations as of March 31, 2011 is as follows:

         
  Payments Due by Period (In millions)
     Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 – 3 Years   3 – 5 Years   More Than
5 Years
Debt Securitization   $ 174.0     $     $     $     $ 174.0  
SBA Debentures     20.0                         20.0  
Unfunded commitments (1)     36.5       36.5                    
Total contractual obligations   $ 230.5     $ 36.5     $     $     $ 194.0  

(1) Unfunded commitments represent all amounts unfunded as of March 31, 2011. These amounts may or may not be funded to the borrowing party now or in the future. The unfunded commitments relate to loans with various maturity dates, but we are showing this amount in the less than one year category as this entire amount is eligible for funding to the borrowers as of March 31, 2011.

The notes offered in the Debt Securitization are scheduled to mature on July 20, 2021.

We may become a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of our business to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. These instruments may include commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of liquidity and credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, we had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $36.5 million and $26.6 million, respectively.

We have certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with GC Advisors in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement became effective upon the pricing of our initial public offering and was amended and restated on July 16, 2010 in order to offset fees payable in connection with the Debt Securitization against the base management fee. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, GC Advisors provides us with investment advisory and management services. We pay for these services (1) a management fee equal to a percentage of the average adjusted value of our gross assets and (2) an incentive fee based on our performance. To the extent that GC Advisors or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of ours, we intend to reduce the base management fee by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees paid to GC Advisors by such subsidiary for such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not held exclusively by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by us. See “Management Agreements — Management Fee.”

We have also entered into the Administration Agreement with GC Service as our administrator on April 14, 2010. Under the Administration Agreement, GC Service furnishes us with office facilities and equipment, provides us clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provides us with other administrative services as GC Service, subject to review by our board of directors, determines necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. We reimburse GC Service for the allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our board of directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, GC Service also provides on our behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance and will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, not to exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies.

If any of the contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs under any new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we would likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we receive under our Investment Advisory Agreement and our Administration Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distributions

In order to qualify as a RIC and to avoid corporate level tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required under the Code to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our net stockholders on an annual basis. Additionally, we must annually during each calendar year distribute an amount at least equal to 98% of our ordinary income (determined on a calendar year basis) plus 98.2% of net capital gains in excess of capital losses (for our one year period ending October 31) and any net ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we previously paid no U.S. federal income tax to avoid a U.S. federal excise tax. We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders as determined by our board of directors.

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of our distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage requirements applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including the possible loss of our qualification as a RIC. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions.

To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the source of a distribution to our stockholders may be the original capital invested by the stockholder rather than our income or gains. Stockholders should read any written disclosure accompanying a distribution payment carefully and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our ordinary income or gains.

We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a distribution, then our stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically “opts out” of our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. Many of the loans in our portfolio have floating interest rates, and we expect that our loans in the future will also have floating interest rates. These loans are usually based on a floating LIBOR and typically have interest rate re-set provisions that adjust applicable interest rates under such loans to current market rates on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Debt Securitization has a floating interest rate provision based on LIBOR, which resets quarterly, and we expect that any other credit facilities into which we enter in the future may have floating interest rate provisions.

Assuming that the balance sheet as of the periods covered by this analysis were to remain constant and that we took no actions to alter our existing interest rate sensitivity, a hypothetical immediate 1% change in interest rates may affect net income by more than 1% over a one-year horizon. Although we believe that this analysis is indicative of our existing sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for changes in the credit market, credit quality, the size and composition of the assets in our portfolio and other business developments, including borrowings, that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income. Accordingly, we can offer no assurances that actual results would not differ materially from the statement above.

We may in the future hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the investments in our portfolio with fixed interest rates.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following items as critical accounting policies.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

We value investments for which market quotations are readily available at their market quotations. However, a readily available market value is not expected to exist for many of the investments in our portfolio, and we value these portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process. We may seek pricing information with respect to certain of our investments from pricing services or brokers or dealers in order to value such investments. We also employ independent third party valuation firms for all of our investments for which there is not a readily available market value.

Valuation methods may include comparisons of the portfolio companies to peer companies that are public, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we will consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate the private equity valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and may differ materially from values that may ultimately be received or settled.

Our board of directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining, in good faith, the fair value of the portfolio investments that are not publicly traded, whose market prices are not readily available on a quarterly basis or any other situation where portfolio investments require a fair value determination.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of GC Advisors responsible for credit monitoring.
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and GC Advisors.
The audit committee of our board of directors reviews these preliminary valuations.
At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm.
The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.

The factors that are taken into account in fair value pricing investments include available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables; applicable market yields and multiples; security covenants; call protection provisions; information rights; the nature and realizable value of any collateral; the portfolio company’s ability to make payments; the portfolio company’s earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business; comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public; comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and the principal market and enterprise values.

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not verifiable by auditing procedures. Under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our consolidated financial statements.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We follow ASC Topic 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , as amended by Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, for measuring the fair value of portfolio investments. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. Our fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Financial investments recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the investment as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

 
Level 1:   Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments at the measurement date.
Level 2:   Inputs include quoted prices for similar financial instruments in active markets and inputs that are observable for the financial instruments, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3:   Inputs include significant unobservable inputs for the financial instruments and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value are based upon the best information available and may require significant management judgment or estimation.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and we consider factors specific to the financial instrument. The following section describes the valuation techniques used by us to measure different financial instruments at fair value and includes the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the financial instrument is categorized.

With the exception of money market accounts held at large financial institutions (Level 1 investment), all of the financial instruments that were recorded at fair value as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2009 were valued using Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy. As of September 30, 2010, we also invested in commercial paper, which is a Level 2 investment. Level 1 assets are valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 assets are valued using market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data and quoted market prices for similar instruments. Financial instruments that are recorded at Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are our debt and equity investments. Level 3 assets are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the board of directors, based on input of management, the audit committee and independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of the board of directors to assist in the valuation of each portfolio investment without a readily available market quotation at least once during a trailing twelve-month period under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. This valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with approximately 25% (based on fair value) of our valuation of portfolio companies without readily available market quotations subject to review by an independent valuation firm.

When valuing Level 3 debt and equity investments, we may take into account the following factors, where relevant, in determining the fair value of the investments: the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable valuable of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities, changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made and other relevant factors. In addition, for certain debt and equity investments, we may base its valuation on indicative bid and ask prices provided by an independent third party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that we and others may be willing

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to pay. Ask prices represent the lowest price that we and others may be willing to accept for an investment. We generally use the midpoint of the bid/ask range as the best estimate of fair value of such investment.

Revenue Recognition:

Our revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Investments and Related Investment Income:   Our board of directors determines the fair value of our portfolio of investments. Interest income is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amount and contractual interest terms of debt investments. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized, and we accrete or amortize such amounts over the life of the loan as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans as interest income. When we receive principal payments on a loan in an amount that exceeds its amortized cost, we record the excess principal payment as interest income. For investments with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance that generally becomes due at maturity, we do not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK is not likely to be collectible. We account for investment transactions on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. We report changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in our consolidated statement of operations.

Non-accrual:   Loans may be left on accrual status during the period we are pursuing repayment of the loan. Management reviews all loans that become past due 90 days or more on principal and interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will not be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. We generally reverse accrued interest when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. We restore non-accrual loans to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in our management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. The total fair value of our non-accrual loans were $2.7 million, $3.1 million, $8.4 million and $0 million as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Income taxes:

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code and operate in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to qualify as a RIC, among other things, we are required to meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. We have made and intend to continue to make the requisite distributions to our stockholders, which will generally relieve us from U.S. federal income taxes with respect to all income distributed to our stockholders.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income, as required. To the extent that we determine that our estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year distributions, we accrue excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned.

Because U.S. federal income tax regulations differ from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified within capital accounts in the financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Senior Securities

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of March 31, 2011 and September 30 for each of the years indicated in the table.

       
Class and Year   Total Amount Outstanding
Exclusive of Treasury
Securities (1)
  Asset Coverage
per Unit (2)
  Involuntary
Liquidating
Preference
per Unit (3)
  Average
Market Value
per Unit (4)
     (in thousands)               
Retired Credit Facility
                                   
September 30, 2008   $ 123,083     $ 1,137           —           N/A  
September 30, 2009   $ 315,306     $ 1,294             N/A  
Debt Securitization
                                   
September 30, 2010   $ 174,000     $ 2,487             N/A  
March 31, 2011   $ 174,000     $ 2,511             N/A  
SBA Debentures
                                   
March 31, 2011   $ 20,000     $ 14,099             N/A  
Total Debt as of March 31, 2011   $ 194,000     $ 2,355             N/A  

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.
(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.
(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the voluntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it. The “—” in this column indicates that the SEC expressly does not require this information to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.
(4) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

Our common stock began trading on April 15, 2010 and is currently traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GBDC”. The following table lists the high and low closing sale price for our common stock, the closing sale price as a percentage of net asset value, or NAV, and quarterly distributions per share since shares of our common stock began being regularly quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

           
Period   NAV (1)   Closing Sales Price   Premium/
Discount of High
Sales Price to
NAV (2)
  Premium/
Discount of Low
Sales Price to
NAV (2)
  Declared
Distributions (4)
       High   Low      
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
                                                     
Third quarter (3)   $ 14.67     $ 14.85     $ 12.85       101.2 %       87.6 %     $ 0.24  
Fourth quarter   $ 14.71     $ 15.30     $ 13.83       104.0 %       94.0 %     $ 0.31  
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
                                                     
First quarter   $ 14.74     $ 17.95     $ 15.44       121.7 %       104.7 %     $ 0.31  
Second quarter   $ 14.75     $ 17.60     $ 15.78       119.3 %       107.0 %     $ 0.32  

(1) NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.
(2) Calculated as of the respective high or low closing sales price divided by the quarter end NAV.
(3) From April 15, 2010 (initial public offering) to June 30, 2010.
(4) Includes a return of capital for tax purposes of approximately $0.06 per share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the NAV that is attributable to those shares. Our shares traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market at $15.78 and $15.30 as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. Our NAV was $14.75 and $14.71 as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at a premium that is unsustainable over the long term is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. It is not possible to predict whether our shares will trade at, above or below net asset value in the future.

On June 6, 2011, the last reported closing price of our common stock was $15.16 per share. On May 3, 2011, our board of directors declared a quarterly distribution of $0.32 per share payable on June 29, 2011 to holders of record as of June 17, 2011. As of June 6, 2011 we had 103 stockholders of record.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE COMPANY

General

We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. We were formed in November 2009 to continue and expand the business of our predecessor, GCMF, which commenced operations in July 2007, to make investments in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans of middle-market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity firms.

Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and minority equity investments. We intend to achieve our investment objective by (1) accessing the established loan origination channels developed by Golub Capital, a leading lender to middle-market companies with over $4.5 billion of capital under management as of March 31, 2011, (2) selecting investments within our core middle-market company focus, (3) partnering with experienced private equity firms, or sponsors, in many cases with whom we have invested alongside in the past, (4) implementing the disciplined underwriting standards of Golub Capital and (5) drawing upon the aggregate experience and resources of Golub Capital.

As of March 31, 2011, our portfolio at fair value was comprised of 55.8% senior secured loans, 29.2% unitranche loans, 6.8% second lien loans, 6.4% mezzanine loans and 1.8% equity. Over time we expect that senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business, these investments are repaid and we invest in a different mix of assets.

We seek to create a diverse portfolio that includes senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans and warrants and minority equity securities by primarily investing approximately $5 million to $25 million of capital, on average, in the securities of U.S. middle-market companies. We may also selectively invest more than $25 million in some of our portfolio companies and generally expect that the size of our individual investments will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base.

We believe senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans represent particularly attractive investments when compared to similar loans originated in the 2006 – 2008 period because we expect pricing to be more attractive and borrowing terms and deal structures to be more conservative.

Our Adviser

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, GC Advisors. GC Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. GC Advisors was organized in September 2008 and is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay GC Advisors a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services. See “Management Agreements — Management Fee” for a discussion of the base management fee and incentive fee, including the cumulative income incentive fee and the income and capital gains incentive fee, payable by us to GC Advisors. Unlike most closed-end funds whose fees are based on assets net of leverage, our base management fee is based on our average adjusted gross assets (including leverage) and, therefore, GC Advisors benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when capital gains are recognized and, because it determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While not expected to review or approve each borrowing, our independent directors periodically review GC Advisors’ services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. See “Management Agreements — Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement.”

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital and has entered into the Staffing Agreement, with two Golub Capital affiliates, Golub Capital Incorporated and Golub Capital Management LLC. Under the Staffing Agreement, these companies make experienced investment professionals available to GC Advisors and provide access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital and its affiliates. The Staffing Agreement provides GC Advisors with access to deal flow generated by Golub Capital and its affiliates in the ordinary course of their businesses and commits the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee to serve in that capacity. As our investment adviser, GC Advisors is obligated to allocate investment opportunities among us and its other clients fairly and equitably over time in accordance with its allocation policy. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.” However, there can be no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short term or over time. GC Advisors seeks to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Golub Capital’s investment professionals.

GC Service

GC Service, an affiliate of GC Advisors, provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate. GC Service furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides us clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, GC Service performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records we are required to maintain and preparing our reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, GC Service also assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns, printing and disseminating reports to our stockholders and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. GC Service may retain third parties to assist in providing administrative services to us. To the extent that GC Service outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to GC Service. We reimburse GC Service for the allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our board of directors) of GC Service’s overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. GC Service also provides on our behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance.

About Golub Capital

Golub Capital, founded in 1994, is a leading lender to middle-market companies. Reuters Loan Pricing Corporation ranked Golub Capital as the leading senior lender for middle-market leveraged buyouts (defined as total debt financing of under $100 million) in 2009, based both on deal value and number of deals. In 2008, Golub Capital was presented with three major middle-market lender awards from leading industry publications and organizations, including: Buyouts Magazine ’s “Middle-market Lender of the Year,” M&A Advisor’s “Financing Firm of the Year” and ACG Mergers & Acquisitions’ “M&A Lender of the Year.” In addition, M&A Advisor named Golub Capital the “Mezzanine Financing Agent of the Year” in 2009. These awards do not constitute an endorsement by any such publication or organization of the securities being offered by this prospectus. As of March 31, 2011, Golub Capital had over $4.5 billion of capital under management, with a team of 57 investment professionals dedicated to U.S. middle-market lending in New York, Chicago and Atlanta.

Since its founding, Golub Capital has completed at least one debt financing with more than 110 sponsors and closed multiple debt financings with over 40 sponsors. We believe that Golub Capital enjoys robust deal flow. Golub Capital received notice of approximately 1,700 potential investments in 2010 and approximately 600 potential investments through the first four months of 2011, many of which we believe were proprietary or relationship-based opportunities.

Golub Capital has a long track record of investing in unitranche and junior capital financings, which is our long-term investment focus. Golub Capital invested more than $2.2 billion in unitranche and mezzanine transactions across a variety of market environments and industries between 2001 and March 31, 2011. From 2005 through 2010, Golub Capital invested in more than 250 middle-market companies and as of March 31,

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2011, it held debt investments in more than 160 middle-market companies. Golub Capital has developed expertise in industries such as business and consumer services, consumer products, defense, value-added distribution, healthcare services, manufacturing, media and restaurants.

Golub Capital’s middle-market lending group is managed by a four-member senior management team consisting of Lawrence E. Golub, David B. Golub, Gregory W. Cashman and Andrew H. Steuerman. As of March 31, 2011, Golub Capital’s 57 investment professionals had an average of over 11 years of investment experience and were supported by 62 administrative and back office personnel that focus on operations, finance, legal and compliance, accounting and reporting, marketing, information technology and office management.

Market Opportunity

We intend to pursue an investment strategy focused on investing in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in, U.S. middle-market companies. We believe the economic recession and the recent dislocation in U.S. credit markets have provided excellent conditions for middle-market lending. We find the middle-market attractive for the following reasons:

Target Market .  According to the U.S. Census Bureau in its 2002 economic census, there were approximately 153,000 small and middle-market companies in the United States with annual revenues between $10 million and $2.5 billion, compared with 900 companies with revenues greater than $2.5 billion. We believe that these middle-market companies represent a significant growth segment of the U.S. economy and often require substantial capital investments to grow. Middle-market companies have generated a significant number of investment opportunities for accounts sponsored or managed by Golub Capital, including approximately 1,700 lending opportunities in 2010 and approximately 600 potential investments through the first four months of 2011, and we believe that this market segment will continue to produce significant investment opportunities for us.

Specialized Lending Requirements .  We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to U.S. middle-market companies. For example, based on the experience of our management team, lending to U.S. middle-market companies (1) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of information for such companies, (2) requires due diligence and underwriting practices consistent with the demands and economic limitations of the middle-market and (3) may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender. As a result, middle-market companies historically have been served by a limited segment of the lending community.

We also believe that the dislocation in the markets from mid-2007 through 2010 further reduced the amount of credit available to middle-market companies. Many participants in the second lien and mezzanine debt market over the past five years, such as hedge funds and managers of CLOs have contracted or eliminated their origination activities as investors’ credit concerns have reduced available funding. In addition, we believe several existing business development companies are less active in the lending markets due to a lack of access to debt and equity financing. Moreover, many commercial banks face significant balance sheet constraints and increased regulatory scrutiny, which we believe restrict their ability to provide loans to middle-market companies.

Demand for Debt Capital .  We believe that private equity firms will continue to be active investors in middle-market companies. These private equity firms generally seek to leverage their investments by combining their capital with senior secured loans and/or mezzanine debt provided by other sources, and we believe that our capital is well positioned to partner with such equity investors. We expect such activity to be funded by the substantial amounts of private equity capital that have been raised in recent years.

Refinancing Requirements .  We believe the debt associated with a large number of middle-market leveraged mergers and acquisitions completed from 2005 to 2008 will start to come due in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many leveraged companies seek to refinance in the near term.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deal Structures.   We believe that as a result of the credit crisis, many lenders are requiring less senior and total leverage and more comprehensive loan covenants than was customary in the years leading up to the credit crisis. Lower debt multiples on purchase prices suggest that the cash flow of borrowing companies should enable them to service their debt more easily, creating a greater buffer against a downturn.

Competitive Strengths

Deep, Experienced Management Team .  We are managed by GC Advisors, which has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of Golub Capital’s 119 employees, led by our chairman, Lawrence E. Golub, and our chief executive officer, David B. Golub. As of March 31, 2011, the 57 investment professionals of Golub Capital had an average of over 11 years of investment experience and were supported by 62 administrative and back office personnel that focus on operations, finance, legal and compliance, accounting and reporting, marketing, information technology, and office management. Golub Capital seeks to hire and retain high-quality investment professionals and reward those personnel based on investor returns. In 2009, Buyouts Magazine named Golub Capital “Middle-Market Lender of the Year” for the second consecutive year and M&A Advisor named Golub Capital the “Mezzanine Financing Agent of the Year” in 2009. These awards do not constitute an endorsement by any such publication or organization of the securities being offered by this prospectus.

Leading U.S. Debt Platform Provides Access to Proprietary Relationship-Based Deal Flow .  GC Advisors gives us access to the deal flow of Golub Capital, one of the leading middle-market lenders in the United States. Reuters Loan Pricing Corporation ranked Golub Capital as the leading senior lender for middle-market leveraged buyouts (total debt financing of under $100 million) for 2009, based both on deal volume and number of deals. We believe this market position makes Golub Capital the first choice lender to many sponsors. Since its inception, Golub Capital has completed at least one debt financing with over 110 sponsors and closed multiple debt financings with over 40 sponsors. We believe that Golub Capital receives relationship-based “early looks” and “last looks” at many investment opportunities in the U.S. middle-market market, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process .  GC Advisors utilizes the established investment process of Golub Capital for reviewing lending opportunities, structuring transactions and monitoring investments. Using its disciplined approach to lending, GC Advisors seeks to minimize credit losses through effective underwriting, comprehensive due diligence investigations, structuring and the implementation of restrictive debt covenants. We expect that GC Advisors will select borrowers whose businesses will retain significant value, even in a depressed market or a distressed sale. We intend to reduce risk further by focusing on proven, successful sponsors. While emphasizing thorough credit analysis, we intend to maintain strong relationships with sponsors by offering rapid initial feedback from senior investment professionals to each investment opportunity shown to us.

Regimented Credit Monitoring .  Following each investment, GC Advisors implements a regimented credit monitoring system. This careful approach, which involves ongoing review and analysis by teams of professionals, has enabled us to identify problems early and to assist borrowers before they face difficult liquidity constraints. If necessary, GC Advisors can assume the role of deal sponsor in a work-out situation and has extensive restructuring experience, both in and out of bankruptcy. We believe in the need to prepare for possible negative contingencies in order to address them promptly should they arise.

Concentrated Middle-Market Focus .  Because of our focus on the middle-market, we understand the following general characteristics of middle-market lending:

middle-market companies are generally less leveraged than large companies and, we believe, offer more attractive investment returns in the form of upfront fees, prepayment penalties and higher interest rates;
middle-market issuers are more likely to have simple capital structures;
carefully structured covenant packages enable middle-market lenders to take early action to remediate poor financial performance; and
middle-market lenders can undertake thorough due diligence investigations prior to investment.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Criteria/Guidelines

Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation, by investing primarily in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in U.S. middle-market companies. We seek to generate strong risk-adjusted net returns by assembling a diversified portfolio of investments across a broad range of industries and private equity investors.

We primarily target U.S. middle-market companies controlled by private equity investors that require capital for growth, acquisitions, recapitalizations, refinancings and leveraged buyouts. We may also make opportunistic loans to independently owned and publicly held middle-market companies. We seek to partner with strong management teams executing long-term growth strategies. Target businesses will typically exhibit some or all of the following characteristics:

annual EBITDA of $5 million to $40 million;
sustainable leading positions in their respective markets;
scalable revenues and operating cash flow;
experienced management teams with successful track records;
stable, predictable cash flows with low technology and market risks;
a substantial equity cushion in the form of capital ranking junior to our investment;
low capital expenditures requirements;
a North American base of operations;
strong customer relationships;
products, services or distribution channels having distinctive competitive advantages;
defensible niche strategy or other barriers to entry; and
demonstrated growth strategies.

While we believe that the criteria listed above are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company.

Investment Process Overview

We view our investment process as consisting of four distinct phases described below:

Origination .  GC Advisors sources investment opportunities through access to a network of over 10,000 individual contacts developed in the financial services and related industries by Golub Capital and managed through a proprietary customer relationship database. Among these contacts is an extensive network of private equity firms and relationships with leading middle-market senior lenders. The senior deal professionals of Golub Capital supplement these leads through personal visits and marketing campaigns. It is their responsibility to identify specific opportunities, to refine opportunities through candid exploration of the underlying facts and circumstances and to apply creative and flexible thinking to solve clients’ financing needs. Golub Capital’s origination personnel are located in three offices across the United States. Each originator maintains long-standing customer relationships and is responsible for covering a specified target market. We believe those originators’ strength and breadth of relationships across a wide range of markets generate numerous financing opportunities, which we believe enables GC Advisors to be highly selective in recommending investments to us.

Credit Evaluation .  We utilize the systematic, consistent approach to credit evaluation developed by Golub Capital, with a particular focus on determining the value of a business in a downside scenario. The key criteria that we consider include (1) strong and resilient underlying business fundamentals, (2) a substantial equity cushion in the form of capital ranking junior in right of payment to our investment and (3) a conclusion that overall “downside” risk is manageable. While the size of this equity cushion will vary over time and across industries, the equity cushion generally sought by GC Advisors today is between 45% and 60% of total portfolio capitalization. We generally focus on the criteria developed by Golub Capital for

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

evaluating prospective portfolio companies. In evaluating a particular company, we put more emphasis on credit considerations (such as (1) loan-to-value ratio (which is the amount of our loan divided by the enterprise value of the company we are investing in), (2) the ability of the company to maintain a liquidity cushion through economic cycles and in downside scenarios, (3) the ability of the company to service its fixed charge obligations under a variety of scenarios and (4) its anticipated strategic value in a downturn) than on profit potential and loan pricing. Our due diligence process for middle-market credits will typically entail:

a thorough review of historical and pro forma financial information,
on-site visits,
interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors,
a review of loan documents and material contracts,
third-party “quality of earnings” accounting due diligence,
when appropriate, background checks on key managers and research relating to the company’s business, industry, markets, products and services and competitors, and
the commission of a third-party market studies when appropriate.

The following chart illustrates the stages of Golub Capital’s evaluation and underwriting process:

ILLUSTRATIVE DEAL EVALUATION PROCESS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

FUND INVESTMENTS

Execution .  In executing transactions for us, GC Advisors utilizes the due diligence process developed by Golub Capital. Through a consistent approach to credit evaluation and careful attention to the details of execution, it seeks to close deals as fast or faster than competitive financing providers while maintaining discipline with respect to credit, pricing and structure to ensure the ultimate success of the financing. Upon completion of due diligence, the investment team working on an investment delivers a memorandum to

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GC Advisors’ investment committee. Once an investment has been approved by the investment committee on a consensus basis, it moves through a series of steps, including initial documentation using standard document templates and the establishment of negotiating boundaries, final documentation, including resolution of business points and the execution of original documents held in escrow. Upon completion of final documentation, a loan is funded upon the execution of an investment committee memorandum by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee.

Monitoring .  We view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of our investment process. We consider board observation rights, where appropriate, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors and detailed, internally generated monitoring reports to be critical to our performance. Golub Capital has developed a monitoring template that is designed to reasonably ensure compliance with these standards. This template is used as a tool by GC Advisors to assess investment performance relative to our investment plan. In addition, our portfolio companies may rely on us to provide them with financial and capital markets expertise.

As part of the monitoring process, GC Advisors regularly assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and rates each of them based on an internal system developed by Golub Capital and its affiliates. This system is not generally accepted in our industry or used by our competitors. It is based on the following categories, which we refer to as GC Advisors’ investment performance rating:

 
Risk Ratings Definition
Rating   Definition
5   Involves the least amount of risk in our portfolio. The borrower is performing above expectations and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable.
4   Involves an acceptable level of risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination. The borrower is generally performing as expected and the risk factors are neutral to favorable.
3   Involves a borrower performing below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased somewhat since origination. The borrower may be out of compliance with debt covenants; however; loan payments are generally not past due.
2   Involves a borrower performing materially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased materially since origination. In addition to the borrower being generally out of compliance with debt covenants, loan payments may be past due (but generally not more than 180 days past due).
1   Indicates that the borrower is performing substantially below expectations and the loan risk has substantially increased since origination. Most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. Loans graded 1 are not anticipated to be repaid in full and we will reduce the fair market value of the loan to the amount we anticipate will be recovered.

For any investment rated 1, 2 or 3, GC Advisors will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions.

GC Advisors monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment performance ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our valuation process, GC Advisors reviews these investment performance ratings on a quarterly basis, and our board of directors reviews and affirms such ratings.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment performance rating scale at fair value as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010 and 2009:

           
  March 31, 2011   September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
Investment
Performance
Rating
  Investments at
Fair Value
(In thousands)
  Percentage of
Total
Investments
  Investments at
Fair Value
(In thousands)
  Percentage of
Total
Investments
  Investments at
Fair Value
(In thousands)
  Percentage of
Total
Investments
5   $ 67,250       17.3 %     $ 98,307       28.5 %     $ 91,419       24.3 %  
4     275,563       70.8       199,876       58.0       223,687       59.4  
3     41,915       10.8       41,948       12.2       61,188       16.3  
2     4,332       1.1       4,738       1.3             0.0  
1           0.0             0.0             0.0  
Total   $ 389,060       100.0 %     $ 344,869       100.0 %     $ 376,294       100.0 %  

Investment Committee

The purpose of GC Advisors’ investment committee, which is comprised of officers of GC Advisors, is to evaluate and approve all of our investments, subject to the oversight of our board of directors. The investment committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. The investment committee currently consists of Lawrence E. Golub, David B. Golub, Andrew H. Steuerman and Gregory W. Cashman. The investment committee serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to our core investment philosophy and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

In addition to reviewing investments, investment committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and deal flow are reviewed on a regular basis. Members of the investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the investment committee early in their analysis. We believe this process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.

Each transaction is presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. All of our new investments must be approved by a consensus of the investment committee. Each member of the investment committee performs a similar role for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles, together referred to as accounts sponsored or managed by Golub Capital and its affiliates. In certain instances, our board of directors may also determine that its approval is required prior to the making of an investment.

Investment Structure

Once we have determined that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we work with the management of that company and its other capital providers to structure an investment. We negotiate among these parties to agree on how our investment is expected to perform relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

We structure our investments, which typically have maturities of three to seven years, as follows:

Senior Secured Loans .  We structure these investments as senior secured loans. We obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company borrowers that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral may take the form of first-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company borrower. Our senior secured loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on senior secured loans will generally range between 4% and 6% over applicable LIBOR. In addition, we expect that senior secured loans will include LIBOR floors that will generally range from 0% to 2%.

Unitranche Loans .  We structure our unitranche loans as senior secured loans. We obtain security interests in the assets of these portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral may take the form of first-priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company. Unitranche loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Unitranche loans generally allow the borrower to make a large

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. In many cases, we are the sole lender, or we together with our affiliates are the sole lender, of unitranche loans, which can afford us additional influence with a borrower in terms of monitoring and, if necessary, remediation in the event of underperformance. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on unitranche loans will generally range between 6% and 8% (reflecting a blending of rates appropriate for the senior and junior debt exposures inherent in a unitranche loan) over applicable LIBOR. In addition, we expect that unitranche loans will include LIBOR floors that will generally range from 0% to 2%.

Second Lien Loans .  We structure these investments as junior, secured loans. We obtain security interests in the assets of these portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral may take the form of second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company. These loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on second lien loans will generally range between 8% and 12%.

Mezzanine Loans .  We structure these investments as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically have interest-only payments (often representing a combination of cash pay and PIK interest) in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to maturity. Mezzanine loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity.

Mezzanine investments are generally more volatile than secured loans and may involve a greater risk of loss of principal. Mezzanine loans often include a PIK feature, which effectively operates as negative amortization of loan principal, thereby increasing credit risk exposure over the life of the loan. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on mezzanine loans will generally range between 11% and 14%.

Warrants and Minority Equity Securities .  In some cases, we may also receive nominally priced warrants or options to buy a minority equity interest in the portfolio company in connection with a loan. As a result, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure such warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

We tailor the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its operating results. We seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

selecting investments that we believe have a very low probability of loss;
requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that we believe will compensate us appropriately for credit risk; and
negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with the preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or rights to a seat on the board of directors under some circumstances.

We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but we may sell some of our investments earlier if a liquidity event occurs, such as a sale, recapitalization or worsening of the credit quality of the portfolio company.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments

We seek to create a diverse portfolio that includes senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans and warrants and minority equity securities by investing approximately $5 million to $25 million of capital, on average, in the securities of middle-market companies. Set forth below is a list of our ten largest portfolio company investments as of March 31, 2011, as well as the top ten industries in which we were invested as of March 31, 2011, in each case calculated as a percentage of our total investments as of such date.

   
Portfolio Company   Fair Value of Investment
(in thousands)
  Percentage of
Total
Investments
Entrust, Inc.   $ 14,389       3.7 %  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.     13,121       3.4 %  
Market Track, LLC     13,099       3.4 %  
Strategic Partners, Inc.     11,327       2.9 %  
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.     10,561       2.7 %  
Syncsort Incorporated     9,625       2.5 %  
Advanced Pain Management Holdings, Inc.     9,050       2.3 %  
Competitor Group, Inc.     8,907       2.3 %  
DDC Center, Inc.     8,851       2.3 %  
Benetech, Inc.     8,845       2.3 %  
     $ 107,775       27.8 %  

   
Industry   Fair Value of
Investment
(in thousands)
  Percentage of
Total
Investments
Healthcare, Education and Childcare   $ 72,944       18.7 %  
Diversified Conglomerate Service     36,154       9.3 %  
Retail Stores     34,142       8.8 %  
Electronics     28,677       7.4 %  
Building and Real Estate     27,647       7.1 %  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing     25,950       6.7 %  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment     23,701       6.1 %  
Finance     21,787       5.6 %  
Personal, Food and Miscellaneous Services     19,500       5.0 %  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco     17,843       4.6 %  
     $ 308,345       79.3 %  

Managerial Assistance

As a business development company, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. GC Service or an affiliate of GC Service provides such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and reimburse GC Service or an affiliate of GC Service, as applicable, for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review and approval by our board of directors, including our independent directors.

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle-market companies include public and private funds, other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or to the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

We use the expertise of the investment professionals of Golub Capital and its affiliates to which we have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, the relationships of the senior members of Golub Capital and its affiliates enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.”

Administration

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by GC Advisors. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and, to the extent necessary, our board of directors may elect to hire additional personnel going forward. Our officers are employees of GC Service, an affiliate of GC Advisors, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs are paid by us pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Some of our executive officers described under “Management” are also officers of GC Advisors. See “Management Agreements — Administration Agreement.”

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606 and are provided by GC Service pursuant to the Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate to our business.

Legal Proceedings

We, GC Advisors and GC Service are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2011 for each portfolio company in which we had an investment. The general terms of our equity investments are described in “The Company —  Investment Structure.” Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance that we may provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. We do not “control” and are not an “affiliate” of any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25.0% of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned five percent or more of its voting securities. The loans in our current portfolio were either originated or purchased in the secondary market by Golub Capital and its affiliates. As of March 31, 2011, there were 81 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $284.3 million securing the notes issued as part of the Debt Securitization. The pool of loans in the Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
ABP Corporation
19 Fid Kennedy Ave
Boston, MA 02210
    Beverage, Food
and Tobacco
      Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      8.50% (LIBOR+4.50%)       2/2013     $ 2,299        
ADG, LLC
2100 Rexford Road
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28211
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      6.25% (LIBOR+4.75%)       3/2014       3,476        
                Senior Secured
Revolver
      8.44% (LIBOR+5.75%)       3/2014       243        
                Senior Secured
Delayed Draw
Term Loan
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+4.75%)
      3/2014              
Advanced Pain
Management
Holdings, Inc.
  4131 W. Loomis Rd
  Ste 300
  Greenfield, WI 53221
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Subordinated Debt       14.00 % (4)       6/2016       7,710        
                Common Stock                   67       1.4 %  
                Preferred Stock                   1,273       1.4 %  
Affordable Care Inc.
4990 Highway 70 West
Kinston, NC 28504
    Personal, Food and
Miscellaneous
Services
      Senior Secured
Revolver*
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      12/2015       (9 ) (5)        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      7.25%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      12/2015       3,649        
American Fire
Protection Group, Inc.
  8426 E. Shea Blvd.
  Suite 16
  Scottsdale, AZ 85260
    Buildings and
Real Estate
      Senior Secured
Term Loan C
      9.00% (LIBOR+6.75%) (6)       6/2011       2,653        
Amerifile, LLC
1940 West Oak Circle
Marietta, GA 30062
    Home and Office
Furnishings,
Housewares, and
Durable Consumer
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      6.50% (LIBOR+5.00%)       3/2016       4,486        
Ameriqual Group, LLC
18200 Highway 41 N
Evanville, IN 47725
    Personal, Food and
Miscellaneous
Services
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      7.25% (LIBOR+5.00%)       3/2016       1,943        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      9.75% (LIBOR+7.50%)       3/2016       833           
Architectural Testing, Inc.
130 Derry Ct
York, PA 17406
    Buildings and
Real Estate
      Unitranche
Term Loan A*
      9.50% (LIBOR+6.50%)       5/2013       6,219        

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
ASP PDM Acquisition Co.
LLC
2800 Melby Street
Eau Claire, WI 54703
    Buildings and
Real Estate
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      3.12% (LIBOR+2.75%)       12/2013       496        
Atkins Nutritionals, Inc.
1050 17 th Street
Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80265
    Beverage, Food
and Tobacco
      Secured Lien
Term Loan B
      12.86%
(LIBOR+9.00%)
      12/2015       5,028        
                LLC Interest                   838        
Benetech, Inc.
1851 Albright Road
Montgomery, IL 60538
    Diversified
Services/
Conglomerate
Service
      Unitranche
Term Loan*
      5.25% (LIBOR+5.00%)       12/2013       8,845        
Bertucci’s Corporation
155 Otis Street
Northborough,
MA 01532
    Beverage, Food
and Tobacco
      Senior Secured
First Lien Last
Out Term Loan*
      14.23% (LIBOR+9.00%)       7/2012       1,953        
Bonddesk Group LLC
One Lovell Avenue
Mill Valley, CA 94941
    Banking       Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      3.27% (LIBOR+3.00%)       8/2012       1,759        
Campus Management
Acquisition Corp.
777 Yamato Road
Boca Raton, FL 33431
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured First
Lien Term Loan
      10.86% (LIBOR+5.65%)       9/2015       5,562        
Cape Electrical Supply
LLC
P.O. Box 677
489 Kell Farm Drive
Cape Girardeau, MO
63702
    Electronics       Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      7.50%
(LIBOR+6.25%) (4)
      11/2013       2,202        
CHS/Community Health
Systems (7)
1400 Meridian
Boulevard
Franklin, TN 37067
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Delay Draw
Term Loan*
      2.56% (LIBOR+2.25%)       7/2014       516        
CIBT Holdings
1650 Tyson Blvd.
Ste1350
McLean, VA 22102
    Diversified Natural
Resources, Precious
Metals and
Minerals
      Senior Secured
Acquisition Loan
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      12/2015       (4 ) (5)        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan A
      6.75%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      12/2015       1,082        
CLP Auto Interior
Corporation
6868 Acco Street
Montebello, CA 90640
    Automobile       Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      5.00% (LIBOR+4.75%)       6/2013       3,093        
Community Hospices of
America, Inc.
Creekside Crossing IV
Suite 360
Brentwood, TN 37027
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
1 st Lien Term
Loan*
      7.25% (LIBOR+5.50%)       12/2015       5,499        
                Second Lien
2 nd Lien Term
Loan
      13.75%
(LIBOR+11.75%) (4)
      6/2016       1,797        
                Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      12/2015              
Compass Group
Diversified
Holdings, LLC (7)
  61 Wilton Road
  Second Floor
  Westport, CT 06880
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      4.27% (LIBOR+4.00%)       12/2013       4,505        

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
Competitor Group, Inc.
4477 Waples Street,
Suite 160
San Diego, CA 92011
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures
and Entertainment
      Unitranche Revolver       9.50%
(LIBOR+7.50%)
      9/2015       722        
                Unitranche Delay
Draw Term Loan
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+7.50%)
      9/2015              
                Unitranche Term
Loan A*
      9.50%
(LIBOR+7.50%)
      9/2015       8,185        
Container Store, Inc.
500 Freeport Parkway
Coppell, TX 75019
    Retail Stores       Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      3.31% (LIBOR+3.00%)       8/2014       6,489        
Cortz, Inc.
320 Industrial Drive
West Chicago, IL 60185
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      8.50% (LIBOR+5.50%)       3/2014       6,312        
DDC Center Inc.
1001 DDC Way
Fairfield, OH 45014
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Unitranche
Term Loan*
      9.50% (LIBOR+6.50%)       10/2014       7,770        
                Unitranche Term
Loan
      9.50%
(LIBOR+6.50%)
      10/2014       1,081        
Delta Educational
Systems, Inc.
144 Business Park
Drive,
Suite 201
Virginia Beach, VA
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.00% (LIBOR+4.00%)       6/2012       3,686        
Den-Mat Holdings, LLC
2727 Skyway Drive
Santa Maria, CA 93455
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan
      8.50%
(LIBOR+7.50%) (4)
      6/2014       1,679        
Dr. Miracles, Inc.
183 Madison Ave
Suite 405
New York, NY 10016
    Personal and
Non Durable
Consumer Products
      Unitranche
Term Loan A*
      8.00% (LIBOR+5.50%)       3/2014       3,484        
Driven Brands, Inc.
128 South Tyron Street
Suite 900
Charlotte, NC 28202
    Automobile       Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      6.52% (LIBOR+5.00%)       10/2014       5,749        
DTLR, Inc.
7455-N New Ridge
Road
Hanover, MD 21076
    Retail Stores       Secured Lien
Term Loan A
      11.00% (LIBOR+8.00%)       12/2015       6,011        
EAG, Inc.
810 Kifer Road
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Secured
Term Loan*
      7.25%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      7/2015       1,304        
Entrust, Inc.
5400 LBJ Freeway
Suite 1340
Dallas, TX 75240
    Electronics       Unitranche
Term Loan*
      6.50% (LIBOR+5.00%)       3/2017       4,316        
                Unitranche
Term Loan*
      6.50% (LIBOR+5.00%)       3/2017       10,073        
Excelligence Learning
Corporation
2 Lower Ragsdale Drive
Monterey, CA 93940
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Second Lien
Term Loan C*
      7.25% (LIBOR+7.00%)       11/2013       1,600        
Extreme Fitness, Inc. (8)
8281 Vonge St.
Thornhill, Ontario L3T
267
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures,
Entertainment
      Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      11.50% (LIBOR+7.50%)       3/2012       4,649        
Fasteners for Retail, Inc.
28900 Fountain
Parkway
Cleveland, OH 44139
    Retail Stores       Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      4.78% (LIBOR+4.50%)       12/2012       1,906        

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
Focus Brands Inc.
200 Glenridge Point
Parkway Suite 200
Atlanta, GA 30342
    Personal, Food and
Miscellaneous
Services
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      5.25% (LIBOR+4.00%)       11/2016       4,473        
Fort Dearborn Company
1530 Morse Ave
Elk Grove, IL 60007
    Containers,
Packaging and
Glass
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      6.78%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      8/2015       55        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      7.29%
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      8/2016       120        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      6.75%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      8/2015       1,513        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      7.26%
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      8/2016       3,275        
G & H Wire Company, Inc.
2165 Earlywood Dr.
Franklin, IN 46131
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      7.25%
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      12/2015       5,925        
                Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      12/2015              
                LP Interest                   102        
Gammill, Inc.
1452 W. Gibson Street
West Plains, MO 65775
    Textiles and
Leather
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      9.50% (LIBOR+7.50%)       9/2011       264        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      10.00% (LIBOR+8.00%)       9/2012       4,104        
Heat Transfer Parent, Inc.
2777 Walden Avenue
Buffalo, NY 14225
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Manufacturing
      Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      3.26% (LIBOR+3.00%)       6/2013       1,611        
Hosting.com
(WCP/32 Points)
  1400 Glenarm Place
  Suite 100
  Denver, CO 80202
    Telecommunications       Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+6.75%)
      5/2014              
                Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      8.25% (LIBOR+6.75%)       5/2014       2,191        
The Hygenic Corporation
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      2.81% (LIBOR+2.50%)       4/2013       2,422        
Ignite Restaurant Group,
Inc.
9900 West Park Drive
Suite 300
Houston, TX 77063
    Personal, Food and
Miscellaneous
Services
      Senior Secured
Term Loan
      6.25% (LIBOR+4.75%)       3/2016       6,616        
IL Fornaio (America)
Corporation
770 Tamalpais Drive,
Suite 400
Corte Madera, CA
94925
    Retail Stores       Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      3.00% (LIBOR+2.75%)       3/2013       4,135        
Industrial Container
Services, LLC
1540 South Greenwood
Avenue
P.O. Box 2067
Montebello, CA 90640
    Containers,
Packaging and
Glass
      Unitranche
Term Loan B*
      4.48% (LIBOR+4.00%)       9/2011       352        
Infiltrator Systems, Inc.
6 Business Park Road
P.O. Box 768
Old Saybrook, CT 06475
    Buildings and
Real Estate
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      8.50% (LIBOR+5.50%)       9/2012       7,779        

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
Integrated DNA
Technologies, Inc.
1710 Commercial Park
Coralville, IA 52241
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Subordinated
Debt
      14.00 % (4)       4/2015       3,800        
                Subordinated
Debt Delayed
Draw Loan
      N/A (3)       4/2015              
ITEL Laboratories, Inc.
6745 Phillips Industrial
Blvd.
Jacksonville, FL 32256
    Buildings and
Real Estate
      Unitranche Term
Loan A*
      9.75% (LIBOR+6.75%)       3/2014       7,730        
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.
506 S. Wapello St.
Mediapolis, IA 52637
    Buildings and
Real Estate
      Senior Secured
Term Loan B
      8.50% (LIBOR+6.00%)       3/2013       2,080        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan
      8.50%
(LIBOR+6.00%)
      3/2012       230        
Lone Star Beef Processors,
L.P.
2150 East 37 th Street
San Angelo, TX 76903
    Beverage, Food
and Tobacco
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      4.46% (LIBOR+4.00%)       5/2013       3,520        
Market Track, LLC
125 High Rock Ave.,
1 st Fl
Saratoga Springs,
NY 12866
    Printing and
Publishing
      Unitranche Revolver       N/A (3)
(LIBOR+7.75%)
      11/2015              
                Unitranche Term
Loan*
      9.25%
(LIBOR+7.75%)
      11/2015       13,099        
The Marshall Retail Group,
LLC
5385 Wynn Road
Las Vegas, NV 89118
    Retail Stores
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      7.25% (LIBOR+4.50%)       4/2013       2,940        
                Second Lien
Term Loan B*
      9.25% (LIBOR+6.50%)       4/2013       2,100        
Maverick Healthcare Group,
LLC
2536 W. Birchwood Ave.
Suite 101
Mesa, AZ 85202
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      7.25% (LIBOR+5.50%)       12/2016       1,494        
Melissa & Doug, LLC
141 Danbury Road
Wilton, CT 06897
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures
and Entertainment
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.75%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      12/2016       1,299        
Metal Spinners, Inc.
800 Growth Parkway
Angola, IN 46703
    Diversified Natural
Resources, Precious
Metals and
Minerals
      Senior Secured
Term B Loan*
      10.00% (LIBOR+7.00%)       12/2014       1,829        
                Senior Secured
Term C Loan*
      14.00%
(LIBOR+11.00%) (4)
      12/2014       3,121        
Monotype Imaging, Inc. (7)
3600 Clipper Mill Road
Suite 310
Baltimore, MD 21211
    Printing and
Publishing
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      4.02% (LIBOR+3.75%)       7/2012       1,129        
Neptco Inc.
P.O. Box 2323
30 Hamlet Street
Pawtucket, RI 02861
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Manufacturing
      Senior Secured
Term Loan
      7.25% (LIBOR+5.25%)       3/2013       3,521        

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
NeuroTherm, Inc.
30 Upton Drive
Suite 2
Wilmington, MA 01887
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan
      7.25% (LIBOR+5.00%)       2/2016       111        
                Senior Secured
Revolver*
      6.50% (LIBOR+5.00%)       2/2016       1,710        
                Common Stock                   541       1.2 %  
Noodles & Company
520 Zang Street
Broomfield, CO 80021
    Beverage, Food
and Tobacco
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      5.75% (LIBOR+4.50%)       2/2016       1,613        
NS Holdings, Inc.
3500 Sunrise Highway
Great River, NY 11739
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      8.28% (LIBOR+4.63%)       6/2015       2,168        
                Senior Secured
Delayed Draw*
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+6.25%)
      6/2015              
Nuveen Investments Inc.
333 W. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
    Finance       Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      3.31% (LIBOR+3.00%)       11/2014       1,850        
Octane Fitness, LLC
9200 Wyoming Avenue
North
Suite 380
Brooklyn Park,
MN 55445
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures,
and Entertainment
      Unitranche Term
Loan*
      4.90% (LIBOR+4.60%)       3/2013       4,582        
OnCore Manufacturing LLC
225 Caranado Drive
Springfield, MA 01104
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Manufacturing
      Second Lien
Term Loan*
      11.00%
(LIBOR+8.00%)
      6/2016       3,633        
Optronics Product
Company, Inc.
4150 South 100 th E. Ave.,
Suite 210
Tulsa, OK 74146
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures,
and Entertainment
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      5.50% (LIBOR+4.50%)       12/2012       91        
                Second Lien
Term Loan B*
      8.25% (LIBOR+7.25%)       12/2013       2,489        
Pasternack Enterprises, Inc.
1851 Kettering Street
Irvine, CA 92614
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Manufacturing
      Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      6.00% (LIBOR+4.50%)       2/2014       4,779        
Pillar Processing LLC
220 Northpointe Parkway
Suite G
Buffalo, NY 14228
    Finance       Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      5.80% (LIBOR+5.50%)       11/2013       3,847        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      14.50 %       5/2014       2,969        
Premier Yachts, Inc.
401 East Illinois Street
Suite 425
Chicago, IL 60611
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures,
Entertainment
      Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3) (LIBOR+5.50%)       12/2015              
                Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      7.00% (LIBOR+5.50%)       12/2015       855        
Pride Manufacturing
Company LLC
155 Franklin Rd.
Ste 250
Brentwood, TN 37027
    Leisure,
Amusement,
Motion Pictures,
and Entertainment
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      7.25%
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      11/2015       829        
Prommis Solutions, Inc.
1544 Old Alabama Road
Roswell, GA 30076
    Banking       Senior Secured
Delayed Draw
Term Loan*
      3.57% (LIBOR+2.75%)       2/2013       1,052        
Protection One, Inc.
1035 N. 3 rd Street,
Suite 101
Lawrence, KS 66044
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Services
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.00% (LIBOR+4.25%)       6/2016       2,942        

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
Richelieu Foods, Inc.
15 Pacella Park Dr.
Ste 210
Randolph, MA 02368
    Beverage, Food
and Tobacco
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.75%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      11/2015       2,282        
                Senior Secured
Revolver
      6.82%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      11/2015       90        
                LP Interest                   220        
Royall & Company
1920 E. Parham Rd.
Richmond, VA 23228
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.50%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      11/2015       774        
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.
1902 Wright Place,
Suite 300
Carlsbad, CA 92008
    Retail Stores       Unitranche
Term Loan A*
      8.75% (LIBOR+7.00%)       6/2015       9,616        
                Preferred Stock                   945       1.9 %  
Savvis Communications
Corporation (7)
1 SAVVIS Parkway
Town & Country,
MO 63017
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Services
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.75% (LIBOR+5.00%)       8/2016       2,006        
The Service Companies,
Inc.
660 Northwest 125 Street
North Miami, FL 33168
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      9.00% (LIBOR+6.50%)       3/2014       5,682        
The Sloan Company, Inc.
4445 Willard Avenue;
12 th Floor
Chevy Chase, MD 20815
    Electronics       Second Lien
Term Loan B*
      7.27% (LIBOR+7.00%) (4)       10/2012       2,461        
Springboard Finance LLC
2775 Sand Hill Road,
Suite 100
Menlo Park, CA 94025
    Telecommunications       Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      7.00%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      2/2015       1,954        
Sterilmed, Inc.
11400 73 rd Ave.
North Maple Grove,
MN 55369
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      7.75% (LIBOR+6.25%)       7/2016       3,100        
                Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+6.25%)
      7/2015              
Strategic Partners, Inc.
9800 De Soto Avenue
Chatworth, CA 91311
    Personal and
Non-Durable
Consumer Products
      Subordinated
Debt
      14.00 % (4)       2/2017       9,636        
                LLC Interest                   1,691        
Styron S.A.R.L.
2020 Building
Midland, MI 48640
    Chemicals, Plastics
and Rubber
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.00% (LIBOR+4.50%)       8/2017       1,508        
Sumtotal Systems, Inc.
2850 NW 43 rd Street
Suite 200
Gainesville, FL 32606
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Service
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.25% (LIBOR+4.75%)       12/2015       538        
Surgical Information
Systems, LLC
3650 Mansell Rd
Ste 500
Alpharetta, GA 30009
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Second Lien
Last Out Term Loan
      7.29%
(LIBOR+5.75%)
      12/2015       5,143        
                Common Stock                   414       0.4 %  
Syncsort Incorporated
50 Tice Blvd
Woodcliff Lake,
NJ 07677
    Electronics       Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.50%)
      3/2015              
                Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      7.50% (LIBOR+5.50%)       3/2015       9,625        

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.
1025 Mary Laidley Drive
Covington, KY 41017
    Chemicals, Plastics
and Rubber
      Senior Secured
Term A Loan*
      7.75% (LIBOR+5.50%)       8/2012       256        
                Senior Secured
Term B1 Loan*
      8.25% (LIBOR+6.00%)       8/2013       864        
                Senior Secured
Term C Loan*
      10.75% (LIBOR+8.50%)       2/2014       474        
Tecomet Inc.
115 Eames Street
Wilmington, MA 01887
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Manufacturing
      Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.25%)
      12/2015              
                Secured Term
Loan A*
      7.00%
(LIBOR+5.25%)
      12/2015       3,888        
Tecta America Corp.
5215 Old Orchard Road
Suite 880
Skokie, IL 60077
    Buildings and Real
Estate
      Senior Secured
Revolver
      8.31% (LIBOR+7.00%)       3/2014       460        
TIDI Products, LLC
570 Enterprise Drive
Neenah, WI 54956
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan*
      6.50% (LIBOR+5.00%)       5/2015       2,542        
                Senior Secured
Revolver
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      5/2015              
Top Knobs USA, Inc.
170 Township Line Rd
Hillsborough, NJ 08844
    Home and Office
Furnishings,
Housewares, and
Durable Consumer
      Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      8.00% (LIBOR+5.75%)       11/2016       1,226        
                Common Stock                   73       0.1 %  
Trade Service Company,
LLC
15445 Innovation Drive
San Diego, CA 92128
    Printing and
Publishing
      Unitranche Term
Loan B*
      14.00 % (4)       6/2013       762        
                Unitranche Revolver       N/A (3) (LIBOR+5.25%)       6/2013              
                Unitranche Term
Loan A*
      6.75% (LIBOR+5.25%)       6/2013       1,479        
Tri-County Petroleum, Inc.
State Route 1036
P.O. Box 108
Defiance, PA 16633
    Oil and Gas       Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      6.50% (LIBOR+4.25%)       8/2013       3,647        
United Surgical Partners
International, Inc.
15305 Dallas Parkway,
Suite 1600 – LB 28
Addison, TX 75001
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Delay Draw Term
Loan*
      2.25% (LIBOR+2.00%)       4/2014       1,505        
Universal Health Services,
Inc. (7)
Universal Corporate
Center
367 South Gulph Road
King of Prussia,
PA 19406
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan B*
      4.00% (LIBOR+3.00%)       11/2016       1,545        
Vetcor Professional
Practices LLC
350 Lincoln Place
Hingham MA 02043
    Personal, Food and
Miscellaneous
Services
      Unitranche Delayed
Draw Term Loan G
      N/A (3)
(LIBOR +7.25%)
      2/2015              
                Unitranche
Term Loan G-1
      9.25% (LIBOR + 7.25%)       2/2015       1,995        

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest (1)   Maturity   Fair Value
(Dollars in
Thousands)
  Percentage
of Class
Held (2)
Vintage Parts, Inc.
120 Corporate Drive
Beaver Dam, WI 53916
    Diversified
Conglomerate
Manufacturing
      Unitranche Term
Loan A*
      5.80% (LIBOR+5.50%)       12/2013       6,926        
                Unitranche
Term Loan C
      8.50% (LIBOR+6.00%)       12/2013       99        
                Unitranche
Term Loan D
      9.75% (LIBOR+8.00%)       12/2013       1,493        
Wall Street Systems
Holdings, Inc.
1290 Avenue of the
Americas
22 nd Floor
New York, NY 10104
    Finance       Senior Secured
Term Loan A*
      8.00% (LIBOR+5.00%)       5/2013       7,835        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B-1*
      7.00%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      5/2013       1,569        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan B-2*
      7.00%
(LIBOR+5.00%)
      5/2013       3,717        
Warner Chilcott
Corporation (7)
100 Enterprise Drive
Rockaway, NJ 07866
    Healthcare,
Education and
Childcare
      Senior Secured
Term Loan* B-1
      4.25% (LIBOR+3.25%)       3/2018       289        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan* B-2
      4.25% (LIBOR+3.25%)       3/2018       144        
                Senior Secured
Term Loan* B-3
      3.25% (LIBOR+2.25%)       3/2018       198        
West Corporation
11808 Miracle Hills
Drive
Omaha, NE 68154
    Telecommunications       Senior Secured
Revolver
      NA (3)
(LIBOR+3.00%)
      10/2012       (500 ) (5)        
Whitcraft LLC
76 Country Rd.
Eastford, CT 06242
    Aerospace and
Defense
      Subordinated Debt       12.00 %       12/2018       1,877        
                Common Stock                   670       1.1 %  
                Warrant                   117        
Zenith Products
Corporation
400 Lukens Drive
New Castle, DE 19720
    Home and Office
Furnishings,
Housewares, and
Durable Consumer
      Unitranche Term
Loan A*
      5.45% (LIBOR+5.00%)       9/2013       4,306        
Total                                       $ 389,060           

* Denotes that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the Debt Securitization.
(1) All interest is payable in cash unless otherwise indicated. A majority of the variable rate debt investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to LIBOR or the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, or EURIBOR, and which reset daily, quarterly, monthly or semiannually. For each debt investment, we have provided the current interest rate in effect as of March 31, 2011.
(2) Percentage of class held refers only to common and preferred equity held, if any. Calculated on a fully diluted basis.
(3) The entire commitment was unfunded at March 31, 2011. As such, interest was not being earned on this investment at March 31, 2011.
(4) A portion of the interest may be deferred through a PIK interest rate option.
(5) The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par. The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(6) Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2011, meaning that the Company has ceased recognizing interest income on the loan.
(7) Public company.
(8) Non-U.S. company or principal place of business outside of the United States.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors and its Leadership Structure

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of Golub Capital BDC, GC Advisors or their respective affiliates as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our “independent directors.” The board of directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include quarterly valuation of our assets, corporate governance activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and oversight of our investment activities.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by GC Advisors as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of GC Advisors as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of directors’ risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

The board of directors has established an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of each committee’s responsibilities is discussed in greater detail below. Lawrence E. Golub, Chief Executive Officer of Golub Capital, and therefore an interested person of Golub Capital BDC, serves as Chairman of the board of directors. The board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of our investors for Mr. Golub to lead the board of directors because of his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and his significant background in the financial services industry, as described below. The board of directors does not have a lead independent director. However, William M. Webster IV, the chairman of the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, is an independent director and acts as a liaison between the independent directors and management between meetings of the board of directors and is involved in the preparation of agendas for board and committee meetings. The board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of Golub Capital BDC because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The board of directors also believes that its small size creates a highly efficient governance structure that provides ample opportunity for direct communication and interaction between GC Advisors and the board of directors. Each of our directors has been selected such that the board of directors represents a range of backgrounds and experiences.

Board of Directors

Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our directors are divided into three classes. At each annual meeting, directors are elected for staggered terms of three years (other than the initial terms, which extend for up to three years), with the term of office of only one of these three classes of directors expiring each year. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

       
Name   Age   Position   Director
Since
  Term
Expires
Interested Directors
                   
Lawrence E. Golub   51   Chairman of the board of directors   2009   2013
David B. Golub   49   Chief Executive Officer   2009   2014
Independent Directors
                   
John T. Baily   67   Director   2010   2012
Kenneth F. Bernstein   49   Director   2010   2012
Anita R. Rosenberg   47   Director   2011   2014
William M. Webster IV   53   Director   2010   2013

The address for each of our directors is c/o Golub Capital BDC, Inc., 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

   
Name   Age   Position
Ross A. Teune   43   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Matthew S. Hardin   49   Chief Compliance Officer

The address for each of our executive officers is c/o Golub Capital, BDC, Inc., 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606.

Biographical Information

The board of directors has determined that each of the directors is qualified to serve as our director, based on a review of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each director, including those described below. The board of directors has determined that each director has significant experience in the investment or financial services industries and has held management, board or oversight positions in other companies and organizations. Each of our directors has demonstrated high character and integrity and has expertise and diversity of experience to be able to offer advice and guidance to our management. For the purposes of this presentation, our directors have been divided into two groups — independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Independent Directors

John T. Baily has over three decades of experience in the accounting industry and a substantial background in insurance industry matters. Mr. Baily currently serves as a member of the board of directors of RLI Corp. (NYSE) and Endurance Specialty Holdings, Ltd. (NYSE). He was elected to serve as a director to these companies in 2003. Mr. Baily also served as a member of the board of directors of Erie Indemnity Company (NASDAQ) from 2003 to 2008 and of NYMagic, Inc. (NYSE) from 2003 to 2010. From 1999 until 2002, Mr. Baily was the President of Swiss Re Capital Partners. Prior to joining Swiss Re Capital Partners, Mr. Baily was a partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its predecessor, Coopers & Lybrand, where he worked from 1965 until 1999. Mr. Baily was the National Insurance Industry Chairman of Coopers & Lybrand from 1986 until 1998 and a member of Coopers & Lybrand’s International Insurance Industry Committee from 1984 until 1998. He has also served on the Board of Trustees of Albright College since 2003 and has served as chairman since his election to that position in 2007. Mr. Baily graduated cum laude from Albright College in 1965, received his CPA with honors in 1968 and received his M.B.A. from the University of Chicago in 1979. Mr. Baily’s experience as an accountant and post service as a director of public companies led our nominating and corporate governance committee to conclude that Mr. Baily is qualified to serve as a director.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Kenneth F. Bernstein has been the chief executive officer of Acadia Realty Trust since 2001 and the president and a trustee since its formation in 1998. Mr. Bernstein is responsible for strategic planning as well as overseeing the day-to-day activities of Acadia Realty Trust including operations, acquisitions and capital markets. Mr. Bernstein brings to the board of directors expertise in accounting and business operations. He has been an independent trustee of BRT Realty Trust since 2004. From 1990 to 1998, he served as chief operating officer of RD Capital, Inc. until its merger into Acadia Realty Trust. He was an associate with the New York law firm of Battle Fowler LLP, from 1986 to 1990. He has been a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors, International Council of Shopping Centers, National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, for which he serves on the Board of Governors, Urban Land Institute and the Real Estate Roundtable, where he is currently chairman of the Tax Policy Committee. Mr. Bernstein was also the founding chairman of the Young President’s Organization Real Estate Network, and is currently a member of its board of advisors. He holds a B.A. from the University of Vermont and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law. Mr. Bernstein’s experience as a senior executive officer within finance companies led our nominating and corporate governance committee to conclude that Mr. Bernstein is qualified to serve as a director.

Anita R. Rosenberg brings to the board of directors a diverse knowledge of business and finance. Since April 2011, she has served an independent advisor to Magnetar Capital, a multi-strategy hedge fund. From 1999 until her retirement in February 2009, Ms. Rosenberg was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at Harris Alternatives, LLC, and its predecessor, Harris Associates, L.P. Ms. Rosenberg brings to the board of directors expertise in capital markets, portfolio management, and business operations. As a Portfolio Manager at Harris Alternatives, LLC, Ms. Rosenberg managed all aspects of a $14 billion fund of hedge funds, including asset selection, risk assessment, and allocation across investment strategies. Prior to Harris Alternatives, LLC, Ms. Rosenberg held senior level positions at several large asset management/investment banking institutions including Banker’s Trust, Global Asset Management and Merrill Lynch Capital Markets. From 2001 to 2005, Ms. Rosenberg served on the board of trustees for the Catherine Cook School of Chicago and served as Secretary of the Executive Committee in 2004. Ms. Rosenberg received her B.A in 1985 from Harvard University. Ms. Rosenberg’s experience as a partner and senior executive in several asset management firms led our nominating and corporate governance committee to conclude that Ms. Rosenberg is qualified to serve as a director.

William M. Webster IV brings to the board of directors a diverse knowledge of business and finance. Mr. Webster is one of the co-founders of Advance America, Advance Cash Centers, Inc. and has served as a director since the company’s inception in 1997 and as the Chairman of the board of directors since August 2008, and previously from January 2000 through July 2004. He was the Chief Executive Officer of Advance America, Advance Cash Centers, Inc. from inception through August 2005. From May 1996 to May 1997, Mr. Webster served as Executive Vice President of Education Management Corporation and was responsible for corporate development, human resources, management information systems, legal affairs and government relations. From October 1994 to October 1995, Mr. Webster served as Assistant to the President of the United States and Director of Scheduling and Advance. Mr. Webster served as Chief of Staff to U.S. Department of Education Secretary Richard W. Riley from January 1993 to October 1994. From November 1992 to January 1993, Mr. Webster was Chief of Staff to Richard W. Riley as part of the Presidential Transition Team. Mr. Webster serves on the board of directors of LKQ Corporation (NYSE). In addition, Mr. Webster serves on the Board of Trustees of Washington and Lee University and is the Chairman of the Board of Converse College. Mr. Webster is a 1979 summa cum laude graduate of Washington and Lee University and a Fulbright scholar. Mr. Webster is also a graduate of the University of Virginia School of Law. Mr. Webster’s knowledge of business and finance developed as a senior executive officer led our nominating and corporate governance committee to conclude that Mr. Webster is qualified to serve as a director.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interested Directors

Lawrence E. Golub has served as Chairman of our board of directors since November 2009. The board of directors benefits from Mr. Lawrence E. Golub’s leadership and experience and knowledge of the financial services industry. Mr. Golub is also the Chief Executive Officer of Golub Capital, a company he founded in 1994. Mr. Golub previously spent ten years as a principal investor and investment banker. As a Managing Director of the Risk Merchant Bank at Bankers Trust Company, he applied derivative products to principal investing and merger and acquisitions transactions. As a Managing Director of Wasserstein Perella Co., Inc., he established that firm’s capital markets group and debt restructuring practice. As an officer of Allen & Company Incorporated, he engaged in principal investing, mergers and acquisitions advisory engagements and corporate finance transactions. Mr. Golub, a former White House Fellow, is active in charitable and civic organizations. He is one of three private Members of the Financial Control Board of the State of New York, Treasurer of the White House Fellows Foundation, President of the Harvard University J.D. — M.B.A. Alumni Association and a member of the Harvard University Committee on Science. He served for over 15 years as a trustee of Montefiore Medical Center, the university hospital of the Albert Einstein Medical School. He was also chairman of Mosholu Preservation Corporation, a developer and manager of low income housing in the Bronx. He also served for six years as a trustee of Horace Mann School. Mr. Golub earned his A.B. degree in Economics from Harvard College. He received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, where he was selected as a Baker Scholar, and a J.D. from Harvard Law School, where he served as an editor of the Harvard Law Review. Mr. Golub is the brother of David B. Golub, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Golub’s experiences with Golub Capital and his focus on middle-market lending led our nominating and corporate governance committee to conclude that Mr. Golub is qualified to serve as our Chairman.

David B. Golub has served as our Chief Executive Officer since November 2009. Mr. Golub joined Golub Capital as Vice Chairman in January 2004, after having served as a director of affiliates of the firm since 1995. He brings to the board of directors a diverse knowledge of business and finance. From 1995 through October 2003, Mr. Golub was a Managing Director of Centre Partners Management LLC, a leading private equity firm. He founded and served until 2004 as Chairman of Centre Pacific, LLC, a manager of leveraged loans and high yield bonds with over $3.0 billion under management. From 1995 through 2000, Mr. Golub also served as a Managing Director of Corporate Partners, a private equity fund affiliated with Lazard Fréres & Co. formed to acquire significant minority stakes in established companies. Mr. Golub was the first Chairman of the Board and is now Vice Chairman of the Michael J. Fox Foundation for Parkinson’s Research. He also serves on the board of directors of The Burton Corporation and has served on the board of numerous public and private companies. Mr. Golub earned his A.B. degree in Government from Harvard College. He received an M.Phil. in International Relations from Oxford University, where he was a Marshall Scholar, and an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business, where he was named an Arjay Miller Scholar. Mr. Golub is the brother of Lawrence E. Golub, Chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Golub’s experiences with Golub Capital and his focus on middle-market lending led our nominating and corporate governance committee to conclude that Mr. Golub is qualified to serve as a director.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Ross A. Teune has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since December 2010. Prior to being elected our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mr. Teune served as Senior Vice President of Finance at Golub Capital Incorporated from November 2007 to December 2008 and GC Service from January 2009 to present with responsibility for the financial reporting for its privately managed debt funds. Mr. Teune served as Director of Strategic Planning at Merrill Lynch Capital from April 2006 to November 2007. Prior to this position, Mr. Teune was Vice President of Finance at Antares Capital Corporation from July 2002 to April 2006, where he was responsible for overseeing operations and financial reporting. Mr. Teune also served as the primary liaison to the tax, treasury, external reporting and market risk departments of Massachusetts Life Insurance Company, Antares Capital’s parent company. Mr. Teune also worked at Heller Financial Corporation and KPMG LLP. Mr. Teune graduated from Hope College with a B.A. in Accounting and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Matthew S. Hardin has served as our Chief Compliance Officer since March 2010 and is also the Chief Compliance Officer of our investment adviser, GC Advisors. Mr. Hardin also has served as Chief Compliance Officer of Stewart Capital Mid Cap Fund since 2009 and as owner and president of Hardin Compliance Consulting LLC since May 2006. Mr. Hardin served as the Chief Compliance Officer of PennantPark Investment Corporation, a business development company, and Magnetar Spectrum Fund from 2007 to 2008. From 1999 to 2006, Mr. Hardin was Chief Broker-Dealer Counsel at the PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and was responsible for registered investment advisers, regulatory examinations and compliance oversights. Mr. Hardin graduated from Dayton University in 1983 and Pepperdine University School of Law in 1986. He earned an LL.M. in Federal Securities Law from the Georgetown University Law Center in 1988.

Audit Committee

The members of the audit committee are John T. Baily, Kenneth F. Bernstein, Anita R. Rosenberg and William M. Webster IV, each of whom meets the independence standards established by the SEC and NASDAQ for audit committees and is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. William M. Webster IV serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Baily, Mr. Bernstein and Mr. Webster are each an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee will utilize the services of independent valuation firms to help them determine the fair value of these securities. The audit committee charter is available on our website, www.golubcapitalbdc.com .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are John T. Baily, Kenneth F. Bernstein, Anita R. Rosenberg and William M. Webster IV, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the NASDAQ corporate governance regulations. William M. Webster IV serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board or a committee of the board, developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board and our management. The nominating and corporate governance committee charter is available on our website at www.golubcapitalbdc.com .

The nominating and corporate governance committee considers nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder, if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders must deliver written notice to our corporate secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our corporate secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the board of directors, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

Compensation Committee

We do not have a compensation committee because our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us. Decisions regarding executive compensation are made by the independent directors on our board.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation of Directors

The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned by our independent directors for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons.”

   
Name   Aggregate
Compensation
from Golub
Capital BDC (1)
  Total Compensation
from Golub Capital
BDC Paid to
Director (1)
Independent Directors
                 
John T. Baily   $ 28,507     $ 28,507  
Kenneth F. Bernstein   $ 42,521     $ 42,521  
Anita R. Rosenberg (2)   $     $  
William M. Webster IV   $ 48,274     $ 48,274  
Interested Director
                 
Lawrence E. Golub            
David B. Golub            

(1) The amounts listed are for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2010. For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.
(2) Ms. Rosenberg was elected to the board of directors on May 31, 2011. As such, Ms. Rosenberg did not receive compensation from Golub Capital BDC for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2010.

The independent directors receive an annual fee of $60,000. They also receive $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person or telephonically each regular board of directors meeting and $500 for each special telephonic meeting. They also receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended in person and $500 for each telephonic committee meeting (provided that such compensation will only be paid if the committee meeting is not held on the same day as any regular board meeting). The chairman of the Audit Committee receives an annual fee of $10,000. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. Independent directors will have the option of having their directors’ fees paid in shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of net asset value or the market price at the time of payment. We do not have a profit-sharing or retirement plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits.

No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons.”

Investment Committee

The investment committee of GC Advisors responsible for our investments meets regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by GC Advisors on our behalf. In addition, the investment committee reviews and determines whether to make prospective investments identified by GC Advisors and monitors the performance of our investment portfolio.

Information regarding members of GC Advisors’ investment committee is as follows:

   
Name   Age   Position
Lawrence E. Golub   51   Chairman of our board of directors
David B. Golub   49   Chief Executive Officer, Director
Gregory W. Cashman   46   Senior Managing Director of Golub Capital
Andrew H. Steuerman   43   Senior Managing Director of Golub Capital

The address for each member of the investment committee is c/o Golub Capital BDC, Inc., 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606.

Members of GC Advisors’ Investment Committee Who Are Not Our Directors or Officers

Gregory W. Cashman has served on GC Advisors’ investment committee since the registration of GC Advisors as a registered investment adviser. Mr. Cashman is a Senior Managing Director of Golub

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capital. Mr. Cashman co-heads Golub Capital’s Direct Lending Group, overseeing Underwriting, Deal Execution and Portfolio Management and is a member of the firm’s investment and watch list committees. Mr. Cashman also oversees Golub Capital’s Middle-market Club Investments business. Prior to joining Golub Capital in 1996, Mr. Cashman worked in various finance positions at Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. from 1993 to 1996, and was named Manager of Business Development for the venture capital arm of Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.’s Consumer Medicines Division. In that position, he was responsible for analyzing and negotiating investment and acquisition opportunities. Previously, Mr. Cashman spent four years as a senior accountant with Arthur Andersen & Co., serving emerging growth companies. He is a director or advisory director of a number of Golub Capital’s portfolio companies. Mr. Cashman graduated from the McIntire School of The University of Virginia with a B.S. in Commerce and received an M.B.A. from the Darden School of Business.

Andrew H. Steuerman has served on GC Advisors’ investment committee since the registration of GC Advisors as a registered investment adviser. Mr. Steuerman is a Senior Managing Director of Golub Capital. Mr. Steuerman co-heads Golub Capital’s Direct Lending group, overseeing Origination, Deal Execution and Capital Markets and is a member of the firm’s investment and watch list committees. Prior to joining Golub Capital in 2004, Mr. Steuerman was a Managing Director at Albion Alliance from April 1998 to January 2004, where he originated, executed and supervised subordinated debt and equity investments for two private partnerships. Prior to Albion, Mr. Steuerman was a Vice President at Bankers Trust Alex Brown from 1997 to 1998 and an investment manager with New York Life Insurance Company from 1989 to 1997 in the Private Equity and Mezzanine Group. At New York Life, Mr. Steuerman was a senior member of the Private Equity Group managing leveraged senior loans, mezzanine investments, private equity securities and limited partnership assets. Mr. Steuerman graduated from Pace University with a B.B.A. in Finance and holds an M.B.A. in Finance from St. John’s University.

Portfolio Management

Each investment opportunity requires the consensus and generally receives the unanimous approval of GC Advisors’ investment committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies may require the investment committee’s approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the investment committee. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the investment committee is overseen by Messrs. Lawrence and David Golub. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. Lawrence and David Golub is set out under “— Biographical Information — Interested Directors.”

Each of Lawrence Golub and David Golub has ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, GC Advisors. Neither Lawrence Golub nor David Golub receives any direct compensation from us. As of the date of this prospectus, Lawrence Golub and David Golub each beneficially owned more than $1 million of our common stock. Lawrence Golub and David Golub are also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of 15 other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts in which their affiliates receive incentive fees, with a total amount of over $4.5 billion of capital under management. See “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders.”

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

GC Advisors is located at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606. GC Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. All of the beneficial interests in GC Advisors are owned, indirectly, by two trusts. The trustee of those trusts is Stephen A. Kepniss, an individual who is not otherwise affiliated with GC Advisors or Golub Capital. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, GC Advisors manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, GC Advisors:

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make;
executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make;
determines the securities and other assets that we purchase, retain or sell;
performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and
provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.

Certain personnel of Golub Capital conduct activities on our behalf directly through, and under the supervision of, GC Advisors. GC Advisors’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive. Pursuant to the Staffing Agreement, Golub Capital provides GC Advisors with the resources to fulfill its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including staffing by experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital, including a commitment by each member of GC Advisors’ investment committee to serve in such capacity. These personnel services are provided under the Staffing Agreement on a direct cost reimbursement basis to GC Advisors. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, GC Advisors may enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements under which GC Advisors may obtain assistance in fulfilling its responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Management Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay GC Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee is ultimately borne by our stockholders.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.375% of our average adjusted gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets). For services rendered under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during a current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter are appropriately pro-rated. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, cash equivalents means U.S. government securities and commercial paper instruments maturing within 270 days of purchase. To the extent that GC Advisors or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of ours, the base management fee shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees paid to GC Advisors by such subsidiary for such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not exclusively held by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by us.

We pay GC Advisors an incentive fee. We have structured the calculation of the incentive fee to include a fee limitation such that an incentive fee for any quarter can only be paid to GC Advisors if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to GC Advisors since the effective date of our election to become a business development company would be less than or equal to 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income (as defined below).

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We accomplish this limitation by subjecting each quarterly incentive fee payable on the “Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” (as defined below) to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”). The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is the difference between (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income and (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to GC Advisors by us since April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to become a business development company. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no incentive fee would be payable in that quarter. Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income is equal to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period since the effective date of our election to become a business development company, and (b) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation since April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to become a business development company. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the base management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any expenses of securitizations and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends, and zero coupon securities, accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. GC Advisors does not return to us amounts paid to it on accrued income that we have not yet received in cash if such income is not ultimately received by us in cash. If we do not ultimately receive income, a loss would be recognized, reducing future fees.

Incentive fees are calculated as described below and payable quarterly in arrears (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) (a “Performance Period”). GC Advisors does not return to us amounts paid to it on accrued income that we have not yet received in cash if such income is not ultimately received by us in cash. If we do not ultimately receive income, a loss would be recognized, reducing future fees.

Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation

The income and capital gain incentive fee calculation (the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation”) has two parts: the income component and the capital gains component. The income component is calculated quarterly in arrears based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the income component, it is possible that an incentive fee may be calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which we have incurred a loss. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the income component will result in a positive value and an incentive fee will be paid unless the payment of such incentive fee would cause us to pay incentive fees on a cumulative basis that exceed 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0% quarterly. If market interest rates rise, we may be able to invest our funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for GC Advisors to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our total assets (other than cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets) used to calculate the 1.375% base management fee, which fee is payable on all of our assets managed by GC Advisors.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We calculate the income component of the Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:

zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
100.0% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% in any calendar quarter. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%) as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide GC Advisors with 20.0% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter; and
20.0% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter.

The sum of these calculations yields the Income Incentive Fee. This amount is appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the Income Incentive Fee calculation:

Quarterly Income Component of Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation Based on Net Income

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(Expressed as a Percentage of the Value of Net Assets)

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Allocated to Income Component of Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation

The second part of the Incentive Fee Calculation (the “Capital Gain Incentive Fee”) equals (a) 20.0% of our “Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base,” if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. Our Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base equals the sum of (1) our realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative positive basis from April 13, 2010 through the end of each calendar year, (2) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (3) all unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis.

The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in our portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost base of such investment.
The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in our portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in our portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.

The sum of the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee is the Incentive Fee.

We will accrue the Capital Gain Incentive Fee if, on a cumulative basis, the sum of net realized gains/(losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) is positive. The Capital Gain Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis from the date we elected to become a business development company through the end of each calendar year. For the calendar year ended December 31, 2010, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee was zero.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cap on Fees

The Incentive Fee will not be paid at any time if, after such payment, the cumulative Incentive Fees paid to date would be greater than 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income since April 13, 2010, the effective date of our election to become a business development company. In this prospectus, we refer to such amount, less any Incentive Fees previously paid, as the Incentive Fee Cap. If, for any relevant period, the Incentive Fee Cap calculation results in our paying less than the amount of the Incentive Fee calculated above, then the difference between the Incentive Fee and the Incentive Fee Cap will not be paid by us, and will not be received by GC Advisors as an Incentive Fee either at the end of such relevant period or at the end of any future period. For the avoidance of doubt, our stockholders benefit from a reduction in the amount of Incentive Fees that we pay, and that they pay indirectly, equal to the sum of the differences, if any, between the Incentive Fee and the Incentive Fee Cap.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1 — Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (1) :

Assumptions

Hurdle rate (2) = 2.00%

Management fee (3) = 0.344%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (4) = 0.35%

(1) The hypothetical amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income shown is based on a percentage of total net assets. In addition, the example assumes that during the most recent four full calendar quarter periods ending on or prior to the date the payment set forth in the example is to be made, the sum of (a) our aggregate distributions to our stockholders and (b) our change in net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) is at least 8.0% of our net assets at the beginning of such period (as adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases).
(2) Represents a quarter of the 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(3) Represents a quarter of the 1.375% annualized management fee.
(4) Excludes offering expenses.

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income - (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.556%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.80%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.106%

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

 
Incentive Fee   = 100% × “Catch- Up” + the greater of 0% AND
  (20% × (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.50%))
= (100% × (2.106% – 2.00%)) + 0%
= 100% × 0.106%
= 0.106%

Alternative 3

Additional Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.806%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

 
Incentive Fee   = 100% × “Catch-Up” + the greater of 0% AND
  (20% × (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.50%))
= (100% × (2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% × (2.806% – 2.50%))
= 0.50% + (20% × 0.306%)
= 0.50% + 0.061%
= 0.561%

Example 2 — Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1

Assumptions

 
Year 1:   $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”) and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2:   Investment A is sold for $15 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $29 million
Year 3:   FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million
Year 4:   Investment B sold for $25 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee, if any, would be:

 
Year 1:   None (No sales transactions)
Year 2:   None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment A)
Year 3:   None (No sales transactions)
Year 4:   None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment B)

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each quarterly incentive fee payable on the “Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. Below are the necessary adjustments to the incentive fee payable to adhere to the Incentive Fee Cap.

 
Year 1:   No adjustment; no realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation.
Year 2:   Investment A sold at a $5 million loss. Investment B has unrealized capital depreciation of $1 million. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $6 million realized/unrealized loss, which would result in a lower incentive fee by $1.2 million.
Year 3:   Investment B has unrealized capital depreciation of $2 million. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million unrealized capital depreciation, which would result in a lower incentive fee by $400,000.
Year 4:   Investment B sold at a $5 million loss. Investment B was previously marked down by $3 million; therefore, we would realize a $5 million loss on Investment B and reverse the previous $3 million in unrealized capital depreciation. The net effect would be a loss of $2 million. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million loss, which would result in a lower incentive fee by $400,000.

Alternative 2

Assumptions

 
Year 1:   $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2:   FMV of Investment A determined to be $18 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 3:   Investment A sold for $18 million. FMV of Investment B determined to be $24 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 4:   FMV of Investment B determined to be $22 million. Investment C sold for $24 million
Year 5:   Investment B sold for $20 million

Each quarterly incentive fee payable on the “Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. Below are the necessary adjustments to the incentive fee payable to adhere to the Incentive Fee Cap.

 
Year 1:   No adjustment; no realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation.
Year 2:   Investment A has unrealized capital depreciation of $2 million. Investment B has unrealized capital depreciation of $5 million. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $7 million unrealized capital depreciation which would result in a lower incentive fee by $1.4 million.
Year 3:   Investment B has additional unrealized capital depreciation of $1 million. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $1 million unrealized capital depreciation, which would result in a lower incentive fee by $200,000.
Year 4:   Investment B has additional unrealized capital depreciation of $2 million. Investment C sold at a $1 million realized loss. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $3 million realized/unrealized loss, which would result in a lower incentive fee by $600,000.
Year 5:   Investment B sold at a $10 million loss. Investment B was previously marked down by $8 million; therefore, we would realize a $10 million loss on Investment B and reverse the previous $8 million in unrealized capital depreciation. The net effect would be a loss of $2 million. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million loss, which would result in a lower incentive fee by $400,000.

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee, if any, would be:

 
Year 1:   None (No sales transactions)
Year 2:   None (No sales transactions)
Year 3:   None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment A)
Year 4:   None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment C)
Year 5:   None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment B)

Alternative 3

Assumptions

 
Year 1:   $25 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”) and $20 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2:   Investment A is sold for $30 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $22 million
Year 3:   FMV of Investment B determined to be $23 million
Year 4:   Investment B sold for $23 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee, if any, would be:

 
Year 1:   None (No sales transactions)
Year 2:   $1 million (20% multiplied by $5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A)
Year 3:   None (No sales transactions)
Year 4:   $600,000 (20% multiplied by $8 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A and Investment B) less $1 million (Capital Gains Fee paid in year 2)

Each quarterly incentive fee payable on the “Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. Below are the necessary adjustments to the incentive fee payable to adhere to the Incentive Fee Cap.

 
Year 1:   No adjustment necessary.
Year 2:   No adjustment necessary. Please note GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million unrealized gain on Investment B.
Year 3:   No adjustment necessary. Please note GC Advisors would not be paid on the $1 million unrealized gain on Investment B.
Year 4:   No adjustment necessary.

Payment of Our Expenses

All investment professionals of GC Advisors and/or its affiliates, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, are provided and paid for by GC Advisors and not by us. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

organizational expenses;
calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
fees and expenses incurred by GC Advisors payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments;
interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;
offerings of our common stock and other securities;
investment advisory and management fees;

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including payments under the Administration Agreement between us and GC Service based upon our allocable portion of GC Service’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs);
fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with evaluating and making, investments in portfolio companies, including costs associated with meeting financial sponsors;
transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
U.S. federal and state registration fees;
all costs of registration and listing our shares on any securities exchange;
U.S. federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses;
costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators;
costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs;
costs associated with individual or group stockholders;
our allocable portion of any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs;
proxy voting expenses; and
all other expenses incurred by us or GC Service in connection with administering our business.

GC Advisors, as collateral manager for the Securitization Issuer under the collateral management agreement, is entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the Securitization Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date and is payable in arrears on each payment date. This fee, which is less than the management fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, is paid directly by the Securitization Issuer to GC Advisors and offset against such management fee. Accordingly, the 1.375% management fee paid by the Company to GC Advisors under the Investment Advisory Agreement on all of our assets, including those indirectly held through the Securitization Issuer, is reduced, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by an amount equal to such 0.35% fee paid to GC Advisors by the Securitization Issuer. This fee may be waived by the collateral manager. The collateral management agreement does not include any incentive fee to GC Advisors. In addition, the Securitization Issuer paid Wells Fargo Securities, LLC a structuring and placement fee for its services in connection with the initial structuring of the Debt Securitization. The Securitization Issuer also agreed to pay ongoing administrative expenses to the trustee, collateral administrator, independent accountants, legal counsel, rating agencies and independent managers in connection with developing and maintaining reports and providing required services in connection with the administration of the Debt Securitization. The administrative expenses are paid by the Securitization Issuer on each payment date in two parts: (1) a component that is paid in a priority to other amounts distributed by the Securitization Issuer, subject to a cap equal to the sum of 0.04% per annum on the principal balance of the portfolio loans and other assets held by the Securitization Issuer on the last day of the collection period relating to such payment date, as well as an annual fee of $150,000, and (2) a component that is paid in a subordinated position relative to other amounts distributed by the Securitization Issuer, equal to any amounts that exceed a specified administrative expense cap. We believe that these administrative expenses approximate the amount of ongoing fees and expenses that we would be required to pay in connection with a traditional secured credit facility. Our common stockholders indirectly bear all of these expenses.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement, as amended, will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date of July 16, 2010. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons,” as the term is defined in the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by GC Advisors and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, by vote, may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We are dependent upon key personnel of GC Advisors for our future success and upon their access to the investment professionals and partners of Golub Capital and its affiliates.”

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, GC Advisors and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of GC Advisors’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

At a meeting of our board of directors held on March 5, 2010, our board of directors unanimously voted to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement. In reaching a decision to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by GC Advisors;
the fee structures of comparable externally managed business development companies that engage in similar investing activities; and
various other matters.

Based on the information reviewed and the considerations detailed above, the board of directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement, as well as the Administration Agreement, as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our board of directors approved an amendment to the Investment Advisory Agreement by unanimous written consent on June 17, 2010. On July 16, 2010, we amended and restated the Investment Advisory Agreement to effectuate the fee offsetting arrangement associated with the Debt Securitization, thereby assuring that the management fees paid by our stockholders (whether directly or indirectly) do not exceed those in the original investment advisory agreement. These amendments provide that the base management fee payable by us under the Investment Advisory Agreement is reduced, to the extent that GC Advisors or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of ours, by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees that are paid to GC Advisors by such subsidiary for such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not exclusively held by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by us. The change was approved unanimously by our board of directors, including all of the independent directors. However, because the change was not material, but rather assured continuation of the economic arrangements agreed to and approved by the initial stockholder and the board of directors and was beneficial to our stockholders (such that no rational investor would vote against the change), submitting the change to a stockholder vote was determined to be an unnecessary and inappropriate cost for us to incur at the expense of our stockholders. We believe that prior to these amendments, the Investment Advisory Agreement authorized securitization transactions.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, GC Service furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, GC Service performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, GC Service assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, GC Service also provides managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance. GC Service may retain third parties to assist in providing administrative services to us. To the extent that GC Service outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to GC Service. We reimburse GC Service for the allocable portion (subject to approval of our board of directors) of GC Service’s overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, GC Service is paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. The initial term of the Administration Agreement expires on April 14, 2012 and may be renewed with the approval of our board of directors. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that GC Service outsources any of its functions we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to GC Service.

Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, GC Service and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of GC Service’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital Management LLC under which Golub Capital Management LLC has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital”. Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the “Golub Capital” name for so long as GC Advisors or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Golub Capital” name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the Investment Advisory Agreement with GC Advisors is in effect.

Staffing Agreement

We do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the senior professionals of GC Advisors to achieve our investment objective. GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital and depends upon access to the investment professionals and other resources of Golub Capital and its affiliates to fulfill its obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. GC Advisors also depends upon Golub Capital to obtain access to deal flow generated by the professionals of Golub Capital and its affiliates. Under the Staffing Agreement, Golub Capital provides GC Advisors with the resources necessary to fulfill these obligations. The Staffing Agreement provides that Golub Capital will make available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. The Staffing Agreement also includes a commitment that the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee serve in such capacity. The Staffing Agreement remains in effect until terminated and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. Services under the Staffing Agreement are provided to GC Advisors on a direct cost reimbursement basis, and such fees are not our obligation.

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

We have entered into agreements with GC Advisors, in which members of our senior management and members of GC Advisors’ investment committee have ownership and financial interests. Members of our senior management and the investment committee also serve as principals of other investment advisers affiliated with GC Advisors that do and may in the future sponsor or manage accounts with investment objectives similar to ours. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of GC Advisors and its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or related, line of business as we do or of accounts managed or sponsored by our affiliates. These accounts may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective.

Subject to certain 1940 Act restrictions on co-investments with affiliates, GC Advisors offers us the right to participate in all investment opportunities that it determines are appropriate for us in view of our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other relevant factors. Such offers are subject to the exception that, in accordance with GC Advisors’ code of ethics and allocation policies, we might not participate in each individual opportunity but will, on an overall basis, be entitled to participate equitably with other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates.

GC Advisors and its affiliates have both subjective and objective policies and procedures in place and designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between GC Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. To the extent that we compete with entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates for a particular investment opportunity, GC Advisors will allocate investment opportunities across the entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (1) its internal conflict of interest and allocation policies, (2) the requirements of the Advisers Act and (3) certain restrictions under the 1940 Act regarding co-investments with affiliates. GC Advisors’ allocation policies are intended to ensure that, over time, we may generally share equitably in investment opportunities with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, particularly those involving a security with limited supply or involving differing classes of securities of the same issuer which may be suitable for us and such other accounts. There can be no assurance that GC Advisors’ or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

GC Advisors has historically sponsored or managed, and currently sponsors or manages, accounts with similar or overlapping investment strategies and has put in place a conflict-resolution policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. GC Advisors seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities when we are able to invest alongside other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. When we invest alongside such other accounts, such investments are made consistent with GC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, GC Advisors will determine separately the amount of any proposed investment to be made by us and similar eligible accounts. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed investment, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with GC Advisor’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to fully satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. In situations in which co-investment with other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when, in the absence of exemptive relief described below, we and such other entities would be making different investments in the same issuer, GC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. GC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time, including, for example, through random or rotational methods.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have in the past and expect in the future to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates of GC Advisors, unless doing so is impermissible with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations, the terms of any exemptive relief granted to us and our allocation procedures. Certain types of negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. There can be no assurance that we will obtain any such order. See “Regulation — Other.” We and GC Advisors have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors.

GC Advisors and its affiliates have other clients with similar or competing investment objectives, including several private funds that are pursuing an investment strategy similar to ours, some of which are continuing to seek new capital commitments. In serving these clients, GC Advisors may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities. Our investment objective may overlap with such affiliated accounts. GC Advisors’ allocation procedures are designed to allocate investment opportunities among the accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates in a manner consistent with its obligations under the Advisers Act. If two or more accounts with similar investment strategies are actively investing, GC Advisors will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Conflicts related to obligations GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients.” Additionally, under our incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when we recognize capital gains and, because GC Advisors determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for GC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.” In addition, because the base management fee that we pay to GC Advisors is based on our average adjusted gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, GC Advisors has a financial incentive to incur leverage.

Our senior management, members of GC Advisors’ investment committee and other investment professionals from GC Advisors may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law. In addition, we have adopted a formal code of ethics that governs the conduct of our and GC Advisors’ officers, directors and employees. Our officers and directors also remain subject to the duties imposed by both the 1940 Act and the DGCL.

We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with GC Advisors pursuant to which we pay GC Advisors a base management fee and incentive fee. The Investment Advisory Agreement became effective upon the pricing of our initial public offering and was amended and restated on July 16, 2010 to effectuate the fee offsetting arrangement associated with the Debt Securitization, thereby assuring that the management fees paid by our stockholders (whether directly or indirectly) do not exceed those in the original investment advisory agreement. The change was approved unanimously by our board of directors, including all of the independent directors. However, because the change was not material, but rather assured continuation of the economic arrangements agreed to and approved by the initial stockholder and the board of directors and was beneficial to our stockholders (such that no rational investor would vote against the change), submitting the change to a stockholder vote was determined to be an unnecessary and inappropriate cost for us to incur at the expense of our stockholders. We believe that prior to these amendments, the Investment Advisory Agreement authorized securitization transactions. The incentive fee is computed and paid on income that we may not have yet received in cash. This fee structure may create an incentive for GC Advisors to make certain types of investments. Additionally, we rely on investment professionals from GC Advisors to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. GC Advisors’ base management fee and incentive fee are based on the value of our investments and there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of GC Advisors are involved in the valuation process of our portfolio investments.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital Management LLC under which Golub Capital Management LLC granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital.”

We have entered into an Administration Agreement with GC Service, pursuant to which GC Service furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under our Administration Agreement, GC Service performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. GC Advisors is the sole member of and controls GC Service.

GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital, with whom it has entered into the Staffing Agreement. Under this agreement, Golub Capital makes available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel and other resources of Golub Capital and its affiliates. The Staffing Agreement should provide GC Advisors with access to deal flow generated by the professionals of Golub Capital and its affiliates and commits the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee to serve in that capacity. GC Advisors seeks to capitalize on what we believe to be the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Golub Capital’s investment professionals.

On December 23, 2009, our predecessor, GCMF, agreed to distribute six portfolio assets to Golub Capital BDC LLC. Golub Capital BDC LLC then distributed these portfolio assets to the Capital Companies pro rata in accordance with the ownership interest in Golub Capital BDC LLC held by each of the Capital Companies. The Capital Companies made an aggregate cash contribution of approximately $21.3 million to us, which we subsequently contributed to GCMF. Under the terms of the Retired Credit Facility, we were required to complete the distribution of these assets based on their par value, and the approximately $21.3 million aggregate cash contribution by the Capital Companies represented the par value of the distributed assets. At the time of the transfer, the aggregate fair value of such distributed assets was approximately $13.5 million.

On February 5, 2010, GEMS entered into an agreement to purchase 195 limited liability company interests in Golub Capital BDC LLC for cash, resulting in aggregate net cash proceeds to us of $25.0 million. Investors in GEMS include employees and management of Golub Capital and its affiliates as well as a small number of long-time investors in accounts managed or sponsored by Golub Capital.

In February 2010, we entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to 1,752,048 million shares to be acquired by GEMS as part of the BDC Conversion. We and GEMS have agreed to terminate this registration rights agreement.

Concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering on April 20, 2010, we sold to certain existing investors in entities advised by affiliates of Golub Capital and to certain of our officers and directors, their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons, in a separate private placement 1,322,581 shares of our common stock at a price of $14.50 per share, resulting in aggregate net cash proceeds to us of approximately $19.2 million.

Each of GEMS and the Capital Companies has agreed that it may not vote proxies or give consents sought by us with respect to any entity or portfolio investment for which GC Advisors or any affiliate of GC Advisors is the general partner, managing member or investment adviser. Rather, such votes will be cast or consents given as instructed by the partners or members of GEMS or a Capital Company, as applicable, based on such partner’s or member’s proportional interest therein. The partners and members that are not affiliated with us comprise more than 90% of such persons. Each of GEMS and the Capital Companies will inform its partners or members, as applicable, of any matter requiring such a vote or consent and will provide them with copies of all related proxy materials and similar information.

GC Advisors serves as collateral manager to the Securitization Issuer under a collateral management agreement and receives a fee for providing these services that is offset against the base management fee payable by us under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

In connection with the April 2011 equity offering, Golub Capital Management LLC, GC Advisors, GC Service and GCI Operations LLC purchased an aggregate of 126,984 shares of our common stock and William M. Webster IV purchased 25,000 shares, in each case at the public offering price of $15.75 per share.

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Immediately following completion of our April 2011 equity offering, there were 21,709,233 shares of common stock outstanding. As of the date of this prospectus, the following table sets out certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote five percent or more of our outstanding common stock, each of our directors and officers and all officers and directors as a group.

     
    Percentage of Common Stock
Outstanding
Name and Address   Type of
Ownership
  Shares
Owned
  Percentage
Golub Capital Management LLC (1)     Beneficial       7,300,118       33.6 %  
GC Advisors LLC (2)     Beneficial       1,753,429       8.1 %  
Lawrence E. Golub (3) (4)     Beneficial       9,273,068       42.7 %  
David B. Golub (3) (4)     Beneficial       9,201,403       42.4 %  
John T. Baily (3)     Beneficial       6,869       *%  
Kenneth F. Bernstein (3)     Beneficial       23,539       *%  
Anita R. Rosenberg (3)     Beneficial       14,223       *%  
William M. Webster IV (3)     Beneficial       154,258       *%  
Ross A. Teune (3)     Beneficial       3,464       *%  
Matthew S. Hardin (3)     N/A       0       *%  
All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)     Beneficial       9,547,088       43.6 %  
Neuberger Berman Group LLC and Neuberger Berman LLC (5)     Beneficial       1,126,120       5.2 %  

* Represents less than 1.0%.
(1) The address of Golub Capital Management LLC is 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606. Golub Capital Management LLC serves as investment adviser to Golub Capital Company IV, LLC. By virtue of its investment power over securities held by Golub Capital Company IV, LLC, Golub Capital Management LLC may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the 1,981,791 shares of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. indirectly owned by Golub Capital Company IV, LLC although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the members of Golub Capital Company IV, LLC. Golub Capital Management LLC serves as investment adviser to Golub Capital Company V LLC. By virtue of its investment power over securities held by Golub Capital Company V LLC, Golub Capital Management LLC may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the 3,486,217 shares of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. indirectly owned by Golub Capital Company V LLC although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the members of Golub Capital Company V LLC. Golub Capital Management LLC serves as investment adviser to Golub Capital Company VI LLC. By virtue of its investment power over securities held by Golub Capital Company VI LLC, Golub Capital Management LLC may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the 1,764,807 shares of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. indirectly owned by Golub Capital Company VI LLC although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the members of Golub Capital Company VI LLC.
(2) The address of GC Advisors is 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606. GC Advisors serves as investment adviser to GEMS. By virtue of its investment power over securities held by GEMS, GC Advisors may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the 1,752,048 shares of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. indirectly owned by GEMS although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the limited partners of GEMS.
(3) The address for each of our officers and directors is c/o Golub Capital BDC, Inc., 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606. Mr. Coleman resigned as our Chief Financial Officer on December 8, 2010, at which time Mr. Teune was promoted to Chief Financial Officer.
(4) Messrs. Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub are control persons of Golub Capital Management LLC, GC Advisors, Golub Capital Incorporated, GC Service and GCI Operations LLC. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by each named individual reflect the fact that, due to their control of such entities as well as their ownership interests in the Capital Companies and GEMS, each may be viewed as having investment power over 9,129,736 shares of common stock indirectly

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

owned by such entities although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the respective members and limited partners. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by each named individual reflect the fact that, due to their control of Golub Capital Management LLC, GC Advisors, Golub Capital Incorporated, GC Service and GCI Operations, each may be viewed as having investment power over 144,873 shares of common stock indirectly owned by such entities although shares will be held for the benefit of employees of such entities. Messrs. Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub disclaim beneficial ownership of all such shares of common stock except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. In addition, the immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, the families of Messrs. Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub acquired 133,333 and 66,667 shares, respectively, at the time of our initial public offering, and Messrs. Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub may be deemed as having investment power over such shares as well as shares issued in respect of such shares under our dividend reinvestment plan.
(5) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011, Neuberger Berman Group LLC and Neuberger Berman LLC, each with address 605 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10158, retain shared voting power over an aggregate of 972,545 shares and share dispositive power over an aggregate of 1,126,120 shares.

The following table sets out the dollar range of our equity securities that each of our directors beneficially owned as of March 31, 2011. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 
Name of Director   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Golub Capital BDC (1)
Independent Directors
        
John T. Baily     $50,001 – $100,000  
Kenneth F. Bernstein     Over $100,000  
Anita R. Rosenberg     Over $100,000  
William M. Webster IV     Over $100,000  
Interested Directors
        
Lawrence E. Golub     Over $100,000  
David B. Golub     Over $100,000  

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or over $100,000.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock will be determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investment transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses are computed using the specific identification method. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on the input of management and the audit committee. In addition, the board of directors has retained independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available at least once during each 12-month period. We also have adopted ASC Topic 820 and ASU 2010-06. ASC Topic 820 accounting statement requires us to assume that the portfolio investment is assumed to be sold in the principal market to market participants, or in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market, which may be a hypothetical market. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the market in which we can exit portfolio investments with the greatest volume and level activity is considered our principal market. ASU 2010-06 amends ASC Topic 820 to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. ASU 2010-06 also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

The valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with a portion of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by the independent valuation firms each quarter. When an external event with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.

A readily available market value is not expected to exist for many of the investments in our portfolio, and we value these portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparisons of financial ratios of the portfolio companies that issued such private equity securities to peer companies that are public, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and other relevant factors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and may differ materially from values that may ultimately be received or settled. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different from the valuations currently assigned. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Investments — Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.”

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by investment professionals of GC Advisors responsible for credit monitoring.
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and GC Advisors.
The audit committee of our board of directors reviews these preliminary valuations.
At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm.

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The board of directors discusses valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.

The factors that are taken into account in fair value pricing investments include available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables; applicable market yields and multiples; security covenants; call protection provisions; information rights; the nature and realizable value of any collateral; the portfolio company’s ability to make payments; the portfolio company’s earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business; comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public; comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and the principal market and enterprise values.

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not verifiable by auditing procedures. Under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our consolidated financial statements.

We will accrue the Capital Gain Incentive Fee if, on a cumulative basis, the sum of net realized gains/(losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) is positive. The Capital Gain Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis from the date we elected to become a business development company through the end of each calendar year. Any such accrual will have the effect of decreasing our net asset value, as determined above.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have their cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than three days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends and other distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We may use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of such distribution, provided that in the event the market price per share on the date of such distribution exceeds the most recently computed net asset value per share, we will issue shares at the greater of the most recently computed net asset value per share or 95% of the current market price per share (or such lesser discount to the current market price per share that still exceeds the most recently computed net asset value per share). The market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend or other distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees are paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds.

Stockholders who receive dividends and other distributions in the form of stock are generally subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash; however, since their cash dividends will be reinvested, such stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested dividends. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend or other distribution from us generally will be equal to the total dollar value of the distribution paid to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend or other distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the stockholder’s account. To the extent a stockholder is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on a distribution, we will withhold the applicable tax and the balance will be reinvested in our common stock (or paid to such stockholder in cash if the stockholder has opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan).

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com by filling out the transaction request form located at the bottom of the participant’s statement and sending it to the plan administrator at the address below.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or other distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269, or by the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at (888) 777-0324.

If you withdraw or the plan is terminated, you will receive the number of whole shares in your account under the plan and a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account.

If you hold your common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, you will not be able to participate in the plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares of common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding any offering of our securities. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

A “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if either a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date, and has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective investor that is a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares of common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty, and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Election to Be Taxed as a RIC

As a business development company, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation as a RIC

If we:

qualify as a RIC; and
satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by us that is subject to corporate income tax for the tax year ending in that calendar year will be considered to have been distributed by year end. We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

qualify to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income) (the “90% Income Test”); and
diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and
no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”).

We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.

Any underwriting fees paid by us are not deductible. We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (2) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (3) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (4) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (5) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (6) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (7) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (8) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (9) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long term or short term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our qualification as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and if certain cure provisions described below are not available, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such dividends, and for tax years beginning before 2013, non-corporate stockholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets ( i.e. , the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. For the tax years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, to the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and if certain holding period requirements are met, such distributions generally will be treated as qualified dividend income and eligible for a maximum U.S. federal tax rate of 15%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 15% maximum U.S. federal tax rate.

Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum U.S. federal tax rate of 15% through 2012) in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder. Stockholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock purchased in the market should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Stockholders receiving dividends in newly issued shares of our common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the value of the shares received, and should have a cost basis of such amount.

Although we currently intend to distribute any net long-term capital gains at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include their share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal their allocable share of the tax paid on the deemed distribution by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for their common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares of our common stock will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of their investment.

A stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of their shares of our common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held their shares of common stock for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the common stock acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently (through 2012) are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% on their net capital gain, i.e. , the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares of common stock. Such rate is lower than the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year ( i.e. , net capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carryback such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the lower tax rates applicable to certain qualified dividends.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) currently at a rate of 28% from all taxable distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

If a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our common stock of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their specific circumstances.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, recently enacted legislation is scheduled to impose a 3.8% tax on the “net investment income” of certain individuals, and on the undistributed “net investment income” of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, net investment income generally includes gross income from interest, dividends and net gains from certain property sales, less certain deductions. U.S. stockholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation in their particular circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in the shares of our common stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income, net short-term capital gain or foreign-source dividend and interest income, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, in which case the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

Under a provision that is scheduled to expire for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2011, properly designated dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (1) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (2) were paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on the circumstances, we may designate all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Non-U.S. stockholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary could withhold even if we designate the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. stockholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States or, in the case of an individual Non-U.S. stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions are met.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Under recently enacted legislation, certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons are subject to information reporting requirements with respect to their direct and indirect U.S. shareholders and/or U.S. accountholders. A 30% withholding tax is imposed on certain payments that are made after December 31, 2012 to a non-U.S. person that is subject to such requirements and fails to comply. Such payments would include our dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition (including a redemption) of our common stock.

An investment in shares by a non-U.S. person may also be subject to U.S. federal estate tax. Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax, U.S. federal estate tax, withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

RIC Modernization Act

Recently, Congress enacted the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, which we refer to as the “Modernization Act,” which generally applies to taxable years of a RIC beginning on or after December 22, 2010. In general, and among other things, the Modernization Act (i) eliminates the “preferential dividend” rule, which under current law may disallow certain RIC distributions for purposes of the Annual Distribution Requirement, (ii) allows a RIC to carry forward capital losses, arising after the effective date, indefinitely, and (iii) provides certain mitigation exceptions for certain failures to satisfy the 90% Income Test and the Diversification Tests. In general, the provisions of the Modernization Act will apply to us for our taxable year beginning October 1, 2011.

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Capital Stock

Our authorized stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “GBDC”. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Delaware law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of March 31, 2011:

     
(1) Title of Class   (2) Amount
Authorized
  (3) Amount Held
by us or for Our
Account
  (4) Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amounts Shown
Under (3)
Common Stock     100,000,000             17,755,976  
Preferred Stock     1,000,000              

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and other distributions and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefrom. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.

DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in order to effect the foregoing.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

The DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Election of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote thereat will be required to elect a director. Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Under the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our certificate of incorporation does not), directors on a classified

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

board such as our board of directors may be removed only for cause. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

Action by Stockholders

Under our certificate of incorporation stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only by or at the direction of the board of directors, and provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting. In addition, in lieu of such a meeting, any such action may be taken by the unanimous written consent of our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the board of directors. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of the board and our chief executive officer.

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL or any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, without stockholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any such an issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Delaware law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The 1940 Act currently requires that (i) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, (ii) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends or other distribution on the preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the articles supplementary and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

the designation and number of shares of such series;
the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends or other distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends or other distributions are participating or non-participating;
any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series;
the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;
the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;
any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;
any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;
any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and
any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative.

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the subscription rights we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any subscription rights we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such subscription rights.

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with any subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we may enter into a standby underwriting, backstop or other arrangement with one or more persons pursuant to which such persons would purchase any offered securities remaining unsubscribed for after such subscription rights offering. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any subscription rights we may issue, including the following:

the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);
the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights;
the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);
the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such subscription rights may be payable;
if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the subscription rights are issued and the number of subscription rights issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;
the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);
the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;
the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;
the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);
if applicable, the minimum or maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised at one time;
the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;
any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering;
the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such subscription rights;
information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;
the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights;
the material terms of any standby underwriting, backstop or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering;
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; and

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Each subscription right will entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash or other consideration such amount of shares of common stock at such subscription price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the rights represented by such subscription rights certificate are exercised, a new subscription certificate will be issued for the remaining rights. Prior to exercising their subscription rights, holders of subscription rights will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock, preferred stock or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

the title and aggregate number of such warrants;
the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;
the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;
if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;
in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;
in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;
the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);
whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;
if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants that may be exercised at any one time;
if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;
the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such warrants;
information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;
the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and
any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase for cash such common stock or preferred stock at the exercise price or such principal amount of debt securities as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the warrants offered thereby. Warrants may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and a warrant certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificate are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining warrants. If we so indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the warrants may surrender securities as all or part of the exercise price for warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends or other distributions, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (a) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (b) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (c) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of Golub Capital BDC and its stockholders and (d) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and U.S. Bank National Association, a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indenture. We have filed the form of the indenture with the SEC. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

A prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular terms of any series of debt securities being offered, including the following:

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;
the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;
the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;
the date or dates on which principal will be payable;
the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;
the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;
the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;
the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;
whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;
the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;
the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued;
the provision for any sinking fund;
any restrictive covenants;
any Events of Default;
whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;
any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;
if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);
any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;
whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;
the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and
any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any indebtedness and other senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” section below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book entry only form represented by global securities.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, often approximately two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York City, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

Payment when Offices are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

we do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;
we do not pay interest on a debt security of the series when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days;
we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;
we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the series;
we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days;
on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, we have an asset coverage of less than 100%; and
any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

the holder must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60 day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or
in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We may also be permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities;
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing;
under the indenture, no merger or sale of assets may be made if as a result any of our property or assets or any property or assets of one of our subsidiaries, if any, would become subject to any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance unless either (a) the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance could be created pursuant to the limitation on liens covenant in the indenture without equally and ratably securing the indenture securities or (b) the indenture securities are secured equally and ratably with or prior to the debt secured by the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance;
we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and
we must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to debt securities without specific approval of all of the holders. The following is a list of those types of changes:

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;
reduce any amounts due on a debt security;
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;
change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;
impair your right to sue for payment;
adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;
modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;
modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and
change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series; and
if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

for original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default;
for debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement; and
for debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions as described under the “Indenture Provisions — Subordination” section below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity; and
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit; and
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions — Subordination.”

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

Holders may exchange their certificated securities, if any, for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities, if any, at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, if any, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Senior Indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities; and
renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Senior Indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

The Trustee under the Indenture

U.S. Bank National Association will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Book-Entry Debt Securities

The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will act as securities depository for the debt securities. The debt securities will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully-registered certificate will be issued for the debt securities, in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants, or Direct Participants, deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC.

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly, or Indirect Participants. DTC has Standard & Poor’s highest rating: AAA. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.

Purchases of debt securities under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the debt securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the Beneficial Owner, is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the debt securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in debt securities, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the debt securities is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all debt securities deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of debt securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the debt securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such debt securities are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the debt securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor such other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the debt securities unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts the debt securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments on the debt securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee, but disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the debt securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

We are a business development company under the 1940 Act and have elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code when we file our first U.S. federal income tax return as a corporation. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors of a business development company be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company without the approval of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company in excess of the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and each may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer that:
is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
satisfies either of the following:
does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250 million market capitalization maximum; or
is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company, the business development company actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.
(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.
(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.

The regulations defining and interpreting qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

We look through the Securitization Issuer to the underlying holdings (considered together with portfolio assets held outside of the Securitization Issuer) for purposes of determining compliance with the 70% qualifying assets requirement of the 1940 Act. On a consolidated basis, at least 70% of our assets will be eligible assets.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

A business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance; except that, when the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. GC Service has agreed to provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests, as defined in section 851(b)(3) of the Code in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. GC Advisors will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. We consolidate our financial results with those of Holdings and the Securitization Issuer for financial reporting purposes and measure our compliance with the leverage test applicable to business development companies under the 1940 Act on a consolidated basis. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”

Codes of Ethics

We and GC Advisors have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to GC Advisors. The proxy voting policies and procedures of GC Advisors are set out below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by GC Advisors and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, GC Advisors has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, GC Advisors recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.

GC Advisors’ policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

GC Advisors votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. GC Advisors reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases GC Advisors will vote in favor of proposals that GC Advisors believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although GC Advisors will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, GC Advisors may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our proxy voting decisions are made by GC Advisors’ Chairman and Vice Chairman. To ensure that GC Advisors’ vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, GC Advisors requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

how GC Advisors intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, GC Advisors will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information without charge about how GC Advisors voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Golub Capital BDC, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606, or by calling Golub Capital BDC, Inc. collect at (312) 205-5050.

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of GC Advisors and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

Other

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and GC Advisors will each be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the business development company prohibition on transactions with affiliates to prohibit “joint transactions” among entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. As a result, we only expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors when each of us will own the same securities of the issuer and when no term is negotiated other than price. Any such investment would be made, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. If opportunities arise that would otherwise be appropriate for us and for another account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors to make different investments in the same issuer, GC Advisors will need to decide which account will proceed with the investment. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors has previously invested.

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We and GC Advisors have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments because we believe that it will be advantageous for us to co-invest with accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors where such investment is consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies, and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors may afford us additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification.

Under the terms of the relief we have requested, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors would make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment strategies and policies. There is no assurance that our application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC or that, if granted, it will be on the terms set forth above.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;
pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, beginning with our 2011 fiscal year our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm; and
pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we comply with that act.

Small Business Investment Company Regulations

On August 24, 2010, our wholly owned subsidiary, GC SBIC IV, L.P., received approval for a license from the SBA to operate as an SBIC. As a wholly owned subsidiary, GC SBIC IV, L.P. may rely on an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act. As such, this subsidiary will not elect to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. GC SBIC IV, L.P. has an investment objective substantially similar to ours and makes similar types of investments in accordance with SBIC regulations.

Prior to GC SBIC IV, L.P. obtaining approval from the SBA, Golub Capital managed two SBICs licensed by the SBA for more than 14 years. The SBIC license allows GC SBIC IV, L.P. to incur leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the issuance of a capital commitment and certain approvals by the SBA and customary procedures. SBA guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. Under the regulations applicable to SBICs, an SBIC may have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA generally in an amount of up to twice its regulatory capital, which generally equates to the amount of its equity capital. SBIC regulations currently limit the amount that an SBIC subsidiary may borrow to a maximum of $150 million, assuming that it has at least $75 million of equity capital. GC SBIC IV, L.P. will be subject to regulation and oversight by the SBA, including requirements with respect to maintaining certain minimum financial ratios and other covenants.

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under present SBIC regulations, the maximum amount of SBA-guaranteed debentures that may be issued by multiple licensees under common management is $225 million. It is possible that GC SBIC IV, L.P. will be constrained in its ability to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures in the future if other Golub Capital SBICs have already issued such debentures. As of March 31, 2011, the two other SBIC licensees operated by Golub Capital had an aggregate of $137.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures outstanding, leaving aggregate borrowing capacity of a maximum of $88.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures for GC SBIC IV, L.P. and the two other SBIC licensees, none of which is required to be allocated to us. The borrowing capacity of GC SBIC IV, L.P. could be expanded if any other Golub Capital SBICs retire their SBA-guaranteed debentures. Any available issue amounts of SBA-guaranteed debentures will be allocated among GC SBIC IV, L.P. and Golub Capital’s two existing SBIC subsidiaries in accordance with the allocation policies and procedures of GC Advisors.

We applied for exemptive relief from the SEC on July 9, 2010 and filed an amended application on November 12, 2010 and on March 31, 2011 to permit us to exclude the debt of our SBIC subsidiary from our 200% asset coverage test under the 1940 Act. If we receive an exemption for this SBA debt, we would have increased flexibility under the 200% asset coverage test.

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under SBIC regulations, SBICs may make loans to eligible small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services.

Under present SBIC regulations, eligible small businesses generally include businesses that (together with their affiliates) have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18 million and have average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $6 million (average net income to be computed without benefit of any carryover loss) for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, an SBIC must devote 20% of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern generally includes businesses that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $6 million and have average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $2 million (average net income to be computed without benefit of any net carryover loss) for the two most recent fiscal years. SBIC regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility for designation as an eligible small business or smaller concern, which criteria depend on the primary industry in which the business is engaged and are based on such factors as the number of employees and gross revenue. However, once an SBIC has invested in a company, it may continue to make follow on investments in the company, regardless of the size of the company at the time of the follow on investment, up to the time of the company’s initial public offering, if any.

The SBA prohibits an SBIC from providing funds to small businesses for certain purposes, such as relending or investing outside the United States, to businesses engaged in a few prohibited industries and to certain “passive” ( i.e. , non-operating) companies. In addition, without prior SBA approval, a SBIC may not invest an amount equal to more than approximately 30% of the SBIC’s regulatory capital in any one company and its affiliates.

The SBA places certain limitations on the financing terms of investments by SBICs in portfolio companies (such as limiting the permissible interest rate on debt securities held by a SBIC in a portfolio company). Although prior regulations prohibited an SBIC from controlling a small business concern except in limited circumstances, regulations adopted by the SBA in 2002 now allow a SBIC to exercise control over a small business for a period of up to seven years from the date on which the SBIC initially acquires its control position. This control period may be extended for an additional period of time with the SBA’s prior written approval.

The SBA restricts the ability of a SBIC to lend money to any of its officers, directors and employees or to invest in affiliates thereof. The SBA also prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” of a SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. A “change of control” is any event which would result in the transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of a SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise.

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An SBIC (or group of SBICs under common control) may generally have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA in amounts up to twice the amount of the privately raised funds of the SBIC(s). Debentures guaranteed by the SBA have a maturity of ten years, require semi-annual payments of interest and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the 2009 Stimulus Bill, contains several provisions applicable to SBIC funds. One of the key SBIC-related provisions included in the 2009 Stimulus Bill increased the maximum amount of combined SBIC leverage, or the SBIC leverage cap, to $225 million for affiliated SBIC funds. The prior maximum amount of SBIC leverage available to affiliated SBIC funds was approximately $137 million, as adjusted annually based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index. Due to the increase in the maximum amount of SBIC leverage available to affiliated SBIC funds, we, through our SBIC subsidiary, would have access to incremental SBIC leverage to support our future investment activities.

SBICs must invest idle funds that are not being used to make loans in investments permitted under SBIC regulations in the following limited types of securities: (1) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government, which mature within 15 months from the date of the investment; (2) repurchase agreements with federally insured institutions with a maturity of seven days or less (and the securities underlying the repurchase obligations must be direct obligations of or guaranteed by the federal government); (3) certificates of deposit with a maturity of one year or less, issued by a federally insured institution; (4) a deposit account in a federally insured institution that is subject to a withdrawal restriction of one year or less; (5) a checking account in a federally insured institution; or (6) a reasonable petty cash fund.

SBICs are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine their compliance with SBIC regulations and are periodically required to file certain forms with the SBA.

Neither the SBA nor the U.S. government or any of its agencies or officers has approved any ownership interest to be issued by us or any obligation that we or any of our subsidiaries may incur.

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held by U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to a custody agreement. The principal business address of U.S. Bank National Association Corporate Trust Services is One Federal Street, 3 rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, telephone: (617) 603-6538. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC serves as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038, telephone: (800) 937-5449.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, GC Advisors will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. GC Advisors does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. GC Advisors generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, GC Advisors may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to GC Advisors and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if GC Advisors determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $500,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, separately or as units comprised of any combination of the foregoing, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices.

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum aggregate commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the NASDAQ Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP, Washington, D.C. Dechert LLP also represents GC Advisors.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The consolidated financial statements of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) (formerly known as Golub Capital BDC LLC and Golub Capital Master Funding LLC) as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the three years ended September 30, 2010 appearing in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s investments whose fair values have been estimated by management, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. We maintain a website at www.golubcapitalbdc.com and make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information by contacting us in writing at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention: Investor Relations. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and September 30, 2010     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the six months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and September 30, 2010     F-6 – F-14  
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements     F-15  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-32  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30, 2010 and 2009     F-33  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-34  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-35  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-36  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of September 30, 2010 and 2009     F-37 – F-44  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-45  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (unaudited)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  March 31,
2011
  September 30,
2010
Assets
                 
Investments, at fair value (cost of $390,629 and $345,536 respectively)   $ 389,060     $ 344,869  
Cash and cash equivalents     43,866       61,219  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     16,050       31,771  
Interest receivable     2,181       1,956  
Receivable for investments sold     4,389        
Deferred financing costs     3,351       2,748  
Deferred offering costs     593        
Other assets     29       200  
Total Assets   $ 459,519     $ 442,763  
Liabilities
                 
Debt   $ 194,000     $ 174,000  
Payable for investments purchased           5,328  
Interest payable     935       1,167  
Management and incentive fees payable     1,590       1,008  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     1,017       719  
Total Liabilities     197,542       182,222  
Net Assets
                 
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010   $     $  
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 17,755,976 and 17,712,444 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     18       18  
Paid in capital in excess of par     260,455       259,690  
Capital distributions in excess of net investment income     (1,875 )       (1,122 )  
Net unrealized appreciation on investments     1,494       1,995  
Net realized gains (losses) on investments     1,885       (40 )  
Total Net Assets     261,977       260,541  
Total Liabilities and Total Net Assets   $ 459,519     $ 442,763  
Number of common shares outstanding     17,755,976       17,712,444  
Net asset value per common share   $ 14.75     $ 14.71  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

       
  Three months ended March 31,   Six months ended March 31,
     2011   2010   2011   2010
Investment income
                                   
Interest   $ 9,111     $ 7,645     $ 18,248     $ 18,488  
Total investment income     9,111       7,645       18,248       18,488  
Expenses
                                   
Interest and other debt financing expenses     1,467       862       3,044       1,552  
Base management fee     1,341       605       2,625       1,334  
Incentive fee     221             411        
Professional fees relating to registration statement           601             601  
Professional fees     491       338       1,058       371  
Administrative service fee     214       156       387       298  
General and administrative expenses     196       65       309       131  
Total expenses     3,930       2,627       7,834       4,287  
Net investment income     5,181       5,018       10,414       14,201  
Net gain on investments
                                   
Net realized gains on investments     1,049             1,925        
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments     (354 )       1,925       (501 )       1,085  
Net gain on investments     695       1,925       1,424       1,085  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 5,876     $ 6,943     $ 11,838     $ 15,286  
Per Common Share Data
                                   
Basic and diluted earnings per common
share (1)
  $ 0.33       N/A     $ 0.67       N/A  
Dividends and distributions declared per common share (2)   $ 0.32       N/A     $ 0.63       N/A  
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (1)     17,738,395       N/A       17,725,418       N/A  

(1) For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the Company did not have common shares outstanding or an equivalent and therefore earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding information for this period are not provided.
(2) For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the Company did not pay common stock dividends or distributions.

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets (unaudited)
(In thousands, except share data)

               
               
  Members’ equity  
  
  
  
  Common Stock
  Paid in
Capital
in Excess
of Par
  Capital
Distributions
in Excess
of Net Investment Income
  Net Unrealized Appreciation on
Investments
  Net Realized Gains (Losses) on
Investments
  Total
Net
Assets
     Shares   Par
Amount
Balance at September 30, 2009   $ 92,752           $     $     $     $     $     $ 92,752  
Members’ equity contributions     47,208                                           47,208  
Members’ equity distributions     (13,530 )                                           (13,530 )  
Increase in net assets resulting from operations     15,286                                           15,286  
Balance at March 31, 2010   $ 141,716           $     $     $     $     $     $ 141,716  
Balance at September 30, 2010   $       17,712,444     $ 18     $ 259,690     $ (1,122 )     $ 1,995     $ (40 )     $ 260,541  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations                             10,414       (501 )       1,925       11,838  
Distributions to stockholders:
                                                                       
Stock issued in connection with dividend reinvestment plan           43,532             765                         765  
Dividends and distributions                             (11,167 )                   (11,167 )  
Balance at March 31, 2011   $       17,755,976     $ 18     $ 260,455     $ (1,875 )     $ 1,494     $ 1,885     $ 261,977  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
(In thousands)

   
  Six Months Ended March 31,
     2011   2010
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 11,838     $ 15,286  
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  
Amortization of deferred financing costs     365        
Amortization of discount and premium     (3,181 )       (4,847 )  
Net realized (gain) on investments     (1,925 )        
Net change in unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on investments     501       (1,085 )  
Proceeds from revolving loans, net     1,092       6,071  
Fundings of portfolio investments     (149,994 )        
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     109,316       82,929  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:  
Interest receivable     (225 )       490  
Receivable for investments sold     (4,389 )        
Other assets     171       (12 )  
Payable for investments purchased     (5,328 )        
Interest payable     (232 )       18  
Management and incentive fees payable     582       (50 )  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     298       251  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (41,111 )       99,051  
Cash flows from investing activities
                 
Net change in restricted cash and cash equivalents     15,721       (3,065 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     15,721       (3,065 )  
Cash flows from financing activities  
Borrowings on debt     20,000        
Repayments of debt           (104,862 )  
Capitalized debt financing costs     (968 )        
Proceeds from members’ equity contributions           47,208  
Deferred offering costs     (593 )        
Payments of members’ equity distributions           (13,530 )  
Dividends and distributions paid     (10,402 )        
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     8,037       (71,184 )  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     (17,353 )       24,802  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     61,219        
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 43,866     $ 24,802  
Supplemental information:
                 
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 2,913     $ 1,534  
Obligations of Company paid by members of Golub Capital BDC LLC   $     $ 896  
Dividends and distributions declared during the period   $ 11,167     $  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)
March 31, 2011
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment Type   Spread Above Index (1)   Interest Rate (2)   Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Cost   Percentage of Net Assets   Fair Value
Investments, at fair value
                                                                       
Canada
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment
                                                                       
Extreme Fitness, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       11.50 %       03/2012     $ 4,649     $ 4,649       1.8 %     $ 4,649  
Total Canada (cost $4,649)                                       $ 4,649     $ 4,649       1.8 %     $ 4,649  
Fair Value as percentage of Principal Amount                                                                    100.0 %  
United States
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Aerospace and Defense
                                                                       
Whitcraft LLC     Subordinated debt       N/A          12.00 %       12/2018     $ 1,877     $ 1,840       0.7 %     $ 1,877  
Automobile
                                                              
CLP Auto Interior Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       5.00 %       06/2013       3,188       3,188       1.2       3,093  
Driven Brands, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.52 %       10/2014       5,749       5,749       2.2       5,749  
                                           8,937       8,937       3.4       8,842  
Banking
                                                                       
Bonddesk Group LLC*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.27 %       08/2012       1,759       1,720       0.7       1,759  
Prommis Solutions Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.75 %       3.57 %       02/2013       1,237       1,237       0.3       1,052  
                                           2,996       2,957       1.0       2,811  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco
                                                                       
ABP Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       8.50 %       02/2013       2,299       2,268       0.9       2,299  
Atkins Nutrionals, Inc.     Second lien       L + 9.00 %       12.86 %       12/2015       5,028       4,934       1.9       5,028  
Bertucci’s Corporation*     Second lien       L + 9.00 %       14.23 %       07/2012       1,953       1,918       0.7       1,953  
Lone Star Beef Processors, L.P.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       4.46 %       05/2013       3,520       3,503       1.3       3,520  
Noodles & Company*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       5.75 %       02/2016       1,629       1,613       0.6       1,613  
Richelieu Foods, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       11/2015       2,282       2,224       0.9       2,282  
Richelieu Foods, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.82 %       11/2015       90       75             90  
                                           16,801       16,535       6.3       16,785  
Building and Real Estate
                                                                       
American Fire Protection Group, Inc. (5)     Senior loan       L + 6.75 %       9.00 %       06/2011       4,422       4,373       1.0       2,653  
Architectural Testing, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.50 %       05/2013       6,219       6,219       2.4       6,219  
ASP PDM Acquisition Co. LLC*     Senior loan       L + 2.75 %       3.12 %       12/2013       539       510       0.2       496  
Infiltrator Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       8.50 %       09/2012       7,779       7,558       3.0       7,779  
ITEL Laboratories, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.75 %       9.75 %       03/2014       7,730       7,678       3.0       7,730  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.50 %       03/2012       237       237       0.1       230  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.50 %       03/2013       2,600       2,597       0.8       2,080  
Tecta America Corp.     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       8.31 %       03/2014       1,100       1,100       0.2       460  
                                           30,626       30,272       10.7       27,647  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
                                                                       
Styron S.A.R.L.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       6.00 %       08/2017       1,497       1,496       0.6       1,508  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.75 %       08/2012       256       248       0.1       256  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.25 %       08/2013       864       829       0.3       864  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.50 %       10.75 %       02/2014       474       453       0.2       474  
                                           3,091       3,026       1.2       3,102  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited) – (Continued)
March 31, 2011
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment Type   Spread Above Index (1)   Interest Rate (2)   Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Cost   Percentage of Total
Net Assets
  Fair Value
Containers, Packaging and Glass
                                                                       
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.78 %       08/2015     $ 55     $ 54       %     $ 55  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.29 %       08/2016       120       118             120  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       08/2015       1,513       1,487       0.6       1,513  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.26 %       08/2016       3,275       3,215       1.3       3,275  
Industrial Container Services, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       4.48 %       09/2011       352       349       0.1       352  
                                           5,315       5,223       2.0       5,315  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing
                                                                       
Heat Transfer Parent, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.26 %       06/2013       1,790       1,736       0.6       1,611  
Neptco Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       7.25 %       03/2013       4,142       4,026       1.3       3,521  
OnCore Manufacturing LLC*     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       11.00 %       06/2016       3,633       3,564       1.4       3,633  
Pasternack Enterprises, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       6.00 %       02/2014       4,779       4,669       1.8       4,779  
Tecomet Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       N/A (4)       12/2015             (7 )              
Tecomet Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       7.00 %       12/2015       3,888       3,850       1.5       3,888  
Vintage Parts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       5.80 %       12/2013       7,140       7,082       2.6       6,926  
Vintage Parts, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.50 %       12/2013       99       99             99  
Vintage Parts, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       9.75 %       12/2013       1,493       1,472       0.6       1,493  
                                           26,964       26,491       9.8       25,950  
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Benetech, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       5.25 %       12/2013       8,845       8,606       3.4       8,845  
CIBT Holdings (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       N/A (4)       12/2015             (4 )             (4 )  
CIBT Holdings     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       12/2015       1,082       1,062       0.4       1,082  
Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       4.27 %       12/2013       4,505       4,505       1.7       4,505  
Cortz, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       8.50 %       03/2014       6,312       6,273       2.4       6,312  
EAG, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.25 %       07/2015       1,304       1,286       0.5       1,304  
NS Holdings, Inc.* (3)     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       N/A (4)       06/2015             (7 )              
NS Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.63 %       8.28 %       06/2015       2,168       2,131       0.8       2,168  
Protection One, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.25 %       6.00 %       06/2016       2,941       2,938       1.1       2,942  
Royall & Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       11/2015       790       775       0.3       774  
Savvis Communications Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       08/2016       1,990       1,970       0.8       2,006  
The Service Companies, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.00 %       03/2014       5,682       5,682       2.2       5,682  
Sumtotal Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       6.25 %       12/2015       546       538       0.2       538  
                                           36,165       35,755       14       36,154  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals, and Minerals
                                                                       
Metal Spinners, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       10.00 %       12/2014       1,829       1,771       0.7       1,829  
Metal Spinners, Inc.* (6)     Senior loan       L + 11.00 %       14.00 %       12/2014       3,121       3,027       1.2       3,121  
                                           4,950       4,798       1.9       4,950  
Electronics
                                                                       
Cape Electrical Supply LLC* (6)     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       7.50 %       11/2013       2,203       2,100       0.8       2,202  
Entrust, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       3/2017       4,382       4,317       1.6       4,316  
Entrust, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       3/2017       10,226       10,074       3.8       10,073  
The Sloan Company, Inc.* (6)     Second lien       L + 7.00 %       7.27 %       10/2012       2,461       2,452       0.9       2,461  
Syncsort Incorporated (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       N/A (4)       03/2015             (7 )              
Syncsort Incorporated*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.50 %       03/2015       9,625       9,552       3.7       9,625  
                                           28,897       28,488       10.8       28,677  
Finance
                                                                       
Nuveen Investments, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.31 %       11/2014       1,923       1,738       0.7       1,850  
Pillar Processing LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       5.80 %       11/2013       4,049       4,038       1.5       3,847  
Pillar Processing LLC*     Senior loan       N/A          14.50 %       05/2014       3,125       3,125       1.1       2,969  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.00 %       05/2013       1,569       1,566       0.6       1,569  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.00 %       05/2013       3,717       3,670       1.4       3,717  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       8.00 %       05/2013       7,835       7,835       3.0       7,835  
                                           22,218       21,972       8.3       21,787  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited) – (Continued)
March 31, 2011
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment Type   Spread Above Index (1)   Interest Rate (2)   Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Cost   Percentage of Total
Net Assets
  Fair Value
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
                                                                       
ADG, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       N/A (4)       03/2014     $     $ (6 )       %     $  
ADG, LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       8.44 %       03/2014       243       236       0.1       243  
ADG, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       6.25 %       03/2014       3,476       3,476       1.3       3,476  
Advanced Pain Management Holdings, Inc. (6)     Subordinated debt       N/A         14.00 %       06/2016       7,710       7,527       2.9       7,710  
Campus Management Acquisition Corp.     Second lien       L + 5.65 %       10.86 %       09/2015       5,562       5,461       2.1       5,562  
CHS/Community Health Systems*     Senior loan       L + 2.25 %       2.56 %       07/2014       521       516       0.2       516  
Community Hospices of America, Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       N/A (4)       12/2015             (7 )              
Community Hospices of America, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.25 %       12/2015       5,499       5,395       2.1       5,499  
Community Hospices of America, Inc. (6)     Subordinated debt       L + 11.75 %       13.75 %       06/2016       1,797       1,755       0.7       1,797  
DDC Center Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.50 %       10/2014       8,093       8,093       3.0       7,770  
DDC Center Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.50 %       10/2014       1,126       1,126       0.4       1,081  
Delta Educational Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       6.00 %       06/2012       3,686       3,595       1.4       3,686  
Den-Mat Holdings, LLC (6)     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       8.50 %       06/2014       3,358       3,279       0.6       1,679  
Excelligence Learning Corporation*     Second lien       L + 7.00 %       7.25 %       11/2013       1,600       1,548       0.6       1,600  
G & H Wire Company, Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       N/A (4)       12/2015             (12 )              
G & H Wire Company, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.25 %       12/2015       5,925       5,821       2.3       5,925  
The Hygenic Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.50 %       2.81 %       04/2013       2,471       2,424       0.9       2,422  
Integrated DNA Technologies, Inc. (6)     Subordinated debt       N/A          14.00 %       04/2015       3,800       3,745       1.5       3,800  
Integrated DNA Technologies, Inc. (3)     Subordinated debt       N/A          N/A (4)       04/2015             (13 )              
Maverick Healthcare Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.25 %       12/2016       1,521       1,494       0.6       1,494  
NeuroTherm, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.25 %       2/2016       119       111             111  
NeuroTherm, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       2/2016       1,749       1,711       0.7       1,710  
Sterilmed, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       7.75 %       07/2016       3,100       3,100       1.2       3,100  
Sterilmed, Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       N/A (4)       07/2015             (8 )              
Surgical Information Systems, LLC     Second lien       L + 5.75 %       7.29 %       12/2015       5,143       5,046       2.0       5,143  
TIDI Products, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       05/2015       2,542       2,542       1.0       2,542  
TIDI Products, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       N/A (4)       05/2015             (6 )              
United Surgical Partners International, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.00 %       2.25 %       04/2014       1,521       1,521       0.6       1,505  
Universal Health Services, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       4.00 %       11/2016       1,535       1,535       0.6       1,545  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.25 %       4.25 %       03/2018       285       285       0.1       289  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.25 %       4.25 %       03/2018       143       143       0.1       144  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.25 %       3.25 %       03/2018       196       196       0.1       198  
                                           72,721       71,629       27.1       70,547  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer
                                                                       
Amerifile, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       03/2016       4,486       4,420       1.7       4,486  
Top Knobs USA, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       8.00 %       11/2016       1,226       1,203       0.5       1,226  
Zenith Products Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       5.45 %       09/2013       4,349       4,282       1.6       4,306  
                                           10,061       9,905       3.8       10,018  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment
                                                                       
Competitor Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.50 %       09/2015       722       619       0.3       722  
Competitor Group, Inc. (3)     Senior loans       L + 7.50 %       N/A (4)       09/2015             (21 )              
Competitor Group, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.50 %       09/2015       8,185       8,004       3.1       8,185  
Melissa & Doug, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       12/2016       1,299       1,286       0.5       1,299  
Octane Fitness, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.60 %       4.90 %       03/2013       4,675       4,568       1.7       4,582  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       5.50 %       12/2012       91       88             91  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.*     Second lien       L + 7.25 %       8.25 %       12/2013       2,489       2,395       1.0       2,489  
Premier Yachts, Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       N/A (4)       12/2015             (3 )              
Premier Yachts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.00 %       12/2015       855       839       0.3       855  
Pride Manufacturing Company, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.25 %       11/2015       829       813       0.3       829  
                                           19,145       18,588       7.2       19,052  
Oil and Gas
                                                                       
Tri-County Petroleum, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.25 %       6.50 %       08/2013       3,647       3,573       1.4       3,647  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited) – (Continued)
March 31, 2011
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest Rate (2)   Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of Total
Net Assets
  Fair Value
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products
                                                                       
Dr. Miracles, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       8.00 %       03/2014     $ 3,555     $ 3,520       1.3 %     $ 3,484  
Strategic Partners, Inc. (6)     Subordinated debt           N/A       14.00 %       02/2017       9,636       9,392       3.7       9,636  
                                           13,191       12,912       5.0       13,120  
Personal, Food and Miscellaneous Services
                                                                       
Affordable Care Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       N/A (4)       12/2015             (9 )             (9 )  
Affordable Care Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.25 %       12/2015       3,705       3,651       1.4       3,649  
Ameriqual Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.25 %       3/2016       1,983       1,943       0.7       1,943  
Ameriqual Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.75 %       3/2016       850       833       0.3       833  
Focus Brands, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       5.25 %       11/2016       4,473       4,473       1.7       4,473  
Ignite Restaurant Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       6.25 %       3/2016       6,717       6,617       2.5       6,616  
Vetcor Professional Practices LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 7.25 %       N/A (4)       02/2015             (184 )              
Vetcor Professional Practices LLC     Senior loan       L + 7.25 %       9.25 %       02/2015       1,995       1,995       0.8       1,995  
                                           19,723       19,319       7.4       19,500  
Printing and Publishing
                                                                       
Market Track, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 7.75 %       N/A (4)       11/2015             (22 )              
Market Track, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 7.75 %       9.25 %       11/2015       13,099       12,864       5.0       13,099  
Monotype Imaging, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75 %       4.02 %       07/2012       1,129       1,095       0.4       1,129  
Trade Service Company,
LLC (3)
    Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       N/A (4)       06/2013             (1 )              
Trade Service Company, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       6.75 %       06/2013       1,485       1,479       0.6       1,479  
Trade Service Company,
LLC* (6)
    Senior loan           N/A       14.00 %       06/2013       765       762       0.3       762  
                                           16,478       16,177       6.3       16,469  
Retail Stores
                                                                       
Container Store, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.31 %       08/2014       6,760       6,356       2.5       6,489  
DTLR, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       11.00 %       12/2015       6,011       5,870       2.3       6,011  
Fasteners for Retail, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       4.78 %       12/2012       1,964       1,871       0.7       1,906  
IL Fornaio (America) Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.75 %       3.00 %       03/2013       4,263       4,064       1.6       4,135  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       7.25 %       04/2013       2,940       2,852       1.1       2,940  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC*     Second lien       L + 6.50 %       9.25 %       04/2013       2,100       2,051       0.8       2,100  
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       8.75 %       06/2015       9,616       9,440       3.7       9,616  
                                           33,654       32,504       12.7       33,197  
Telecommunications
                                                                       
Hosting.com (WCP/32 Points)     Senior loan       L + 6.75 %       N/A (4)       05/2014                          
Hosting.com (WCP/32 Points)*     Senior loan       L + 6.75 %       8.25 %       05/2014       2,191       2,191       0.8       2,191  
Springboard Finance LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.00 %       02/2015       1,945       1,935       0.7       1,954  
West Corporation (3)     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       N/A (4)       10/2012             (182 )       (0.2 )       (500 )  
                                           4,136       3,944       1.3       3,645  
Textiles and Leather
                                                                       
Gammill, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.50 %       09/2011       264       262       0.1       264  
Gammill, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       10.00 %       09/2012       4,104       4,039       1.6       4,104  
                                           4,368       4,301       1.7       4,368  
Total debt investments United States (cost $379,146)                                       $ 385,961     $ 379,146       143.8 %     $ 377,460  
Fair Value as a percentage of Principal Amount                                                                    97.8 %  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)  – (Continued)
March 31, 2011
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest Rate (2)   Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount/
Shares
  Cost   Percentage
of Total
Net Assets
  Fair Value
Equity investments
                                                                       
Aerospace and Defense
                                                                       
Whitcraft LLC     Common stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       1     $ 670       0.3 %     $ 670  
Whitcraft LLC     Warrant       N/A       N/A       N/A                         117  
                                                    670       0.3       787  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco
                                                                       
Atkins Nutrionals, Inc.     LLC interest       N/A       N/A       N/A       57       838       0.3       838  
Richelieu Foods, Inc.     LP interest       N/A       N/A       N/A       220       220       0.1       220  
                                                    1,058       0.4       1,058  
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
                                                                       
Advanced Pain Management Holdings, Inc.     Common stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       67       67             67  
Advanced Pain Management Holdings, Inc.     Preferred stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       13       1,273       0.5       1,273  
G & H Wire Company, Inc     LP Interest       N/A       N/A       N/A             102             102  
NeuroTherm, Inc.     Common stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       1       541       0.2       541  
Surgical Information Systems, LLC     Common stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       4       414       0.2       414  
                                                    2,397       0.9       2,397  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer
                                                                       
Top Knobs USA, Inc.     Common stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       3       73             73  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products
                                                                       
Strategic Partners, Inc.     LLC interest       N/A       N/A       N/A       169       1,691       0.6       1,691  
Retail Stores
                                                                       
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.     Preferred stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       199       945       0.4       945  
Total equity investments
United States (cost $6,834)
                                               $ 6,834       2.6 %     $ 6,951  
Total United States (cost $385,980)                                                $ 385,980       146.4 %     $ 384,411  
Total investments (cost $390,629)                                                $ 390,629       148.2 %     $ 389,060  

* Denotes that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the Debt Securitization.
(1) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to LIBOR “L” or Prime “P” and which reset daily, quarterly or semiannually. For each we have provided the spread over LIBOR or Prime and the weighted average current interest rate in effect at March 31, 2011. Certain investments are subject to a LIBOR or Prime interest rate floor. For fixed rate loans, a spread above a reference rate is not applicable.
(2) For portfolio companies with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is a weighted average current interest rate in effect at March 31, 2011.
(3) The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par. The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(4) The entire commitment was unfunded at March 31, 2011. As such, no interest is being earned on this investment.
(5) Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2011, meaning that the Company has ceased recognizing interest income on the loan.
(6) A portion of the interest may be deferred through a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) rate option.

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
September 30, 2010
(In thousands)

               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Investments, at fair value
                                                                       
Canada
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Open Text Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.25 %       2.51 %       10/2013     $ 1,310     $ 1,146       0.5 %     $ 1,297  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment
                                                                       
Extreme Fitness, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       11.50 %       03/2012       4,649       4,649       1.8       4,649  
Total Canada (cost $5,795)                           $ 5,959     $ 5,795       2.3 %     $ 5,946  
Fair Value as percentage of Principal Amount
                                                                   99.8 %  
United States
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Aerospace and Defense                                                                        
Thermal Solutions LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       6.00 %       03/2011     $ 38     $ 38       %     $ 38  
Thermal Solutions LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       7.50 %       03/2012       1,875       1,864       0.7       1,818  
                               1,913       1,902       0.7       1,856  
Automobile
                                                                       
CLP Auto Interior Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.75 %       5.01 %       06/2013       3,223       3,223       1.2       3,126  
Dealer Computer Services, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50 %       5.25 %       04/2017       2,414       2,402       0.9       2,420  
Driven Brands, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.53 %       10/2014       5,944       5,944       2.3       5,944  
                               11,581       11,569       4.4       11,490  
Banking
                                                                       
Bonddesk Group LLC*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.26 %       08/2012       1,884       1,827       0.7       1,847  
Prommis Solutions Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.75 %       3.05 %       02/2013       1,519       1,519       0.5       1,474  
                               3,403       3,346       1.2       3,321  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco
                                                                       
Lone Star Beef Processors, L.P.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       4.75 %       05/2013       3,580       3,559       1.4       3,580  
ABP Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       8.50 %       02/2013       2,322       2,282       0.9       2,322  
Bertucci’s Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 9.00 %       12.00 %       07/2012       1,964       1,915       0.8       1,964  
CTI Foods Holding Co., LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       6.00 %       06/2015       893       885       0.3       871  
                               8,759       8,641       3.4       8,737  
Building and Real Estate
                                                                       
American Fire Protection Group, Inc. (5)     Senior loan       L + 6.75 %       9.00 %       06/2011       4,422       4,346       1.2       3,095  
Architectural Testing, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.50 %       05/2013       6,497       6,497       2.5       6,497  
Infiltrator Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       8.50 %       09/2012       7,819       7,505       2.9       7,507  
ITEL Laboratories, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.75 %       9.75 %       03/2014       7,826       7,764       3.0       7,826  
ASP PDM Acquisition Co. LLC*     Senior loan       L + 2.75 %       3.35 %       12/2013       608       570       0.2       560  
Best Lighting Products, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       10.00 %       08/2012       2,432       2,370       0.9       2,432  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.50 %       03/2012       343       342       0.1       332  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.50 %       03/2013       2,600       2,596       0.8       2,080  
Tecta America Corp.     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       6.58 %       12/2011       2,864       2,864       0.7       1,904  
                               35,411       34,854       12.3       32,233  
Cargo Transport
                                                                       
The Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       3.59 %       06/2016       244       233       0.1       248  
The Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       6.25 %       06/2016       3,327       3,262       1.3       3,351  
Peco Pallet, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75 %       4.01 %       06/2013       3,978       3,835       1.5       3,939  
                               7,549       7,330       2.9       7,538  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
                                                                       
Celanese Holdings LLC*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.53 %       10/2016       693       598       0.3       682  
Styron S.A.R.L.*     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       7.50 %       06/2016       1,481       1,502       0.6       1,505  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.75 %       08/2012       326       312       0.1       326  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.00 %       8.25 %       08/2013       864       821       0.3       864  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.50 %       10.75 %       02/2014       474       449       0.2       474  
                               3,838       3,682       1.5       3,851  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments – (Continued)
September 30, 2010
(In thousands)

               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of Total
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Containers, Packaging and Glass
                                                                       
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.86 %       08/2015     $ 102     $ 100       %     $ 102  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.37 %       08/2016       227       222       0.1       227  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       08/2015       1,553       1,523       0.6       1,553  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.25 %       08/2016       3,291       3,226       1.3       3,291  
Pelican Products, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.75 %       01/2013       77       72             77  
Pelican Products, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.75 %       01/2014       2,861       2,647       1.1       2,861  
Industrial Container Services, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       4.53 %       09/2011       754       743       0.3       754  
                               8,865       8,533       3.4       8,865  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing
                                                                       
Neptco Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.25 %       7.25 %       03/2013       4,317       4,166       1.4       3,669  
Pasternack Enterprises, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       6.00 %       02/2014       4,779       4,646       1.8       4,779  
Vintage Parts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       5.79 %       12/2013       6,551       6,480       2.5       6,551  
Heat Transfer Parent, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.26 %       06/2013       1,833       1,766       0.6       1,595  
                               17,480       17,058       6.3       16,594  
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Benetech, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       5.26 %       12/2013       8,845       8,562       3.3       8,668  
Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       4.50 %       12/2013       4,566       4,566       1.8       4,566  
Cortz, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       8.50 %       03/2014       6,540       6,493       2.5       6,540  
NS Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.63 %       6.64 %       06/2015       2,238       2,194       0.9       2,238  
NS Holdings, Inc.* (3)     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       N/A (4)       06/2015             (8 )              
Protection One, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.25 %       6.00 %       06/2016       3,142       3,132       1.2       3,150  
Savvis Communications Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.75 %       08/2016       2,000       1,978       0.8       2,012  
The Service Companies, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       8.50 %       03/2014       5,792       5,676       2.2       5,792  
                               33,123       32,593       12.7       32,966  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals, and Minerals
                                                                       
Metal Spinners, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       10.00 %       12/2014       2,284       2,202       0.9       2,284  
Metal Spinners, Inc.* (6)     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       11.00 %       12/2014       3,085       2,979       1.1       2,900  
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       10.50 %       05/2011       170       162       0.1       170  
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       10.50 %       10/2011       2,852       2,739       1.0       2,709  
                               8,391       8,082       3.1       8,063  
Electronics
                                                                       
Cape Electrical Supply LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       6.75 %       11/2013       2,435       2,300       0.9       2,386  
The Sloan Company, Inc.* (6)     Second lien loan       L + 7.00 %       7.26 %       10/2012       2,442       2,430       0.9       2,442  
Syncsort Incorporated(3)     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       N/A (4)       03/2015             (8 )              
Syncsort Incorporated     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       7.50 %       03/2015       9,875       9,658       3.8       9,875  
                               14,752       14,380       5.6       14,703  
Finance
                                                                       
Nuveen Investments, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.29 %       11/2014       3,000       2,685       1.0       2,705  
eVestment Alliance Holdings, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.50 %       05/2014       7,128       7,013       2.7       7,128  
Pillar Processing LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       5.79 %       11/2013       6,216       6,196       2.4       6,216  
Pillar Processing LLC*     Senior loan       N/A       14.50 %       05/2014       3,125       3,125       1.2       3,125  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       8.00 %       05/2013       7,875       7,875       3.0       7,875  
                               27,344       26,894       10.3       27,049  
Grocery
                                                                       
JRD Holdings, Inc. *     Senior loan       L + 2.25 %       2.51 %       07/2014       1,241       1,097       0.5       1,195  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments – (Continued)
September 30, 2010
(In thousands)

               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of Total
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
                                                                       
ADG, LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       7.78 %       05/2013     $ 3,701     $ 3,652       1.4 %     $ 3,701  
ADG, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.75 %       N/A (4)       05/2013       0       (10 )             0  
Campus Management Acquisition Corp.     Senior loan       L + 5.65 %       7.40 %       09/2015       5,595       5,483       2.1       5,595  
CHS/Community Health Systems *     Senior loan       L + 2.25 %       2.55 %       07/2014       773       763       0.3       734  
Community Hospices of America, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       8.00 %       01/2011       990       985       0.4       990  
Community Hospices of America, Inc.* (6)     Second lien loan       L + 11.75 %       13.75 %       04/2011       4,865       4,846       1.9       4,865  
DaVita, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 1.50 %       1.76 %       10/2012       5,000       4,646       1.9       4,989  
DDC Center Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.50 %       10/2014       9,652       9,652       3.3       8,687  
Delta Educational Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       6.00 %       06/2012       4,140       3,997       1.6       4,140  
Den-Mat Holdings, LLC (6)     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       8.50 %       06/2014       3,287       3,195       0.6       1,643  
Excelligence Learning Corporation*     Second lien loan       L + 7.00 %       7.26 %       11/2013       1,600       1,539       0.6       1,584  
The Hygenic Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.50 %       2.80 %       04/2013       2,483       2,425       0.9       2,384  
Integrated DNA Technologies, Inc. (6)     Subordinated debt       N/A       14.00 %       04/2015       3,800       3,737       1.5       3,800  
Integrated DNA Technologies, Inc. (3)     Subordinated debt       N/A       N/A (4)       04/2015             (14 )              
ReachOut Healthcare America Ltd*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       8.00 %       08/2013       6,242       6,226       2.4       6,242  
Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       6.00 %       06/2016       1,000       1,005       0.4       1,006  
Sterilmed, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       7.75 %       07/2016       3,139       3,077       1.2       3,139  
Sterilmed, Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       N/A (4)       07/2015             (9 )              
TIDI Products, LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       6.50 %       05/2015       2,608       2,560       1.0       2,608  
TIDI Products, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       N/A (4)       05/2015             (6 )              
United Surgical Partners International, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.00 %       2.26 %       04/2014       1,529       1,529       0.6       1,450  
Universal Health Services, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00 %       5.50 %       11/2016       1,664       1,639       0.6       1,675  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.25 %       6.50 %       02/2016       1,510       1,495       0.6       1,519  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.25 %       6.50 %       02/2016       490       485       0.2       493  
                               64,068       62,897       23.5       61,244  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer
                                                                       
Top Knobs USA, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.25 %       8.25 %       02/2014       2,751       2,669       1.0       2,724  
Zenith Products Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       5.49 %       09/2013       4,878       4,787       1.8       4,732  
                               7,629       7,456       2.8       7,456  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment
                                                                       
Competitor Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.50 %       09/2015       81       58             81  
Competitor Group, Inc. (3)     Senior loans       L + 7.50 %       N/A (4)       03/2012             (114 )              
Competitor Group, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.50 %       09/2015       8,395       8,189       3.2       8,395  
Octane Fitness, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.60 %       5.11 %       03/2013       4,675       4,541       1.7       4,442  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75 %       5.75 %       12/2012       176       168       0.1       176  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.*     Second lien loan       L + 7.25 %       8.25 %       12/2013       2,489       2,377       1.0       2,489  
Premier Yachts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75 %       4.01 %       08/2012       1,037       994       0.4       1,026  
Premier Yachts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       7.26 %       08/2013       568       547       0.2       568  
Regal Cinemas Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.50 %       3.79 %       11/2016       1,493       1,289       0.6       1,487  
                               18,914       18,049       7.2       18,664  
Oil and Gas
                                                                       
Tri-County Petroleum, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.25 %       4.52 %       08/2013       3,666       3,576       1.4       3,629  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products
                                                                       
Dr. Miracles, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50 %       8.00 %       03/2014       3,766       3,723       1.4       3,766  
Strategic Partners, Inc. (6)     Subordinated debt       N/A       14.00 %       02/2017       9,636       9,367       3.7       9,635  
                               13,402       13,090       5.1       13,401  
Personal, Food and Miscellaneous Services
                                                                       
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 0.00 %       0.11 %       01/2014       64       55             61  
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 0.00 %       0.11 %       07/2016       115       98             113  
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.25 %       3.54 %       07/2016       1,752       1,490       0.7       1,722  
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 1.88 %       2.16 %       01/2014       794       682       0.3       758  
Focus Brands, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       5.29 %       03/2011       4,952       4,905       1.9       4,951  
                               7,677       7,230       2.9       7,605  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments – (Continued)
September 30, 2010
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
Shares
  Cost   Percentage
of Total
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Printing and Publishing
                                                                       
Monotype Imaging, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75 %       4.01 %       07/2012     $ 1,378     $ 1,323       0.5 %     $ 1,379  
Trade Service Company, LLC* (6)     Senior loan       N/A       14.00 %       01/2013       2,085       2,026       0.8       2,084  
                               3,463       3,349       1.3       3,463  
Retail Stores
                                                                       
Container Store, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.32 %       08/2014       6,794       6,329       2.4       6,251  
Fasteners for Retail, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50 %       4.83 %       12/2012       1,964       1,844       0.7       1,884  
IL Fornaio (America) Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.00 %       3.30 %       03/2013       4,768       4,490       1.7       4,434  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.50 %       7.25 %       04/2013       3,103       2,988       1.2       3,103  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 6.50 %       9.25 %       04/2013       2,100       2,039       0.8       2,100  
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00 %       8.75 %       06/2015       9,738       9,539       3.7       9,738  
                               28,467       27,229       10.5       27,510  
Telecommunications
                                                                       
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.25 %       2.56 %       11/2013       247       211       0.1       243  
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50 %       3.81 %       11/2016       2,692       2,288       1.0       2,672  
Springboard Finance LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00 %       7.00 %       02/2015       1,997       1,984       0.8       2,009  
West Corporation (3)     Senior loan       L + 2.00 %       N/A (4)       10/2012             (239 )       (0.3 )       (700 )  
                               4,936       4,244       1.6       4,224  
Textiles and Leather
                                                                       
Gammill, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50 %       9.50 %       09/2011       415       409       0.2       415  
Gammill, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.00 %       10.00 %       09/2012       4,285       4,193       1.6       4,284  
                               4,700       4,602       1.8       4,699  
Utilities
                                                                       
Covanta Energy Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 0.00 %       0.43 %       02/2014       1,000       869       0.4       957  
Covanta Energy Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 1.50 %       2.00 %       02/2014       1,960       1,703       0.7       1,877  
Itron, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50 %       3.76 %       04/2014       875       793       0.3       876  
NRG Energy, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 1.50 %       1.98 %       02/2013       2,223       2,057       0.9       2,221  
                               6,058       5,422       2.3       5,931  
Total debt investments (cost $337,105)                           $ 346,630     $ 337,105       129.1 %     $ 336,287  
Fair Value as a percentage of Principal Amount                                                                    97.0 %  
Equity investments
                                                                       
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products
                                                                       
Strategic Partners, Inc.     LLC interest       N/A       N/A       N/A       169     $ 1,691       0.6 %     $ 1,691  
Retail Stores                                                                        
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.     Preferred stock       N/A       N/A       N/A       199       945       0.4       945  
Total equity investments (cost $2,636)                                 $ 2,636       1.0 %     $ 2,636  
Total United States (cost $339,741)                                 $ 339,741       130.1 %     $ 338,923  
Total investments (cost $345,536)                                 $ 345,536       132.4 %     $ 344,869  

* Denotes that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the Debt Securitization.
(1) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to LIBOR “L” or Prime “P” and which reset daily, quarterly or semiannually. For each we have provided the spread over LIBOR or Prime and the weighted average current interest rate in effect at September 30, 2010. Certain investments are subject to a LIBOR or Prime interest rate floor. For fixed rate loans, a spread above a reference rate is not applicable.
(2) For portfolio companies with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is a weighted average current interest rate in effect at September 30, 2010.
(3) The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par. The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(4) The entire commitment was unfunded at September 30, 2010. As such, no interest is being earned on this investment.
(5) Loan was on non-accrual status as of September 30, 2010, meaning that the Company has ceased recognizing interest income on the loan.
(6) A portion of the interest may be deferred through a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) rate option.

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 1. Organization

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. (“GBDC” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. GBDC has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for tax purposes, GBDC intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

On April 13, 2010, Golub Capital BDC LLC (“GC LLC”) converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, leaving GBDC as the surviving entity (the “Conversion”). At the time of the Conversion, all limited liability company interests were exchanged for 8,984,863 shares of common stock in GBDC. GBDC had no assets or operations prior to the Conversion, and as a result, the books and records of GC LLC have become the books and records of the surviving entity.

On April 14, 2010, GBDC priced its initial public offering (the “Offering”), selling 7,100,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $14.50 per share. Concurrent with the Offering, an additional 1,322,581 shares were sold through a private placement, also at $14.50 per share. On May 19, 2010, an additional 305,000 shares at $14.50 were issued upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

GC LLC was formed in the State of Delaware on November 9, 2009 to continue and expand the business of Golub Capital Master Funding LLC (“GCMF”) which commenced operations on July 7, 2007. All of the outstanding limited liability company interests in GCMF were initially held by three Delaware limited liability companies, Golub Capital Company IV, LLC, Golub Capital Company V LLC, and Golub Capital Company VI LLC (collectively the “Capital Companies”). In November 2009, the Capital Companies formed GC LLC, into which they contributed 100% of the limited liability company interests of GCMF and from which they received a proportionate number of limited liability company interests in GC LLC. In February 2010, GEMS Fund L.P. (“GEMS”), a limited partnership affiliated through common management with the Capital Companies, purchased an interest in GC LLC. As a result of the Conversion, the Capital Companies and GEMS received shares of common stock in GBDC.

Subsequent to the Conversion, GCMF became a wholly owned subsidiary of GBDC. GCMF’s financial results are consolidated with GBDC, and the portfolio investments held by GCMF are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. For periods prior to November 19, 2009, the consolidated financial statements only reflect the financial results of GCMF.

On July 16, 2010, the Company completed a $300,000 term Debt Securitization (defined in Note 6). The notes offered in the Debt Securitization were issued by Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC, a newly formed, indirect subsidiary of the Company (the “Issuer”), and the Class A Notes and Class B Notes are secured by the assets held by the Issuer. The Debt Securitization was executed through a private placement of $174,000 of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes of the Issuer. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), a direct subsidiary of the Company, retained all of the Class B and Subordinated Notes, which totaled $10,000 and $116,000, respectively, and retained all the membership interests in the Issuer, which Holdings initially purchased for two hundred and fifty dollars. Assets related to transactions that do not meet Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 860 —  Transfers and Servicing requirements for accounting sale treatment are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as investments. Those assets are owned by the Issuer, a special purpose entity that is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, the creditors of the Issuer have received security interests in such assets and such assets are not intended to be available to the creditors of the Company (or any affiliate of the Company). For further information on the Debt Securitization, see Note 6.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 1. Organization  – (continued)

On August 24, 2010, GC SBIC IV, L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, received approval for a license from the United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to operate as a Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”). As an SBIC, GC SBIC IV L.P. is subject to a variety of regulations and oversight by the SBA concerning the size and nature of companies in which it may invest as well as the structures of those investments.

The license allows GC SBIC IV, L.P. to obtain leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to issuance of a capital commitment by the SBA and customary procedures. These debentures are non-recourse to us, have interest payable semiannually and a ten-year maturity. The interest rate is fixed at the time of issuance at a market-driven spread over U.S. Treasury Notes with ten-year maturities.

The Company’s investment strategy is to invest in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans to middle market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity investors. The Company has entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with GC Advisors LLC (the “Investment Adviser”), under which the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, the Company. Prior to April 14, 2010, Golub Capital Incorporated (the “Investment Manager”) served as the investment adviser for the Company.

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates

Basis of Presentation:   The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and related financial information have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-Q and Articles 6 or 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications consisting solely of normal accruals that are necessary for the fair presentation of financial results as of and for the periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Accounting Standards Codification:   In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Codification TM (the “Codification”) which is the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. The Codification combines all authoritative standards into a comprehensive, topically organized online database. One level of authoritative GAAP exists, other than guidance issued by the SEC. All other accounting literature excluded from the Codification is considered non-authoritative.

Fair value of financial instruments:   The Company applies fair value to substantially all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the Company has categorized its financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new, whether the product is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market and the current market conditions. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments classified as Level 3.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management to confirm that the changes are justified. As markets change, new products develop and the pricing for products becomes more or less transparent, the Company will continue to refine its valuation methodologies.

Use of estimates:   The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Consolidation:   As permitted under Regulation S-X and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or the AICPA, Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, the Company will generally not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to us. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of the Company’s subsidiaries in its consolidated financial statements.

Segments:   In accordance with ASC Topic 280 —  Segment Reporting , the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

Cash and cash equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition. The Company places its cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balances may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents:   Restricted cash and cash equivalents represent amounts that are collected and are held by trustees who have been appointed as custodians of the assets securing certain of the Company’s financing transactions. Restricted cash is held by the trustees for payment of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings or reinvestment into new assets.

Revenue recognition:    Investments and related investment income :  The Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) determines the fair value of its portfolio investments. Interest income is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amount and contractual interest terms of debt investments. In addition, the Company may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized, and the Company accretes or amortizes such amounts over the life of the loan as interest income. The Company records prepayment premiums on loans as interest income. When the Company receives principal payments on a loan in an amount that exceeds its amortized cost, it records the excess principal payment as interest income. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, interest income included $1,228 and $3,181 of such amounts, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded interest income from amortization in the amounts of $1,755 and $4,847, respectively.

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the Company had interest receivable of $2,181 and $1,956, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the Company earned interest of $9,111 and $18,248, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the Company earned interest of $7,645 and $18,488, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the Company received interest in cash in the amounts of $8,932 and $17,692, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the Company received interest in cash in the amounts of $7,490 and $18,855, respectively.

For investments with contractual payment-in-kind interest (“PIK”), which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance that generally becomes due at maturity, the Company will not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not collectible. For the

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the Company recorded PIK income of $192 and $331, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded PIK income of $68 and $123, respectively.

Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Non-accrual loans :  A loan may be left on accrual status during the period the Company is pursuing repayment of the loan. Management reviews all loans that become 90 days or more past due on principal and interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will not be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. The total fair value of non-accrual loans was $2,653 and $3,095 as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

Income taxes:   The Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code and operates in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to qualify as a RIC, among other things, the Company is required to meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. The Company has made and intends to continue to make the requisite distributions to its stockholders, which will generally relieve the Company from U.S. federal income taxes with respect to all income distributed to its stockholders.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year dividend distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income, as required. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions, the Company accrues excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned. For the three and six month ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, no amount was recorded for U.S. federal excise tax.

The Company accounts for income taxes in conformity with ASC Topic 740 —  Income Taxes . ASC Topic 740 provides guidelines for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in financial statements. ASC Topic 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax benefits of positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no material uncertain income tax positions at March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010. The 2007 through 2009 tax years remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and most state tax authorities.

Dividends and distributions:   Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the declaration date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend or distribution is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) that provides for reinvestment of any distributions the Company declares in cash on behalf of its stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash distribution, then stockholders

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving the cash dividend. The Company may use newly issued shares to implement the plan (especially if the Company’s shares are trading at a premium to net asset value), or the Company may purchase shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan. In particular, if the Company’s shares are trading at a significant discount to net asset value and the Company is otherwise permitted under applicable law to purchase such shares, the Company intends to purchase shares in the open market in connection with any obligations under its dividend reinvestment plan.

Deferred financing costs:   Deferred financing costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings. As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the Company had deferred financing costs of $3,351 and $2,748, respectively. These amounts are amortized and included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations over the estimated average life of the borrowings. Amortization expense for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was $195 and $365, respectively. There was no amortization expense for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010.

Deferred offering costs:   Deferred offering costs consist of fees paid in relation to legal, accounting, regulatory and printing work completed in preparation of the Offering. Deferred offering costs are charged against the proceeds from equity offerings when received.

Earnings and net asset value per share:   For historical periods prior to April 1, 2010, the Company did not have common shares outstanding or an equivalent and therefore earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding information for historical periods prior to April 1, 2010 are not provided.

Note 3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement:   On April 14, 2010, GBDC entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Investment Adviser, under which the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, GBDC. The Investment Advisory Agreement was subsequently amended on July 16, 2010. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser with the SEC. The Investment Adviser receives fees for providing services, consisting of two components, a base management fee and an incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.375% of average adjusted gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (excluding cash and cash equivalents and including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets) and is payable quarterly in arrears. To the extent that the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of the Company, the base management fee shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees paid to the Investment Adviser by such subsidiary for such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not exclusively held by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. Prior to the Offering, the base management fee was calculated at an annual rate of 0.75% of the value of the GCMF investments under the terms of GCMF’s Sale and Servicing Agreement with the Investment Manager.

The Company has structured the calculation of the incentive fee to include a fee limitation such that an incentive fee for any quarter can only be paid to the Investment Adviser if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to the Investment Adviser since the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC would be less than or equal to 20.0% of the Company’s Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income (as defined below).

The Company accomplishes this limitation by subjecting each quarterly incentive fee payable on the “Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” (as defined below) to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”).

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is the difference between (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income and (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to the Investment Adviser by GBDC since the effective date of its election to become a BDC. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no incentive fee would be payable in that quarter. Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income is equal to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period since the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC and (b) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation since the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the base management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as defined below, any expenses of securitizations and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

Incentive fees are calculated and payable quarterly in arrears (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) (a “Performance Period”). The Investment Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse the Company for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that is never actually received.

The income and capital gains incentive fee calculation (the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation”) has two parts, the income component and the capital gains component. The income component is calculated quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the income component, it is possible that an incentive fee may be calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which the Company has incurred a loss. For example, if the Company receives Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the income component will result in a positive value and an incentive fee will be paid unless the payment of such incentive fee would cause the Company to pay incentive fees on a cumulative basis that exceed 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0% quarterly. If market interest rates rise, GBDC may be able to invest funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for the Investment Adviser to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our total assets (other than cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets) used to calculate the 1.375% base management fee annual rate. The Company calculates the income component of the Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:

Zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% in any calendar quarter. This portion of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%) is referred to as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide the Investment Adviser with 20.0% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter; and
20.0% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter.

The sum of these calculations yields the Income Incentive Fee. This amount is appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the Income Incentive Fee was $158 and $348, respectively. There was no Income Incentive Fee for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010.

The second part of the Incentive Fee Calculation (the “Capital Gain Incentive Fee”) equals (a) 20.0% of the Company’s “Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base,” if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), which commenced with the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. The Company’s Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base equals the sum of (1) realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative positive basis from the date the Company elected to become a BDC through the end of each calendar year, (2) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (3) all unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis.

The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost base of such investment.
The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in the Company’s portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.

The sum of the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee will be the Incentive Fee.

The Company will accrue the Capital Gain Incentive Fee if, on a cumulative basis, the sum of net realized gains/(losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) is positive. The Capital Gain Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis from the date the Company elected to become a BDC through the end of each calendar year. For the three and six month period ended March 31, 2011, the Company accrued a Capital Gain Incentive Fee of $63 and $63, respectively. For the calendar year ended December 31, 2010, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee was zero.

The Incentive Fee will not be paid at any time if, after such payment, the cumulative Incentive Fees paid to date would be greater than 20.0% of the Company’s cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income since the election to be treated as a BDC. Such amount, less any Incentive Fees previously paid, is referred to as the Incentive Fee Cap. If, for any relevant period, the Incentive Fee Cap calculation results in the Company paying less than the amount of the Incentive Fee calculated above, then the difference between the Incentive Fee and the Incentive Fee Cap will not be paid by GBDC, and will not be received by the Investment Adviser as an Incentive Fee either at the end of such relevant period or at the end of any future period.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

Administration Agreement:   GBDC has also entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with GC Service Company, LLC (the “Administrator”). Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator furnishes GBDC with office facilities and equipment, provides it clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provides GBDC with other administrative services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, determines necessary to conduct GBDC’s day-to-day operations. GBDC reimburses the Administrator the allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of the Board) of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and GBDC’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. The Board reviews such expenses to determine that these expenses are reasonable and comparable to administrative services charged by unaffiliated third party asset managers. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator also provides on the Company’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which GBDC is required to provide such assistance and will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, not to exceed the amount GBDC receives from such portfolio companies.

Included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is $214 and $142 as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively, for accrued allocated shared services under the Administration Agreement. The administrative service fee expense under the Administration Agreement for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was 214 and 387, respectively. The administrative service fee for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 was 156 and 298, respectively.

Other Related Party Transactions:   Prior to the Offering, the Investment Manager paid for certain unaffiliated third-party expenses on behalf of GCMF, all of which were subsequently reimbursed directly with cash or through a member’s equity contribution. Subsequent to the Offering, the Investment Adviser, an affiliate of the Investment Manager, pays for certain unaffiliated third-party expenses incurred by the Company. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, postage, printing, office supplies, and rating agency fees. These expenses are not marked-up and represent the same amount the Company would have paid had the Company paid the expense directly. These expenses were subsequently reimbursed in cash.

Total expenses reimbursed to the Investment Adviser and the Investment Manager, as applicable, during the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 were $67 and $198, respectively.

Total expenses reimbursed to the Investment Adviser and the Investment Manager, as applicable, during the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 were $225 and $424, respectively. Of these amounts, during both the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, $225 was reimbursed via a members’ equity contribution, respectively.

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is $94 and $116, respectively, for accrued expenses paid on behalf of the Company by the Investment Adviser.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 4. Investments

Investments and cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

           
  March 31, 2011   September 30, 2010
     Par   Cost   Fair Value   Par   Cost   Fair Value
Senior secured   $ 224,643     $ 220,805     $ 217,159     $ 235,826     $ 228,308     $ 227,048  
Unitranche     114,811       112,939       113,794       91,931       90,309       90,369  
Second lien (1)     26,336       25,805       26,336       11,396       11,192       11,380  
Subordinated debt     24,820       24,246       24,820       13,436       13,091       13,436  
Equity     N/A       6,834       6,951       N/A       2,636       2,636  
Cash and cash equivalents     N/A       43,866       43,866       N/A       61,219       61,219  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     N/A       16,050       16,050       N/A       31,771       31,771  
Total   $ 390,610     $ 450,545     $ 448,976     $ 352,589     $ 438,526     $ 437,859  

(1) Second lien loans include loans structured as first lien last out term loans.

The Company has invested in portfolio companies located in the United States and in Canada. The following tables show the portfolio composition by geographic region at cost and fair value as a percentage of total investments. The geographic composition is determined by the location of the corporate headquarters of the portfolio company, which may not be indicative of the primary source of the portfolio company’s business.

       
  March 31, 2011   September 30, 2010
Cost:
                                   
United States
                                   
Mid-Atlantic   $ 81,832       21.0 %     $ 84,182       24.3 %  
Midwest     100,052       25.6       91,473       26.5  
West     68,476       17.5       66,670       19.3  
Southeast     61,901       15.8       63,180       18.3  
Southwest     41,087       10.5       24,551       7.1  
Northeast     32,632       8.4       9,685       2.8  
Canada     4,649       1.2       5,795       1.7  
Total   $ 390,629       100.0 %     $ 345,536       100.0 %  
Fair Value:
                                   
United States
                                   
Mid-Atlantic   $ 82,053       21.1 %     $ 85,412       24.7 %  
Midwest     99,352       25.5       89,516       26.0  
West     68,048       17.5       66,870       19.4  
Southeast     62,484       16.1       63,982       18.6  
Southwest     39,598       10.2       23,810       6.9  
Northeast     32,876       8.4       9,333       2.7  
Canada     4,649       1.2       5,946       1.7  
Total   $ 389,060       100.0 %     $ 344,869       100.0 %  

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 4. Investments  – (continued)

The industry compositions of the portfolio at fair value were as follows:

       
  March 31, 2011   September 30, 2010
Cost:
                                   
Aerospace and Defense   $ 2,510       0.7 %     $ 1,902       0.6 %  
Automobile     8,937       2.3       11,569       3.3  
Banking     2,957       0.8       3,346       1.0  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco     17,593       4.5       8,641       2.5  
Buildings and Real Estate     30,272       7.7       34,854       10.1  
Cargo Transport                 7,330       2.1  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber     3,026       0.8       3,682       1.0  
Containers, Packaging and Glass     5,223       1.3       8,533       2.5  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing     26,491       6.8       17,058       4.9  
Diversified Conglomerate Service     35,755       9.2       33,739       9.8  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals     4,798       1.2       8,082       2.3  
Electronics     28,488       7.3       14,380       4.2  
Finance     21,972       5.6       26,894       7.8  
Grocery                 1,097       0.3  
Healthcare, Education and Childcare     74,026       19.0       62,897       18.2  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer     9,978       2.6       7,456       2.2  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment     23,237       5.9       22,698       6.6  
Oil and Gas     3,573       0.9       3,576       1.0  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products     14,603       3.7       14,781       4.2  
Personal Food and Miscellaneous Services     19,319       4.9       7,230       2.1  
Printing and Publishing     16,177       4.1       3,349       1.0  
Retail Stores     33,449       8.6       28,174       8.2  
Telecommunications     3,944       1.0       4,244       1.2  
Textiles and Leather     4,301       1.1       4,602       1.3  
Utilities                 5,422       1.6  
Total   $ 390,629       100.0 %     $ 345,536       100.0 %  
Fair Value:
                                   
Aerospace and Defense   $ 2,664       0.7 %     $ 1,856       0.5 %  
Automobile     8,842       2.3       11,490       3.3  
Banking     2,811       0.7       3,321       1.0  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco     17,843       4.6       8,737       2.5  
Buildings and Real Estate     27,647       7.1       32,233       9.3  
Cargo Transport                 7,538       2.2  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber     3,102       0.8       3,851       1.1  
Containers, Packaging and Glass     5,315       1.4       8,865       2.6  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing     25,950       6.7       16,594       4.8  
Diversified Conglomerate Service     36,154       9.3       34,263       9.9  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals     4,950       1.3       8,063       2.3  
Electronics     28,677       7.4       14,703       4.3  
Finance     21,787       5.6       27,049       7.8  
Grocery                 1,195       0.3  
Healthcare, Education and Childcare     72,944       18.7       61,244       17.8  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer     10,091       2.6       7,456       2.2  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment     23,701       6.1       23,313       6.8  
Oil and Gas     3,647       0.9       3,629       1.1  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products     14,811       3.8       15,092       4.4  
Personal Food and Miscellaneous Services     19,500       5.0       7,605       2.2  
Printing and Publishing     16,469       4.2       3,463       1.0  
Retail Stores     34,142       8.8       28,455       8.3  
Telecommunications     3,645       0.9       4,224       1.2  
Textiles and Leather     4,368       1.1       4,699       1.4  
Utilities                 5,931       1.7  
Total   $ 389,060       100.0 %     $ 344,869       100.0 %  

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows ASC Topic 820 for measuring the fair value of portfolio investments. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. The Company’s fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Financial investments recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the investment as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1:   Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments at the measurement date.

Level 2:   Inputs include quoted prices for similar financial instruments in active markets and inputs that are observable for the financial instruments, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3:   Inputs include significant unobservable inputs for the financial instruments and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value are based upon the best information available and may require significant management judgment or estimation.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the financial instrument. The following section describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure different financial instruments at fair value and includes the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the financial instrument is categorized.

With the exception of money market funds held at large financial institutions (Level 1 investment), all of the financial instruments that were recorded at fair value as of March 31, 2011 were valued using Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy. As of September 30, 2010, the Company also invested in commercial paper, which is a Level 2 investment. Level 1 assets are valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 assets are valued using market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data and quoted market prices for similar instruments. Financial instruments that are recorded at Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are the Company’s debt and equity investments. Level 3 assets are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board, based on input of management, the audit committee and independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of the Board to assist in the valuation of each portfolio investment without a readily available market quotation at least once during a trailing twelve-month period under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. This valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with approximately 25% (based on fair value) of the Company’s valuation of portfolio companies without readily available market quotations subject to review by an independent valuation firm.

When valuing Level 3 debt and equity investments, the Company may take into account the following factors, where relevant, in determining the fair value of the investments: the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable valuable of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded securities, changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made and other relevant

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

factors. In addition, for certain debt and equity investments, the Company may base its valuation on indicative bid and ask prices provided by an independent third party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others may be willing to pay. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others may be willing to accept for an investment. The Company generally uses the midpoint of the bid/ask range as the best estimate of fair value of such investment.

ASC Topic 820 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate the value. As a result, with the exception of the line item titled “debt” which is reported at cost, all assets and liabilities approximate fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition due to their short maturity.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of Level 3 investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be received or settled. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded instruments. If the Company were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, the Company may realize significantly less than the value at which such investment had previously been recorded.

The Company’s investments are subject to market risk. Market risk is the potential for changes in the value of investments due to market changes. Market risk is directly impacted by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the investments are traded.

The following table presents information about the Company’s investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value:

       
As of March 31, 2011:   Fair Value Measurements Using
Description   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Assets:
                                   
Debt investments   $     $  —     $ 382,109     $ 382,109  
Equity investments                 6,951       6,951  
Money market account (1)     55,415                   55,415  
     $ 55,415     $     $ 389,060     $ 444,475  

       
As of September 30, 2010:   Fair Value Measurements Using
Description   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Assets:
                                   
Debt investments   $     $     $ 342,233     $ 342,233  
Equity investments                 2,636       2,636  
Commercial paper debt securities (1)           86,235             86,235  
Money market account (1)     512                   512  
     $ 512     $ 86,235     $ 344,869     $ 431,616  

(1) Included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

The net change in unrealized depreciation for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 reported within the net change in unrealized depreciation on investments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operation attributable to the Company’s Level 3 assets held as of March 31, 2011 was $354 and $501, respectively.

The following table presents the changes in investments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs:

     
  Six months ended March 31, 2011
     Debt
Investments
  Equity
Investments
  Total
Fair value, beginning of period   $ 342,233     $ 2,636     $ 344,869  
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments     (618 )       117       (501 )  
Realized gain on investments     1,925             1,925  
Proceeds from revolving loans, net     (1,092 )             (1,092 )  
Fundings of portfolio investments     145,796       4,198       149,994  
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     (109,316 )             (109,316 )  
Amortization of discount and premium     3,181             3,181  
Fair value, end of period   $ 382,109     $ 6,951     $ 389,060  

The following are the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s debt liabilities as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010. Fair value is calculated using discounted cash flows based on the Company’s incremental borrowing rates for the debt and market prices for similar instruments at the measurement date.

       
  As of March 31, 2011   As of September 30, 2010
     Carrying
Value
  Fair Value   Carrying
Value
  Fair Value
Debt   $ 194,000     $ 197,651     $ 174,000     $ 174,000  

Note 6. Borrowings

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. As of March 31, 2011, the Company’s asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 234.4%.

Debt Securitization:   On July 16, 2010, the Company completed a $300,000 term debt securitization (“Debt Securitization”). The notes offered in the Debt Securitization (the “Notes”) were issued by the Issuer, and the Class A Notes and Class B Notes are secured by the assets held by the Issuer. The Debt Securitization was executed through a private placement of $174,000 of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes which bear interest at three-month London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.40%. The $10,000 face amount of Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.40%, and the $116,000 face amount of Subordinated Notes do not bear interest. The Class A Notes are included in the March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010 consolidated balance sheet. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization, Holdings retained all of the Class B and Subordinated Notes totaling $10,000 and $116,000 respectively, and all of the membership interests in the Issuer, which Holdings initially purchased for two hundred and fifty dollars.

During a period of up to three years from the closing date (which may be extended for two additional years, upon satisfaction of certain conditions), all principal collections received on the underlying collateral may be used by the Issuer to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser in its capacity as collateral manager of the Issuer and in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy,

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 6. Borrowings  – (continued)

allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the securitization for such three-year period. The Notes are scheduled to mature on July 20, 2021.

The proceeds of the private placement of the Notes, net of expenses, were used to repay and terminate the Company’s prior credit facility, which was a $300,000 credit facility entered into on July 27, 2007. As part of the Debt Securitization, the Company entered into a master loan sale agreement with Holdings and the Issuer under which the Company agreed to sell or contribute certain senior secured and second lien loans (or participation interests therein) to Holdings, and Holdings agreed to sell or contribute such loans (or participation interests therein) to the Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire Subordinated Notes issued by the Issuer. The Notes are the secured obligations of the Issuer, and an indenture governing the Notes includes customary covenants and events of default.

The Investment Adviser serves as collateral manager to the Issuer under a collateral management agreement and receives a fee for providing these services. As a result, the Company has amended and restated its Investment Advisory Agreement to provide that the base management fee payable under such agreement is reduced by an amount equal to the total fees that are paid to the Investment Adviser by the Issuer for rendering such collateral management services.

As of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, there were 81 and 77 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $284,332 and $272,836 securing the Notes, respectively. The pool of loans in the Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including, but not limited to, asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

The interest charged under the Debt Securitization is based on three-month LIBOR, which as of March 31, 2011 was 0.3%. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the effective annualized average interest rate, which includes amortization of debt issuance costs on the Debt Securitization, was 3.2% and 3.4%, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, interest expense was $1,216 and $2,610, respectively. Cash paid for interest during the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was $2,849 and $2,849, respectively.

For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, the effective annualized average interest rate on the Company’s prior credit facility was 1.4% and 1.2%, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2010, interest expense was $862 and 1,552, respectively. Cash paid for interest during the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 was $833 and $1,534, respectively.

The classes, amounts, ratings and interest rates (expressed as a spread to LIBOR) of the Class A Notes are as follows:

 
Description   Class A Notes
Type   Senior Secured Floating Rate
Amount Outstanding   $174,000
Moody’s Rating   “Aaa”
S&P Rating   “AAA”
Interest Rate   LIBOR + 2.40%
Stated Maturity   July 20, 2021

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 6. Borrowings  – (continued)

SBA Debentures:   As described in Note 1, on August 24, 2010, GC SBIC IV, L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, received approval for a license from the SBA to operate an SBIC.

This license allows GC SBIC IV, L.P. to obtain leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to issuance of a capital commitment by SBA and customary procedures. These debentures are non-recourse to the Company, have interest payable semi-annually and a ten-year maturity. The interest rate is fixed at the time of issuance at a market-driven spread over U.S. Treasury Notes with ten-year maturities.

Under present SBIC regulations, the maximum amount of SBA-guaranteed debentures that may be issued by multiple licensees under common management is $225,000. It is possible that GC SBIC IV, L.P. will be constrained in its ability to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures in the future if other Golub Capital SBICs have already issued such debentures. As of March 31, 2011, Golub Capital operated two other SBIC licensees with an aggregate of $137,000 of SBA-guaranteed debentures outstanding, leaving borrowing capacity of a maximum of $88,000 of SBA-guaranteed debentures for GC SBIC IV, L.P. and the two other SBIC licensees, none of which is required to be allocated to GC SBIC IV, L.P. The borrowing capacity of GC SBIC IV, L.P. could be expanded if any other Golub Capital SBICs retire their SBA-guaranteed debentures. Any available issue amounts of SBA-guaranteed debentures will be allocated among GC SBIC IV, L.P. and Golub Capital’s two existing SBIC subsidiaries in accordance with the allocation policies and procedures of GC Advisors.

GC SBIC IV, L.P. is able to borrow funds from the SBA against regulatory capital that is paid-in, subject to customary regulatory requirements including, but not limited, to an examination by the SBA. As of March 31, 2011, the Company had committed and funded $40,000 to GC SBIC IV, L.P. and had SBA debentures of $20,000 outstanding, which mature in March of 2021. The interest rate on the $20,000 of outstanding debentures was fixed on March 29, 2011 at an interest rate of 4.5%. Prior to this date, the Company was charged an interim financing rate of approximately 1.0%. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the effective annualized average interest rate, which includes amortization of fees paid on the debentures, was 1.9% and 1.8%, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, interest expense was $57 and $71, respectively. Cash paid for interest during the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was $64 and $64, respectively.

As of March 31, 2011, the Company had available commitments of $28,300 from the SBA, which expire on September 30, 2013. These unfunded commitments are subject to funding approval through the SBA’s draw request process.

The Company applied for exemptive relief from the SEC on July 9, 2010 and filed amended applications on November 12, 2010 and March 31, 2011 to permit it to exclude the debt of GC SBIC IV, L.P. from the Company’s 200% asset coverage test under the 1940 Act. If the Company receives an exemption for this SBA debt, the Company would have increased flexibility under the 200% asset coverage test.

The average debt outstanding (including both the debt under the Debt Securitization and the SBA debentures) for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 was $194,000 and $186,640, respectively. The average debt outstanding under the Company’s prior credit facility for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 was $238,761 and $270,019, respectively.

For the three and six months ended March 31, 2011, the effective annualized average interest rate on the Company’s total debt outstanding was 3.0% and 3.3%, respectively.

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments:   The Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $36,491 and $26,622 under various undrawn revolvers and other credit facilities as of March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

Indemnifications:   In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as these involve future claims that may be made against the Company but that have not occurred. The Company expects the risk of any future obligations under these indemnifications to be remote.

Legal proceedings:   In the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings, the Company does not believe their disposition will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 8. Financial Highlights

The financial highlights for the Company are as follows:

   
  Six months ended March 31,
     2011   2010
Per share data (1) :
                 
Net asset value at beginning of period   $ 14.71       N/A (4)  
Dividends and distributions declared     (0.63 )       N/A (4)  
Net investment income     0.59       N/A (4)  
Unrealized depreciation on investments     (0.03 )       N/A (4)  
Net realized gain on investments     0.11       N/A (4)  
Net asset value at ending of period   $ 14.75       N/A (4)  
Per share market value at end of period   $ 15.78       N/A (4)  
Total return based on market value (2)     7.25 %       N/A  
Total return based on average net asset value/members’ equity (3)     4.48 %       13.80 %  
Shares outstanding at end of period     17,755,976       N/A (3)  
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
                 
Ratio of expenses (without incentive fees) to average net assets/members’ equity (5)     5.64 %       7.73 %  
Ratio of incentive fees to average net assets/members’ equity (5)     0.31 %       N/A  
Ratio of total expenses to average net assets/members’ equity (5)     5.95 %       7.73 %  
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets/members’ equity (5)     7.91 %       25.62 %  
Net assets at end of period   $ 261,977     $ 260,541  
Average debt outstanding   $ 186,640     $ 270,019  
Average debt outstanding per share   $ 10.51       N/A (4)  
Portfolio turnover (5)     60.76 %       49.40 %  

(1) Based on actual number of shares outstanding at the end of the corresponding period or the weighted average shares outstanding for the period, unless otherwise noted, as appropriate.
(2) Total return based on market value assumes dividends are reinvested.
(3) Total return based on average net asset value is not annualized.
(4) Per share data are not provided as the Company did not have shares of common stock outstanding or an equivalent prior to the Offering on April 14, 2010.
(5) Annualized.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 9. Earnings Per Share

The following information sets forth the computation of the net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011:

   
  Three months
ended
March 31, 2011
  Six months
ended
March 31, 2011
Earnings available to stockholders   $ 5,876     $ 11,838  
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding     17,738,395       17,725,418  
Basic and diluted earnings per share   $ 0.33     $ 0.67  

For historical periods that include financial results prior to April 1, 2010, the Company did not have common shares outstanding or an equivalent and therefore earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding information for the three and six months ended March 31, 2010 are not provided.

Note 10. Dividends and Distributions

The Company’s dividends and distributions are recorded on the record date. The following table summarizes the Company’s dividend declaration and distribution during the six month period ending March 31, 2011.

           
Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Amount
Per Share
  Cash
Distribution
  DRIP Shares
Issued
  DRIP Shares
Value
12/8/2010     12/20/2010       12/30/2010     $ 0.31     $ 5,028       25,753     $ 462  
2/8/2011     3/18/2011       3/30/2011     $ 0.32     $ 5,375       17,779     $ 303  

Note 11. Subsequent Events

On March 31, 2011, the Company priced a public offering of 3,500,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $15.75 per share, raising approximately $55,125 in gross proceeds. Wells Fargo Securities and UBS Investment Bank were the joint book-running managers for the offering. Stifel Nicolaus Weisel, RBC Capital Markets, and Janney Montgomery Scott were the co-managers for the offering. On April 6, 2011, the transaction closed, the shares were delivered, and proceeds, net of offering costs, of $52,620 were received. Golub Capital and its affiliates purchased an aggregate of $2.0 million of shares in this common stock offering. In addition, Mr. William M. Webster IV, one of the Company’s directors, purchased 25,000 shares in the offering.

On May 2, 2011, the Company sold an additional 453,257 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $15.75 per share pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of the over-allotment option the Company granted to the underwriters in connection with its public offering of 3,500,000 shares of common stock. Settlement of this partial exercise of the over-allotment option resulted in gross proceeds of $7,139 and net proceeds, before expenses, of $6,800.

On May 3, 2011, the Company’s Board declared a quarterly distribution of $0.32 per share payable on June 29, 2011 to holders of record as of June 17, 2011. Additionally, on May 3, 2011, the Company’s Board approved an amendment to the DRIP that in the event the market price per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of a distribution exceeds the most recently computed net asset value per share of the common stock, the Company will issue shares of common stock to participants in the DRIP at the greater of the most recently computed net asset value per share of common stock or 95% of the current market price per share of common stock (or such lesser discount to the current market price per share that still exceeds the most recently computed net asset value per share of common stock). This amendment is expected to be effective for the distribution payable on June 29, 2011 to holders of record as of June 17, 2011.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) (formerly known as Golub Capital BDC LLC and Golub Capital Master Funding LLC) as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the three years ended September 30, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the three years ended September 30, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As explained in Note 5, the consolidated financial statements include investments valued at approximately $344,869,000 (132.3% of net assets) and approximately $376,294,000 (405.7% of net assets) as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, whose fair values have been estimated by management in the absence of readily ascertainable fair values.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Chicago, Illinois
December 10, 2010

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  September 30,
     2010   2009
Assets
                 
Investments, at fair value (cost of $345,536 and $387,293 respectively)   $ 344,869     $ 376,294  
Cash and cash equivalents     61,219        
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     31,771       30,614  
Interest receivable     1,956       2,198  
Other assets     2,948       16  
Total Assets   $ 442,763       409,122  
Liabilities
                 
Debt   $ 174,000       315,306  
Payable for investments purchased     5,328        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     719       685  
Management and incentive fees payable     1,008       249  
Interest payable     1,167       130  
Total Liabilities     182,222       316,370  
Net Assets
                 
Members’ equity   $       92,752  
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
zero shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010
           
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 17,712,444 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010     18        
Paid in capital in excess of par     259,690        
Capital distributions in excess of net investment income     (1,122 )        
Net unrealized appreciation on investments     1,995        
Net realized losses on investments     (40 )        
Total Net Assets     260,541       92,752  
Total Liabilities and Total Net Assets   $ 442,763     $ 409,122  
Number of common shares outstanding     17,712,444       N/A  
Net asset value per common share   $ 14.71       N/A  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

     
  Year ended September 30,
     2010   2009   2008
Investment income
                          
Interest   $ 33,150     $ 33,338     $ 20,686  
Total investment income     33,150       33,338       20,686  
Expenses
                          
Interest and other debt financing expenses     3,525       4,547       8,599  
Base management fee     3,328       2,849       1,726  
Incentive fee     55              
Professional fees relating to registration statement     788              
Professional fees     1,050       131       120  
Administrative service fee     583              
General and administrative expenses     454       333       197  
Total expenses     9,783       7,860       10,642  
Net investment income     23,367       25,478       10,044  
Net gain (loss) on investments
                          
Net realized loss on investments     (40 )       (3,972 )       (4,503 )  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     2,921       (1,489 )       (8,957 )  
Net gain (loss) on investments     2,881       (5,461 )       (13,460 )  
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations   $ 26,248     $ 20,017     $ (3,416 )  
Basic and diluted earnings per share (1)     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (1)     N/A       N/A       N/A  

(1) For historical periods that include financial results prior to April 1, 2010, the Company did not have common shares outstanding or an equivalent and therefore earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding information for periods that include financial results prior to April 1, 2010 are not provided. Earnings per share for the two fiscal quarters subsequent to April 1, 2010 are included in Footnote 12 — Selected Financial Quarterly Data (unaudited) .

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiary
  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets
(In thousands, except share data)

               
               
  Members’ Equity  
  
  
  
Common Stock
  Paid in Capital in Excess of Par   Capital distributions in excess of net investment income   Net Unrealized Appreciation on Investments   Net Realized Losses on Investments   Total Net Assets
     Shares   Par Amount
Balance at October 1, 2007   $ 33,481           $     $     $     $     $     $ 33,481  
Proceeds from members’ equity contributions     31,238                                           31,238  
Payments of members’ equity distributions     (44,450 )                                           (44,450 )  
Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations     (3,416 )                                           (3,416 )  
Balance at September 30, 2008     16,853                                           16,853  
Proceeds from members’ equity contributions     59,250                                           59,250  
Payments of members’ equity distributions     (3,368 )                                           (3,368 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     20,017                                           20,017  
Balance at September 30, 2009     92,752                                           92,752  
Proceeds from members’ equity contributions     47,209                                           47,209  
Payments of members’ equity distributions     (13,530 )                                           (13,530 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations for period October 1, 2009 to April 13, 2010     15,672                                           15,672  
Golub Capital BDC Conversion (1)     (142,103 )       8,984,863       9       142,094                          
Issuances of common stock, net of offering and underwriting costs (2)              8,727,581       9       117,596                         117,605  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations for period April 14, 2010 to September 30, 2010                             8,620       1,995       (40 )       10,575  
Distributions                             (9,742 )                   (9,742 )  
Balance at September 30, 2010   $       17,712,444     $ 18     $ 259,690     $ (1,122 )     $ 1,995     $ (40 )     $ 260,541  

(1) Immediately prior to the initial public offering, Golub Capital BDC LLC converted from a limited liability company leaving Golub Capital BDC, Inc. as the surviving entity. Golub Capital BDC, Inc. issued 8,984,863 shares of common stock to existing Golub Capital BDC LLC owners in connection with the conversion.
(2) On April 14, 2010, Golub Capital BDC, Inc. priced its initial public offering, selling 7,100,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $14.50 per share. Concurrent with this offering, an additional 1,322,581 shares were sold through a private placement, also at $14.50 per share. On May 19, 2010, an additional 305,000 shares were issued at $14.50 per share upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

     
  Year ended September 30,
     2010   2009   2008
Cash flows from operating activities
                          
Net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations   $ 26,248     $ 20,017     $ (3,416 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
                          
Amortization of debt financing costs     134       410       493  
Amortization of discount and premium     (7,654 )       (5,598 )       (315 )  
Net realized loss on investments     40       3,972       4,503  
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments     (2,921 )       1,489       8,957  
Proceeds on revolving loans, net     4,208       39,014        
Fundings of portfolio investments     (144,098 )       (383,713 )       (480,210 )  
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     181,850       104,014       532,736  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                          
Interest receivable     242       (1,411 )       285  
Other assets     (185 )       4       190  
Payable for investments purchased     5,328              
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     930       485       1,746  
Management and incentive fees payable     759              
Interest payable     1,037       (82 )       (819 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     65,918       (221,399 )       64,150  
Cash flows from investing activities
                          
Net change in restricted cash and cash equivalents     (1,157 )       (26,362 )       (223 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,157 )       (26,362 )       (223 )  
Cash flows from financing activities
                          
Borrowings on debt     174,000       263,754       217,760  
Repayments of debt     (315,306 )       (71,531 )       (268,217 )  
Capitalized borrowing costs     (2,882 )              
Proceeds from members’ equity contributions     46,313       58,906       30,980  
Payments of members’ equity distributions     (13,530 )       (3,368 )       (44,450 )  
Proceeds from shares sold, net of underwriting costs     119,034              
Payment of offering costs     (1,429 )              
Dividends and Distributions paid     (9,742 )              
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (3,542 )       247,761       (63,927 )  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     61,219              
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 61,219     $     $  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                          
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 2,355     $ 4,219     $ 8,926  
Supplemental disclosure of noncash activity
                          
Obligations of Company paid by members of Golub Capital BDC LLC   $ 896     $ 344     $ 258  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
September 30, 2010
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Investments, at fair value
                                                                       
Canada
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Open Text Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.51 %       10/2013     $ 1,310     $ 1,146       0.5 %     $ 1,297  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment
                                                                       
Extreme Fitness, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50%       11.50%       03/2012       4,649       4,649       1.8       4,649  
Total Canada (cost $5,795)                           $ 5,959     $ 5,795       2.3%     $ 5,946  
Fair Value as percentage of Principal Amount
                                                                   99.8%  
United States
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Aerospace and Defense
                                                                       
Thermal Solutions LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       6.00%       03/2011     $ 38     $ 38       —%     $ 38  
Thermal Solutions LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.25%       7.50%       03/2012       1,875       1,864       0.7       1,818  
                               1,913       1,902       0.7       1,856  
Automobile
                                                     
CLP Auto Interior Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       5.01%       06/2013       3,223       3,223       1.2       3,126  
Dealer Computer Services, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       5.25%       04/2017       2,414       2,402       0.9       2,420  
Driven Brands, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       6.53%       10/2014       5,944       5,944       2.3       5,944  
                               11,581       11,569       4.4       11,490  
Banking
                                                                       
Bonddesk Group LLC*     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.26%       08/2012       1,884       1,827       0.7       1,847  
Prommis Solutions Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.75%       3.05%       02/2013       1,519       1,519       0.5       1,474  
                               3,403       3,346       1.2       3,321  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco
                                                                       
Lone Star Beef Processors, L.P.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.75%       05/2013       3,580       3,559       1.4       3,580  
ABP Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       8.50%       02/2013       2,322       2,282       0.9       2,322  
Bertucci’s Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 9.00%       12.00%       07/2012       1,964       1,915       0.8       1,964  
CTI Foods Holding Co., LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       6.00%       06/2015       893       885       0.3       871  
                               8,759       8,641       3.4       8,737  
Building and Real Estate
                                                                       
American Fire Protection Group, Inc. (5)     Senior loan       L + 6.75%       9.00%       06/2011       4,422       4,346       1.2       3,095  
Architectural Testing, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.50%       05/2013       6,497       6,497       2.5       6,497  
Infiltrator Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       8.50%       09/2012       7,819       7,505       2.9       7,507  
ITEL Laboratories, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.75%       9.75%       03/2014       7,826       7,764       3.0       7,826  
ASP PDM Acquisition Co. LLC*     Senior loan       L + 2.75%       3.35%       12/2013       608       570       0.2       560  
Best Lighting Products, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.00%       10.00%       08/2012       2,432       2,370       0.9       2,432  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00%       8.50%       03/2012       343       342       0.1       332  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00%       8.50%       03/2013       2,600       2,596       0.8       2,080  
Tecta America Corp.     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       6.58%       12/2011       2,864       2,864       0.7       1,904  
                               35,411       34,854       12.3       32,233  
Cargo Transport
                                                                       
The Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       3.59%       06/2016       244       233       0.1       248  
The Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       6.25%       06/2016       3,327       3,262       1.3       3,351  
Peco Pallet, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.01%       06/2013       3,978       3,835       1.5       3,939  
                               7,549       7,330       2.9       7,538  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
                                                                       
Celanese Holdings LLC*     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.53%       10/2016       693       598       0.3       682  
Styron S.A.R.L.*     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       7.50%       06/2016       1,481       1,502       0.6       1,505  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       7.75%       08/2012       326       312       0.1       326  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.00%       8.25%       08/2013       864       821       0.3       864  
Syrgis Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.50%       10.75%       02/2014       474       449       0.2       474  
                               3,838       3,682       1.5       3,851  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Containers, Packaging and Glass
                                                                       
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       6.86%       08/2015     $ 102     $ 100       —%     $ 102  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       7.37%       08/2016       227       222       0.1       227  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       6.75%       08/2015       1,553       1,523       0.6       1,553  
Fort Dearborn Company*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       7.25%       08/2016       3,291       3,226       1.3       3,291  
Pelican Products, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       7.75%       01/2013       77       72             77  
Pelican Products, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       7.75%       01/2014       2,861       2,647       1.1       2,861  
Industrial Container Services, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.53%       09/2011       754       743       0.3       754  
                               8,865       8,533       3.4       8,865  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing
                                                                       
Neptco Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.25%       7.25%       03/2013       4,317       4,166       1.4       3,669  
Pasternack Enterprises, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       6.00%       02/2014       4,779       4,646       1.8       4,779  
Vintage Parts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       5.79%       12/2013       6,551       6,480       2.5       6,551  
Heat Transfer Parent, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.26%       06/2013       1,833       1,766       0.6       1,595  
                               17,480       17,058       6.3       16,594  
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Benetech, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       5.26%       12/2013       8,845       8,562       3.3       8,668  
Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.50%       12/2013       4,566       4,566       1.8       4,566  
Cortz, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       8.50%       03/2014       6,540       6,493       2.5       6,540  
NS Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.63%       6.64%       06/2015       2,238       2,194       0.9       2,238  
NS Holdings, Inc. (3) *     Senior loan       L + 6.25%       N/A (4)       06/2015             (8 )              
Protection One, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.25%       6.00%       06/2016       3,142       3,132       1.2       3,150  
Savvis Communications Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       6.75%       08/2016       2,000       1,978       0.8       2,012  
The Service Companies, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       8.50%       03/2014       5,792       5,676       2.2       5,792  
                               33,123       32,593       12.7       32,966  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals, and Minerals
                                                                       
Metal Spinners, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       10.00%       12/2014       2,284       2,202       0.9       2,284  
Metal Spinners, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.00%       11.00%       12/2014       3,085       2,979       1.1       2,900  
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       10.50%       05/2011       170       162       0.1       170  
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       10.50%       10/2011       2,852       2,739       1.0       2,709  
                               8,391       8,082       3.1       8,063  
Electronics
                                                                       
Cape Electrical Supply LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       6.75%       11/2013       2,435       2,300       0.9       2,386  
The Sloan Company, Inc.*     Second lien loan       L + 5.50%       5.76%       10/2012       2,442       2,430       0.9       2,442  
Syncsort Incorporated (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       N/A (4)       03/2015             (8 )              
Syncsort Incorporated     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       7.50%       03/2015       9,875       9,658       3.8       9,875  
                               14,752       14,380       5.6       14,703  
Finance
                                                                       
Nuveen Investments, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.29%       11/2014       3,000       2,685       1.0       2,705  
eVestment Alliance Holdings, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.50%       05/2014       7,128       7,013       2.7       7,128  
Pillar Processing LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       5.79%       11/2013       6,216       6,196       2.4       6,216  
Pillar Processing LLC*     Senior loan         N/A       14.50%       05/2014       3,125       3,125       1.2       3,125  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       8.00%       05/2013       7,875       7,875       3.0       7,875  
                               27,344       26,894       10.3       27,049  
Grocery
                                                                       
JRD Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.51%       07/2014       1,241       1,097       0.5       1,195  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
                                                                       
ADG, LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       7.78%       05/2013     $ 3,701     $ 3,652       1.4%     $ 3,701  
ADG, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       N/A (4)       05/2013       0       (10 )             0  
Campus Management Acquisition Corp.     Senior loan       L + 5.65%       7.40%       09/2015       5,595       5,483       2.1       5,595  
CHS/Community Health Systems*     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.55%       07/2014       773       763       0.3       734  
Community Hospices of America, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       8.00%       01/2011       990       985       0.4       990  
Community Hospices of America, Inc.*     Second lien loan       L + 9.50%       12.50%       04/2011       4,865       4,846       1.9       4,865  
DaVita, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 1.50%       1.76%       10/2012       5,000       4,646       1.9       4,989  
DDC Center Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.50%       10/2014       9,652       9,652       3.3       8,687  
Delta Educational Systems, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       6.00%       06/2012       4,140       3,997       1.6       4,140  
Den-Mat Holdings, LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.25%       4.25%       06/2014       3,287       3,195       0.6       1,643  
Excelligence Learning Corporation*     Second lien loan       L + 7.00%       7.26%       11/2013       1,600       1,539       0.6       1,584  
The Hygenic Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 2.50%       2.80%       04/2013       2,483       2,425       0.9       2,384  
Integrated DNA Technologies, Inc.     Subordinated debt         N/A       12.00%       04/2015       3,800       3,737       1.5       3,800  
Integrated DNA Technologies, Inc. (3)     Subordinated debt         N/A       N/A (4)       04/2015             (14 )              
ReachOut Healthcare America Ltd*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       8.00%       08/2013       6,242       6,226       2.4       6,242  
Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       6.00%       06/2016       1,000       1,005       0.4       1,006  
Sterilmed, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.25%       7.75%       07/2016       3,139       3,077       1.2       3,139  
Sterilmed, Inc. (3)     Senior loan       L + 6.25%       N/A (4)       07/2015             (9 )              
TIDI Products, LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       6.50%       05/2015       2,608       2,560       1.0       2,608  
TIDI Products, LLC (3)     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       N/A (4)       05/2015             (6 )              
United Surgical Partners International, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.00%       2.26%       04/2014       1,529       1,529       0.6       1,450  
Universal Health Services, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       5.50%       11/2016       1,664       1,639       0.6       1,675  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.25%       6.50%       02/2016       1,510       1,495       0.6       1,519  
Warner Chilcott Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 4.25%       6.50%       02/2016       490       485       0.2       493  
                               64,068       62,897       23.5       61,244  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer
                                                                       
Top Knobs USA, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 6.25%       8.25%       02/2014       2,751       2,669       1.0       2,724  
Zenith Products Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       5.49%       09/2013       4,878       4,787       1.8       4,732  
                               7,629       7,456       2.8       7,456  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment
                                                                       
Competitor Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.50%       9.50%       09/2015       81       58             81  
Competitor Group, Inc. (3)     Senior loans       L + 7.50%       N/A (4)       03/2012             (114 )              
Competitor Group, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50%       9.50%       09/2015       8,395       8,189       3.2       8,395  
Octane Fitness, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.60%       5.11%       03/2013       4,675       4,541       1.7       4,442  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       5.75%       12/2012       176       168       0.1       176  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.*     Second lien loan       L + 7.25%       8.25%       12/2013       2,489       2,377       1.0       2,489  
Premier Yachts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.01%       08/2012       1,037       994       0.4       1,026  
Premier Yachts, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       7.26%       08/2013       568       547       0.2       568  
Regal Cinemas Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       3.79%       11/2016       1,493       1,289       0.6       1,487  
                               18,914       18,049       7.2       18,664  
Oil and Gas
                                                                       
Tri-County Petroleum, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 4.25%       4.52%       08/2013       3,666       3,576       1.4       3,629  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products
                                                                       
Dr. Miracles, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       8.00%       03/2014       3,766       3,723       1.4       3,766  
Strategic Partners, Inc.     Subordinated debt         N/A       12.00%       02/2017       9,636       9,367       3.7       9,635  
                               13,402       13,090       5.1       13,401  
Personal, Food and Miscellaneous Services
                                                                       
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 0.00%       0.11%       01/2014       64       55             61  
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 0.00%       0.11%       07/2016       115       98             113  
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.25%       3.54%       07/2016       1,752       1,490       0.7       1,722  
Aramark Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 1.88%       2.16%       01/2014       794       682       0.3       758  
Focus Brands, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       5.29%       03/2011       4,952       4,905       1.9       4,951  
                               7,677       7,230       2.9       7,605  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage
of
Net Assets
  Fair
Value
Printing and Publishing
                                                                       
Monotype Imaging, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.01%       07/2012     $ 1,378     $ 1,323       0.5%     $ 1,379  
Trade Service Company, LLC*     Senior loan         N/A       14.00%       01/2013       2,085       2,026       0.8       2,084  
                               3,463       3,349       1.3       3,463  
Retail Stores
                                                                       
Container Store, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.32%       08/2014       6,794       6,329       2.4       6,251  
Fasteners for Retail, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       4.83%       12/2012       1,964       1,844       0.7       1,884  
IL Fornaio (America) Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.30%       03/2013       4,768       4,490       1.7       4,434  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       7.25%       04/2013       3,103       2,988       1.2       3,103  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC*     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.25%       04/2013       2,100       2,039       0.8       2,100  
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       8.75%       06/2015       9,738       9,539       3.7       9,738  
                               28,467       27,229       10.5       27,510  
Telecommunications
                                                                       
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.56%       11/2013       247       211       0.1       243  
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       3.81%       11/2016       2,692       2,288       1.0       2,672  
Springboard Finance LLC*     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       7.00%       02/2015       1,997       1,984       0.8       2,009  
West Corporation (3)     Senior loan       L + 2.00%       N/A (4)       10/2012             (239 )       (0.3 )       (700 )  
                               4,936       4,244       1.6       4,224  
Textiles and Leather
                                                                       
Gammill, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 7.50%       9.50%       09/2011       415       409       0.2       415  
Gammill, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 8.00%       10.00%       09/2012       4,285       4,193       1.6       4,284  
                               4,700       4,602       1.8       4,699  
Utilities
                                                                       
Covanta Energy Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 0.00%       0.43%       02/2014       1,000       869       0.4       957  
Covanta Energy Corporation*     Senior loan       L + 1.50%       2.00%       02/2014       1,960       1,703       0.7       1,877  
Itron, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       3.76%       04/2014       875       793       0.3       876  
NRG Energy, Inc.*     Senior loan       L + 1.50%       1.98%       02/2013       2,223       2,057       0.9       2,221  
                               6,058       5,422       2.3       5,931  
Total debt investments (cost $337,105)                           $ 346,630     $ 337,105       129.1%     $ 336,287  
Fair Value as a percentage of Principal Amount                                                                    97.0%  
Equity investments
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer
Products
                                                                       
Strategic Partners, Inc.     LLC interest         N/A       N/A       N/A       1,691     $ 1,691       0.6%     $ 1,691  
Retail Stores
                                                                       
Rubio’s Restaurants, Inc.     Preferred stock         N/A       N/A       N/A       945       945       0.4       945  
Total equity investments (cost $2,636)                             2,636     $ 2,636       1.0%     $ 2,636  
Total United States (cost $339,741)                           $ 349,266     $ 339,741       130.1%     $ 338,923  
Total investments (cost $345,536)                           $ 355,225     $ 345,536       132.4%     $ 344,869  

(1) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to LIBOR (L) or Prime (P) and which reset daily, quarterly or semi-annually. For each we have provided the spread over LIBOR or Prime and the weighted average current interest rate in effect at September 30, 2010. Certain investments are subject to a LIBOR or Prime interest rate floor. For fixed rate loans, a spread above a reference rate is not applicable.
(2) For portfolio companies with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is a weighted average current interest rate in effect at September 30, 2010.
(3) The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par. The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(4) The entire commitment was unfunded at September 30, 2010. As such, no interest is being earned on this investment.
(5) Loan was on non-accrual status as of September 30, 2010, meaning that the Company has ceased recognizing interest income on the loan.
* Denotes that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the Debt Securitization.

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital Master Funding LLC
  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
September 30, 2009
(In thousands)

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage of
Members’ Equity
  Fair
Value
Investments, at fair value (1)
                                                                       
Canada
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Open Text Corporation     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.50%       10/2013     $ 1,324     $ 1,102       1.4%     $ 1,274  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment
                                                                       
Extreme Fitness, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.50%       11.50%       03/2012       4,649       4,649       5.0       4,649  
Total Canada (cost $5,751)                           $ 5,973     $ 5,751       6.4%     $ 5,923  
Fair Value as a percentage of Principal Amount                                                                    99.2%  
United States
                                                                       
Debt investments
                                                                       
Aerospace and Defense
                                                                       
Thermal Solutions LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.03%       03/2011     $ 245     $ 243       0.3%     $ 236  
Thermal Solutions LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.25%       4.53%       03/2012       1,897       1,879       1.9       1,802  
                               2,142       2,122       2.2       2,038  
Automobile
                                                                       
CLP Auto Interior Corporation     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       5.04%       06/2013       3,417       3,418       3.3       3,042  
Driven Brands, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       10.25%       10/2014       6,648       6,648       7.2       6,648  
Qualitor Acquisition Corporation     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       7.00%       12/2011       1,691       1,666       1.4       1,344  
Qualitor Acquisition Corporation     Second lien loan       L + 7.00%       9.00%       06/2013       850       824       0.8       680  
                               12,606       12,556       12.7       11,714  
Banking
                                                                       
Bonddesk Group, LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.27%       08/2012       2,609       2,486       2.7       2,478  
Prommis Solutions, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.43%       02/2013       1,660       1,660       1.6       1,527  
                               4,269       4,146       4.3       4,005  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco
                                                                       
ABP Corporation     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       8.50%       02/2013       2,347       2,290       2.5       2,347  
Bertucci’s Corporation     Senior loan       L + 9.00%       12.00%       07/2012       1,985       1,908       2.1       1,985  
LBAC, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       7.00%       11/2012       6,405       6,002       6.6       6,149  
Lone Star Beef Processors, L.P.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       5.08%       05/2013       3,700       3,670       3.9       3,626  
                               14,437       13,870       15.1       14,107  
Building and Real Estate
                                                                       
American Fire Protection Group, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.75%       9.00%       06/2011       4,800       4,604       5.0       4,656  
Architectural Testing, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.50%       05/2013       6,961       6,961       7.5       6,961  
Best Lighting Products, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.25%       10.00%       08/2012       2,544       2,446       2.7       2,545  
Infiltrator Systems, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       8.50%       09/2012       3,841       3,537       3.7       3,457  
ITEL Laboratories, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.75%       9.75%       03/2014       8,901       8,811       9.2       8,545  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.00%       8.50%       03/2012       523       522       0.5       471  
KHKI Acquisition, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 8.00%       8.50%       03/2013       2,600       2,595       2.4       2,210  
Tecta America Corporation     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       8.00%       12/2011       2,055       2,055       2.1       1,991  
ASP PDM Acquisition Co. LLC     Senior loan       L + 2.75%       3.39%       12/2013       734       672       0.7       605  
                               32,959       32,203       33.8       31,441  
Cargo Transport
                                                                       
Marquette Transportation Company, LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       3.75%       03/2012       4,550       4,378       4.4       4,095  
Peco Pallet, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.00%       06/2013       4,492       4,270       4.5       4,177  
RedPrairie Corporation     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.45%       07/2012       1,721       1,456       1.8       1,670  
Tangent Rail Services, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       7.73%       09/2014       6,259       6,259       6.6       6,134  
Tangent Rail Services, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       6.81%       09/2014       3,225       3,225       3.4       3,161  
                               20,247       19,588       20.7       19,237  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
                                                                       
Celanese Holdings LLC     Senior loan       L + 1.75%       2.35%       10/2016       992       822       1.0       941  
Syrgis Holdings LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       7.75%       08/2012       447       419       0.5       420  
Syrgis Holdings LLC     Senior loan       L + 6.00%       8.25%       08/2013       897       838       0.9       816  
Syrgis Holdings LLC     Senior loan       L + 8.50%       10.75%       02/2014       492       459       0.5       448  
TAC Materials, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.00%       07/2013       2,771       2,771       1.2       1,124  
                               5,599       5,309       4.0       3,749  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage of
Members’ Equity
  Fair
Value
Containers, Packaging and Glass
                                                                       
Industrial Container Services, LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.28%       09/2011     $ 1,707     $ 1,658       1.8%     $ 1,638  
Pelican Products, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       7.70%       01/2013       1,706       1,547       1.8       1,638  
Pelican Products, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       7.75%       01/2014       3,137       2,831       3.2       2,948  
                               6,550       6,036       6.7       6,224  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing
                                                                       
Heat Transfer Parent, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.25%       06/2013       1,877       1,784       1.6       1,454  
Neptco Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.25%       7.25%       03/2013       4,591       4,367       4.4       4,086  
Pasternack Enterprises, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.29%       02/2014       3,687       3,531       3.6       3,318  
Vintage Parts, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       5.78%       12/2013       8,214       8,098       8.4       7,804  
                               18,369       17,780       18.0       16,662  
Diversified Conglomerate Service
                                                                       
Benetech, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       5.25%       12/2013       9,537       9,138       9.7       8,965  
Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.50%       12/2013       4,688       4,689       5.1       4,689  
Cortz, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       8.51%       03/2014       7,213       7,146       7.6       7,069  
The Service Companies, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.25%       10.00%       03/2014       6,005       5,850       6.3       5,885  
PSI Services LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       5.50%       11/2012       6,333       5,929       3.4       3,166  
                               33,776       32,752       32.1       29,774  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals
                                                                       
Metal Spinners, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       6.00%       01/2014       5,900       5,600       5.5       5,133  
Metal Spinners, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       9.00%       04/2014       785       785       0.7       683  
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       10.50%       05/2011       1,075       1,017       1.1       1,053  
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       10.50%       10/2011       2,825       2,661       3.0       2,741  
                               10,585       10,063       10.4       9,610  
Electronics
                                                                       
Cape Electrical Supply LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.00%       11/2013       2,795       2,630       2.8       2,572  
GXS Worldwide, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       9.25%       03/2013       2,997       2,592       3.2       2,971  
GXS Worldwide, Inc.     Second lien loan       L + 10.25%       13.75%       09/2013       1,200       1,040       1.2       1,148  
Inovis International, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       9.50%       11/2009       2,134       2,127       2.3       2,134  
McBride Electric Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       10.75%       09/2010       1,558       1,558       1.3       1,168  
The Sloan Company, Inc     Second lien loan       L + 5.50%       7.25%       10/2012       2,405       2,387       2.5       2,358  
                               13,089       12,334       13.3       12,351  
Farming and Agriculture
                                                                       
AGData, L.P.     Senior loan         —       11.25%       07/2012       14,170       14,170       15.3       14,170  
AGData, L.P.     Senior loan         —       10.37%       07/2012       1,843       1,843       2.0       1,840  
                               16,013       16,013       17.3       16,010  
Finance
                                                                       
Collect America, Ltd.     Senior loan       L + 5.25%       7.64%       12/2011       1,886       1,747       1.9       1,773  
Collect America, Ltd.     Senior loan       L + 6.00%       8.38%       03/2012       2,574       2,379       2.6       2,419  
eVestment Alliance Holdings, LLC     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.50%       05/2014       8,786       8,605       9.5       8,786  
Metavante Corporation     Senior loan       L + 1.75%       2.23%       11/2014       2,977       2,461       3.2       2,974  
Pillar Processing LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.50%       5.80%       11/2013       7,033       7,004       7.4       6,822  
Pillar Processing LLC     Senior loan         —       14.50%       05/2014       3,125       3,125       3.4       3,125  
Wall Street Systems Holdings, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       8.00%       05/2013       8,327       8,327       9.0       8,327  
                               34,708       33,648       36.9       34,226  
Grocery
                                                                       
JRD Holdings, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.49%       07/2014       1,291       1,102       1.3       1,248  
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
                                                              
ATI Holdings, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       3.80%       09/2011       1,035       976       1.1       983  
ATI Holdings, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.31%       09/2012       1,671       1,565       1.7       1,571  
Community Hospices of America, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       8.00%       01/2011       1,133       1,104       1.2       1,110  
Community Hospices of America, Inc.     Second lien loan       L + 9.50%       12.50%       04/2011       4,865       4,812       5.1       4,768  
DaVita, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 1.50%       1.81%       10/2012       5,000       4,471       5.2       4,846  
DDC Center Inc.     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.50%       10/2014       14,400       14,400       15.2       14,112  
Delta Educational Systems, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       6.00%       06/2012       4,770       4,511       4.9       4,579  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage of
Members’ Equity
  Fair
Value
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
(continued)
                                                                       
Den-Mat Holdings, LLC     Senior loan       L + 3.25%       8.50%       12/2012     $ 3,044     $ 3,045       3.0%     $ 2,771  
Excelligence Learning Corporation     Second lien loan       L + 7.00%       7.25%       11/2013       1,600       1,519       1.6       1,504  
The Hygenic Corporation     Senior loan       L + 2.50%       2.98%       04/2013       2,766       2,675       2.7       2,489  
Oncure Medical Corporation     Senior loan       L + 3.50%       3.75%       06/2012       6,078       5,701       6.0       5,592  
ReachOut Healthcare America Ltd     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       9.25%       08/2013       6,534       6,510       7.0       6,534  
United Surgical Partners International, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 2.00%       2.25%       04/2014       1,545       1,545       1.6       1,439  
CHS/Community Health Systems     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.50%       07/2014       773       761       0.8       727  
                               55,214       53,595       57.2       53,025  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer
                                                                       
Top Knobs USA, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.75%       7.75%       02/2014       3,634       3,493       3.8       3,489  
Zenith Products Corporation     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       5.38%       09/2013       6,034       5,883       5.9       5,430  
                               9,668       9,376       9.7       8,919  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment
                                                                       
Octane Fitness, LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.60%       4.85%       03/2013       4,805       4,611       4.8       4,421  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       3.75%       12/2012       311       294       0.3       295  
Optronics Product Company, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.25%       7.50%       12/2013       2,489       2,343       2.7       2,489  
Premier Yachts, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.00%       08/2012       1,285       1,204       1.3       1,182  
Premier Yachts, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.00%       7.25%       08/2013       1,214       1,154       1.2       1,141  
Regal Cinemas Corporation     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.03%       10/2013       1,523       1,298       1.6       1,520  
                               11,627       10,904       11.9       11,048  
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Construction, or Electric)
                                                                       
Davis Inotek Instruments, LLC     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       8.00%       09/2013       7,604       7,604       8.0       7,452  
Tritex Corporation     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       5.03%       05/2014       2,969       2,868       2.9       2,702  
C&M Conveyer     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.25%       10/2012       704       704       0.7       619  
                               11,277       11,176       11.6       10,773  
Oil and Gas
                                                                       
Casedhole Solutions, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.25%       8.25%       06/2013       3,291       3,291       2.5       2,304  
Gray Wireline Service, Inc     Senior loan       L + 3.25%       3.53%       02/2013       8,000       8,000       6.9       6,400  
Tri-County Petroleum, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.25%       4.54%       08/2013       3,694       3,572       3.7       3,472  
                               14,985       14,863       13.1       12,176  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products
                                                                       
Dr. Miracles, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       4.28%       03/2014       4,208       4,157       4.4       4,082  
Personal, Food and Miscellaneous Services
                                                                       
Aramark Corporation     Senior loan       L + 1.88%       2.15%       01/2014       179       146       0.2       168  
Aramark Corporation     Senior loan       L + 0.00%       2.03%       01/2014       2,731       2,229       2.8       2,554  
Focus Brands, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 5.00%       5.92%       03/2011       6,375       6,195       6.5       6,056  
                               9,285       8,570       9.4       8,778  
Printing and Publishing
                                                                       
Monotype Imaging, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 2.75%       3.01%       07/2012       1,742       1,633       1.7       1,603  
Trade Service Company, LLC     Senior loan         —       14.00%       01/2013       2,085       2,001       2.2       2,085  
                               3,827       3,634       3.9       3,688  
Retail Stores
                                                                       
Container Store, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.37%       08/2014       6,882       6,288       6.2       5,712  
Fasteners for Retail, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       5.00%       12/2012       2,443       2,227       2.4       2,223  
IL Fornaio (America) Corporation     Senior loan       L + 3.00%       3.25%       03/2013       5,133       4,714       4.9       4,568  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC     Senior loan       L + 4.50%       7.25%       04/2013       3,429       3,252       3.5       3,223  
The Marshall Retail Group, LLC     Senior loan       L + 6.50%       9.25%       04/2013       2,100       2,014       2.2       1,995  
Levtran Enterprises, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.00%       1.90%       12/2010       731       731       0.7       631  
                               20,718       19,226       19.9       18,352  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
  Investment
Type
  Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity
Date
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Percentage of
Members’ Equity
  Fair
Value
Telecommunications
                                                                       
Cellular South, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 1.75%       2.00%       05/2014     $ 1,247     $ 1,247       1.3%     $ 1,202  
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 2.25%       2.66%       11/2013       2,969       2,398       3.1       2,850  
West Corporation     Senior loan       L + 2.00%       2.25%       10/2012       3,571       3,215       2.8       2,571  
                               7,787       6,860       7.2       6,623  
Textiles and Leather
                                                                       
Gammill, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 7.50%       9.95%       09/2011       717       696       0.8       702  
Gammill, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 8.00%       10.00%       09/2012       4,694       4,545       4.8       4,459  
Hanesbrands Inc.     Senior loan       L + 4.75%       5.25%       09/2013       2,185       1,792       2.4       2,197  
                               7,596       7,033       8.0       7,359  
Utilities
                                                                       
Covanta Energy Corporation     Senior loan       L + 0.00%       0.19%       02/2014       1,000       830       1.0       957  
Covanta Energy Corporation     Senior loan       L + 1.50%       1.75%       02/2014       1,980       1,643       2.0       1,895  
Itron, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 3.75%       4.00%       04/2014       1,198       1,053       1.3       1,197  
NRG Energy, Inc.     Senior loan       L + 1.75%       2.02%       02/2013       2,741       2,452       2.8       2,603  
Ventyx Inc.     Senior loan       L + 2.50%       2.80%       06/2012       6,914       6,648       7.0       6,500  
                               13,833       12,626       14.2       13,152  
Total United States ($381,542)                           $ 396,665     $ 381,542       399.3%     $ 370,371  
Fair Value as a percentage of Principal Amount                                                        93.4%  
Total investments (cost $387,293)                           $ 402,638     $ 387,293       405.7%     $ 376,294  

(1) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to LIBOR (L) or Prime (P) and which reset daily, quarterly or semi-annually. For each we have provided the spread over LIBOR or Prime and the weighted average current interest rate in effect at September 30, 2009. Certain investments are subject to a LIBOR or Prime interest rate floor. For fixed rate loans, a spread above a reference rate is not applicable.
(2) For portfolio companies with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is a weighted average current interest rate in effect at September 30, 2009.

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 1. Organization

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. (“GBDC” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation formed on April 13, 2010 and is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. GBDC has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for tax purposes, GBDC intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

On April 13, 2010, Golub Capital BDC LLC (“GC LLC”) converted from a limited liability company to a corporation, leaving GBDC as the surviving entity (the “Conversion”). At the time of the Conversion, all limited liability company interests were exchanged for 8,984,863 shares of common stock in GBDC. GBDC had no assets or operations prior to the Conversion and as a result, the books and records of GC LLC have become the books and records of the surviving entity.

On April 14, 2010, GBDC priced its initial public offering (the “Offering”) selling 7,100,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $14.50 per share. Concurrent with the Offering, an additional 1,322,581 shares were sold through a private placement, also at $14.50 per share. On May 19, 2010, an additional 305,000 shares at $14.50 were issued upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

GC LLC was formed in the State of Delaware on November 9, 2009, to continue and expand the business of Golub Capital Master Funding LLC (“GCMF”) which commenced operations on July 7, 2007. All of the outstanding limited liability company interests in GCMF were initially held by three Delaware limited liability companies, Golub Capital Company IV, LLC, Golub Capital Company V, LLC, and Golub Capital Company VI, LLC (collectively the “Capital Companies”). In November 2009, the Capital Companies formed GC LLC, into which they contributed 100% of the limited liability company interests of GCMF and from which they received a proportionate number of limited liability company interests in GC LLC. In February 2010, GEMS Fund L.P. (“GEMS”), a limited partnership affiliated through common management with the Capital Companies, purchased an interest in GC LLC. As a result of the Conversion, the Capital Companies and GEMS received shares of common stock in GBDC.

Subsequent to the Conversion, GCMF became a wholly owned subsidiary of GBDC. GCMF’s financial results are consolidated with GBDC, and the portfolio investments held by GCMF are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. For periods prior to November 19, 2009, the consolidated financial statements only reflect the financial results of GCMF.

On July 16, 2010, the Company completed a $300 million term Debt Securitization (defined in Note 6 to the consolidated audited financial statements). The notes offered in the Debt Securitization were issued by Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC, a newly formed, indirect subsidiary of the Company (the “Issuer”), and the Class A Notes and Class B Notes are secured by the assets held by the Issuer. The Debt Securitization was executed through a private placement of $174,000 of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), a direct subsidiary of the Company, retained all of the Class B and Subordinated Notes, which totaled $10 and $116 million, respectively, and retained all the membership interests in the Issuer, which Holdings initially purchased for $0.25. Assets related to transactions that do not meet Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 860 —  Transfers and Servicing requirements for accounting sale treatment are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as investments. Those assets are owned by the Issuer, a special purpose entity that is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, and the creditors of the Issuer have received security interests in such assets and such assets are not intended to be available to the creditors of the Company (or any affiliate of the Company). For further information on the Debt Securitization, see Note 6 to the consolidated audited financial statements.

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 1. Organization  – (continued)

On August 24, 2010, GC SBIC IV, L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, received approval for a license from the United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to operate a Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”). As an SBIC, GC SBIC IV L.P. will be subject to a variety of regulations and oversight by the SBA concerning, among other things, the size and nature of companies in which it may invest as well as the structures of those investments.

The license will allow GC SBIC IV, L.P. to obtain leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to issuance of a capital commitment by SBA and customary procedures. Debentures are loans issued by an SBIC which have interest payable semi-annually and a ten-year maturity. The interest rate is fixed at the time of issuance at a market-driven spread over U.S. Treasury Notes with ten-year maturities.

The Company applied for exemptive relief from the SEC on July 9, 2010 and filed an amended application on November 12, 2010 and on March 31, 2011 to permit it to exclude the debt of our SBIC subsidiary guaranteed by the SBA from the Company’s 200% asset coverage test under the 1940 Act. If the Company receives an exemption for this SBA debt, the Company would have increased flexibility under the 200% asset coverage test.

The Company’s investment strategy is to invest in senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and second lien loans to middle market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity investors. The Company has entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with GC Advisors LLC (the “Investment Adviser”), under which the Investment Adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory services to, the Company. Prior to April 14, 2010, Golub Capital Incorporated served as the investment advisor for the Company.

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates

Basis of Presentation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and related financial information have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Articles 6 or 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications that are necessary for the fair presentation of financial results as of and for the periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Accounting Standards Codification:

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, “FASB” issued Accounting Standards Codification TM (the “Codification”) which is the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. The Codification does not change GAAP, but combines all authoritative standards into a comprehensive, topically organized online database. One level of authoritative GAAP exists, other than guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). All other accounting literature excluded from the Codification is considered non-authoritative. The Codification was made effective by the FASB for periods ending on or after September 15, 2009. These consolidated financial statements reflect the guidance in the Codification.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company applies fair value to substantially all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the Company has categorized its financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new, whether the product is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market and the current market conditions. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments classified as Level 3.

Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management to confirm that the changes are justified. As markets change, new products develop and the pricing for products becomes more or less transparent, the Company will continue to refine its valuation methodologies. See Note 5 for disclosures required by ASC Topic 820.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Consolidation:

As permitted under Regulation S-X and the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, the Company will generally not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to us. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of the Company’s subsidiaries in its consolidated financial statements.

Segments:

In accordance with ASC Topic 280 —  Segment Reporting , the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition. The Company places its cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balances may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents:

Restricted cash and cash equivalents represent amounts that are collected and are held by trustees who have been appointed as custodians of the assets securing certain of the Company’s financing transactions. Restricted cash is held by the trustees for payment of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings.

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

Revenue recognition:

Investments and related investment income :  The Company’s board of director’s (the “Board”) determines the fair value of its portfolio investments. Interest income is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amount and contractual interest terms of debt investments. Premiums, discounts and origination fees are amortized or accreted into interest income over the life of the respective debt investment. For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, interest income included $7,654, $5,598 and $315 of such amounts, respectively.

As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the Company had interest receivable of $1,956 and $2,198. For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company earned interest income of $33,150, $33,338, and $20,686. During the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company received interest in cash in the amounts of $33,067, $31,891, and $20,971, respectively.

For investments with contractual payment-in-kind interest (“PIK”), which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance that generally becomes due at maturity, the Company will not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not collectible. For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company recorded PIK income of $325, $32, and zero, respectively. Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the consolidated statement of operations.

Non-accrual loans :  Loans may be left on accrual status during the period the Company is pursuing repayment of the loan. Management reviews all loans that become past due 90 days or more on principal and interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will not be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. The total fair value of non-accrual loans was $3,095 and $8,376 as of September 30, 2010 and respectively.

Income taxes:

The Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code and operates in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to qualify as a RIC, among other things, the Company is required to meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. The Company, among other things, has made and intends to continue to make the requisite distributions to its stockholders, which will generally relieve the Company from U.S. federal income taxes.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year dividend distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income, as required. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions, the Company accrues excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned. For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, no amount was recorded for U.S. federal excise tax.

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

The Company accounts for income taxes in conformity with ASC Topic 740 —  Income Taxes . ASC Topic 740 provides guidelines for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in financial statements. ASC Topic 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax benefits of positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no material uncertain tax positions at September 30, 2010. The 2007 through 2009 tax years remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and most state tax authorities.

Dividends and other Distributions:

Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the declaration date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend or other distribution is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of any distributions the Company declares in cash on behalf of its stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash dividend, then stockholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving the cash dividend. The Company may use newly issued shares to implement the plan (especially if the Company’s shares are trading at a premium to net asset value), or the Company may purchase shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan. In particular, if the Company’s shares are trading at a significant discount to net asset value and the Company is otherwise permitted under applicable law to purchase such shares, the Company intends to purchase shares in the open market in connection with any obligations under its dividend reinvestment plan.

Deferred financing costs:

Deferred financing costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings. As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had deferred financing costs of $2,748 and zero, respectively, which are included in Other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. These amounts are amortized and included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations over the estimated average life of the borrowings. Amortization expense for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $134, $410 and $493, respectively.

Deferred offering costs:

Deferred offering costs consist of fees paid in relation to legal, accounting, regulatory and printing work completed in preparation of the Offering. Deferred offering costs are charged against the proceeds from equity offerings when received.

Earnings and net asset value per share:

For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, earnings per share calculations are not appropriate as the Company did not have common shares outstanding or an equivalent prior to the Offering on April 14, 2010.

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 2. Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates  – (continued)

Subsequent events:

In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) Topic 855 —  Subsequent Events , which amended its authoritative guidance related to subsequent events to alleviate potential conflicts with current SEC guidance. Effective immediately, these amendments remove the requirement that an SEC filer disclose the date through which it has evaluated subsequent events. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements:

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2010-06 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure  —  Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . ASU 2010-06 amends ASC Topic 820 to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. ASU 2010-06 also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. On January 1, 2010, we adopted ASU 2010-06 and included the required disclosures in Note 5.

Note 3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

On April 14, 2010, GBDC entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Investment Adviser, under which the Investment Adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory services to GBDC. The Investment Advisory Agreement was subsequently amended on July 16, 2010. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser with the SEC. The Investment Adviser receives fees for providing services, consisting of two components, a base management fee and an incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.375% of average adjusted gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (excluding cash and cash equivalents and including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets) and is payable quarterly in arrears. To the extent that the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of the Company, the base management fee shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees paid to the Investment Adviser by such subsidiary for such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not exclusively held by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. Prior to the Offering, the base management fee was calculated at an annual rate of 0.75% of the value of the GCMF investments under the terms of GCMF’s Sale and Servicing Agreement with Golub Capital Incorporated (the “Investment Manager”).

The Company has structured the calculation of the incentive fee to include a fee limitation such that an incentive fee for any quarter can only be paid to the Investment Adviser if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to the Investment Adviser since the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC would be less than or equal to 20.0% of the Company’s Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income (as defined below).

The Company accomplishes this limitation by subjecting each quarterly incentive fee payable on the “Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” (as defined below) to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”). The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is the difference between (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income and (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to the Investment Adviser by GBDC since the effective date of its election to become a BDC. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no incentive fee would be payable in that quarter. Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income is

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

equal to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period since the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC and (b) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation since the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the base management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as defined below, any expenses of securitizations and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

Incentive fees are calculated and payable quarterly in arrears (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) (a “Performance Period”). The Investment Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse the Company for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued interest that is never actually received.

The income and capital gains incentive fee calculation (the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation”) has two parts, the income component and the capital gains component. The income component is calculated quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the income component, it is possible that an incentive fee may be calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which the Company has incurred a loss. For example, if the Company receives Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the income component will result in a positive value and an incentive fee will be paid unless the payment of such incentive fee would cause the Company to pay incentive fees on a cumulative basis that exceed 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0% quarterly. If market interest rates rise, GBDC may be able to invest funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for the Investment Adviser to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our total assets (other than cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets) used to calculate the 1.375% base management fee annual rate. The Company calculates the income component of the Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:

Zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% in any calendar quarter. This portion of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

Income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%) is referred to as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide the Investment Adviser with 20.0% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter; and
20.0% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter.

The sum of these calculations yields the Income Incentive Fee. This amount is appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter. For the year ended September 30, 2010, the Income Incentive Fee was $55. There was no incentive fee calculation for the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

The second part of the Incentive Fee Calculation (the “Capital Gain Incentive Fee”) equals (a) 20.0% of the Company’s “Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base,” if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. The Company’s Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base equals the sum of (1) realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative positive basis from the date the Company elected to become a BDC through the end of each calendar year, (2) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (3) all unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis.

The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost base of such investment.
The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in the Company’s portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
The sum of the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee will be the Incentive Fee.

The Company will accrue the Capital Gain Incentive Fee if, on a cumulative basis, the sum of net realized gains/ (losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/ (depreciation) is positive. The Capital Gain Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis from the date the Company elected to become a BDC through the end of each calendar year.

The Incentive Fee will not be paid at any time if, after such payment, the cumulative Incentive Fees paid to date would be greater than 20.0% of the Company’s cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income since the election to be treated as a BDC. Such amount, less any Incentive Fees previously paid, is referred to as the Incentive Fee Cap. If, for any relevant period, the Incentive Fee Cap calculation results in our paying less than the amount of the Incentive Fee calculated above, then the difference between the Incentive Fee and the Incentive Fee Cap will not be paid by GBDC, and will not be received by the Investment Adviser as an Incentive Fee either at the end of such relevant period or at the end of any future period.

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

Administration Agreement

GBDC has also entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with GC Service Company, LLC (the “Administrator”). Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator furnishes GBDC with office facilities and equipment, provides it clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provides GBDC with other administrative services as the Administrator subject to review by the Board, determines necessary to conduct GBDC’s day-to-day operations. GBDC reimburses the Administrator the allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of the Board) of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and GBDC’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will also provide managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which GBDC is required to provide such assistance and will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, not to exceed the amount GBDC receives from such portfolio companies.

Other Related Party Transactions

Prior to the Offering, the Investment Manager paid for certain expenses on behalf of GCMF, all of which were subsequently reimbursed directly with cash or through a member’s equity contribution. Subsequent to the Offering, the Investment Advisor, an affiliate of the Investment Manager, pays for certain third-party expenses incurred by the Company. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, postage, printing, office supplies, and rating agency fees. These expenses are not marked-up and represent the same amount the Company would have paid had the Company paid the expense directly. Total expenses paid on behalf of the Company by the Investment Advisor or Investment Manager for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $883, $325, and $290, respectively.

Total expenses reimbursed to the Investment Manager and the Investment Advisor, as applicable, for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $639, $344 and $258, respectively. Of these amounts, for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, $225, $344 and $258 were reimbursed via a members’ equity contribution, respectively.

As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is $116 and $13 for accrued expenses paid on behalf of the Company by the Investment Manager or the Investment Adviser, as applicable. As of September 30, 2009, also included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is a $672 payable to an affiliated entity for cash received from an investment owned by the affiliate.

On December 23, 2009, GC LLC’s wholly owned subsidiary and predecessor, GCMF, agreed to distribute six portfolio assets to GC LLC. GC LLC then distributed these portfolio assets to Golub Capital Company IV, LLC, Golub Capital Company V, LLC, and Golub Capital VI, LLC (the “Capital Companies”) pro rata in accordance with the ownership interest in GC LLC held by each of the Capital Companies. The Capital Companies made an aggregate cash contribution of $21.3 million to GC LLC, which GC LLC subsequently contributed to GCMF. Under the terms of GC LLC’s terminated credit facility, GC LLC was required to complete the distribution of these assets based on their par value, and the $21,300 aggregate cash contribution by the Capital Companies represented the par value of the distributed assets. At the time of the transfer, the aggregate fair value of such distributed assets was $13,500.

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 4. Investments

Investments and cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

           
  September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
     Par   Cost   Fair Value   Par   Cost   Fair Value
Senior Secured   $ 235,826     $ 228,308     $ 227,048     $ 268,608     $ 255,641     $ 248,480  
Unitranche     91,931       90,309       90,369       123,110       121,070       117,357  
Second lien     11,396       11,192       11,380       10,920       10,582       10,457  
Subordinated Debt     13,436       13,091       13,436                    
Equity     N/A       2,636       2,636                    
Cash and cash equivalents     N/A       61,219       61,219                    
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     N/A       31,771       31,771             30,614       30,614  
Total   $ 352,589     $ 438,526     $ 437,859     $ 402,638     $ 417,907     $ 406,908  

The Company invests in portfolio companies located in the United States and in Canada. The following tables show the portfolio composition by geographic region at cost and fair value as a percentage of total investments. The geographic composition is determined by the location of the corporate headquarters of the portfolio company, which may not be indicative of the primary source of the portfolio company’s business.

       
  September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
Cost:
                                   
United States
                                   
Mid-Atlantic   $ 84,182       24.3 %     $ 94,137       24.3 %  
Midwest     91,473       26.5       88,837       22.9  
West     66,670       19.3       53,196       13.7  
Southeast     63,180       18.3       91,391       23.6  
Southwest     24,551       7.1       31,622       8.2  
Northeast     9,685       2.8       22,359       5.8  
Canada     5,795       1.7       5,751       1.5  
Total   $ 345,536       100.0 %     $ 387,293       100.0 %  
Fair Value:
                                   
United States
                                   
Mid-Atlantic   $ 85,412       24.7 %     $ 93,878       24.9 %  
Midwest     89,516       26.0       84,314       22.4  
West     66,870       19.4       49,732       13.2  
Southeast     63,982       18.6       91,225       24.3  
Southwest     23,810       6.9       30,047       8.0  
Northeast     9,333       2.7       21,175       5.6  
Canada     5,946       1.7       5,923       1.6  
Total   $ 344,869       100.0 %     $ 376,294       100.0 %  

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 4. Investments  – (continued)

The Company’s investments primarily consist of senior secured corporate loans. The industry compositions of the portfolio at fair value were as follows:

       
  September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
Cost:
                                   
Aerospace and Defense   $ 1,902       0.6 %     $ 2,122       0.5 %  
Automobile     11,569       3.3       12,556       3.2  
Banking     3,346       1.0       4,146       1.1  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco     8,641       2.5       13,870       3.6  
Buildings and Real Estate     34,854       10.1       32,203       8.3  
Cargo Transport     7,330       2.1       19,588       5.1  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber     3,682       1.0       5,309       1.4  
Containers, Packaging and Glass     8,533       2.5       6,036       1.6  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing     17,058       4.9       17,780       4.6  
Diversified Conglomerate Service     33,739       9.8       33,854       8.7  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals     8,082       2.3       10,063       2.6  
Electronics     14,380       4.2       12,334       3.2  
Farming and Agriculture                 16,013       4.1  
Finance     26,894       7.8       33,648       8.7  
Grocery     1,097       0.3       1,102       0.3  
Healthcare, Education and Childcare     62,897       18.2       53,595       13.8  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer     7,456       2.2       9,376       2.4  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment     22,698       6.6       15,553       4.0  
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Construction or Electric)                 11,176       2.9  
Oil and Gas     3,576       1.0       14,863       3.8  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products     14,781       4.2       4,157       1.1  
Personal Food and Miscellaneous Services     7,230       2.1       8,570       2.2  
Printing and Publishing     3,349       1.0       3,634       0.9  
Retail Stores     28,174       8.2       19,226       5.0  
Telecommunications     4,244       1.2       6,860       1.8  
Textiles and Leather     4,602       1.3       7,033       1.8  
Utilities     5,422       1.6       12,626       3.3  
Total   $ 345,536       100.00 %     $ 387,293       100.0 %  

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 4. Investments  – (continued)

       
  September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
Fair Value:
                                   
Aerospace and Defense   $ 1,856       0.5 %     $ 2,038       0.5 %  
Automobile     11,490       3.3       11,714       3.1  
Banking     3,321       1.0       4,005       1.1  
Beverage, Food and Tobacco     8,737       2.5       14,107       3.7  
Buildings and Real Estate     32,233       9.3       31,441       8.4  
Cargo Transport     7,538       2.2       19,237       5.1  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber     3,851       1.1       3,749       1.0  
Containers, Packaging and Glass     8,865       2.6       6,224       1.7  
Diversified Conglomerate Manufacturing     16,594       4.8       16,662       4.4  
Diversified Conglomerate Service     34,263       9.9       31,048       8.3  
Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals     8,063       2.3       9,610       2.6  
Electronics     14,703       4.3       12,351       3.3  
Farming and Agriculture                 16,010       4.3  
Finance     27,049       7.8       34,226       9.0  
Grocery     1,195       0.3       1,248       0.3  
Healthcare, Education and Childcare     61,244       17.8       53,025       14.0  
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer     7,456       2.2       8,919       2.4  
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures and Entertainment     23,313       6.8       15,697       4.2  
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Construction or Electric)                 10,773       2.9  
Oil and Gas     3,629       1.1       12,176       3.2  
Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products     15,092       4.4       4,082       1.1  
Personal Food and Miscellaneous Services     7,605       2.2       8,778       2.3  
Printing and Publishing     3,463       1.0       3,688       1.0  
Retail Stores     28,455       8.3       18,352       4.8  
Telecommunications     4,224       1.2       6,623       1.8  
Textiles and Leather     4,699       1.4       7,359       2.0  
Utilities     5,931       1.7       13,152       3.5  
Total   $ 344,869       100.0 %     $ 376,294       100.0 %  

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows ASC Topic 820 for measuring the fair value of portfolio investments. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. The Company’s fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Financial investments recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the investment as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 :  Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments at the measurement date.

Level 2 :  Inputs include quoted prices for similar financial instruments in active markets and inputs that are observable for the financial instruments, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 :  Inputs include significant unobservable inputs for the financial instruments and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value are based upon the best information available and may require significant management judgment or estimation.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the financial instrument. The following section describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure different financial instruments at fair value and includes the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the financial instrument is categorized.

With the exception of money market funds held at large financial institutions (Level 1 investment) and commercial paper debt securities (Level 2 investment), all of the financial instruments that are recorded at fair value as of and during the periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 were valued using Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 assets are valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 assets are valued using market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data and quoted market prices for similar instruments. Financial instruments that are recorded at Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are the Company’s debt and equity investments. Level 3 assets are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board, based on input of management, the audit committee and independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of the Board to assist in the valuation of each portfolio investment without a readily available market quotation at least once during a trailing 12 month period, and under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. This valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with approximately 25% (based on fair value) of the Company’s valuation of portfolio companies without readily available market quotations subject to review by an independent valuation firm.

When valuing Level 3 debt and equity investments, the Company may take into account the following type of factors, where relevant, in determining the fair value of the investments: the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable valuable of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities, changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that generally may affect the price at which similar investments may be made and other relevant factors. In

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

addition, for certain debt and equity investments, the Company may base its valuation on indicative bid and ask prices provided by an independent third party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others may be willing to pay. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others may be willing to accept for an investment. The Company generally uses the midpoint of the bid/ask as the best estimate of fair value.

ASC Topic 820 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate the value. As a result, with the exception of the line item entitled “debt” which is reported at cost, all assets and liabilities approximate fair value on the balance sheet due to their short maturity.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of Level 3 investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be received or settled. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded instruments. If the Company were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, the Company may realize significantly less than the value at which such investment had previously been recorded.

The Company’s investments are subject to market risk. Market risk is the potential for changes in the value of investments due to market changes. Market risk is directly impacted by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the investments are traded.

In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the following table presents information about the Company’s investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value:

       
As of September 30, 2010:   Fair Value Measurements Using
Description   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Assets:
                                   
Debt investments   $     $     $ 342,233     $ 342,233  
Equity investments                 2,636       2,636  
Commercial paper debt securities (1)           86,235             86,235  
Money market funds (1)     512                   512  

       
As of September 30, 2009:   Fair Value Measurements Using
Description   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Assets:
                                   
Debt investments   $     $     $ 376,294     $ 376,294  
Money market funds (1)     25,475                   25,475  

(1) Included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The net change in unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) for the year reported within the net change in unrealized appreciation on investments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operation attributable to our Level 3 assets held as of September 30, 2010 was $2,921.

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

The following table presents the changes in investments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs:

     
  Year ended September 30, 2010
     Debt
Investments
  Equity
Investments
  Total
Fair value, beginning of period   $ 376,294     $     $ 376,294  
                          
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments     2,921             2,921  
Realized loss on investments     (40 )             (40 )  
Proceeds from revolving loans, net     (4,208 )             (4,208 )  
Fundings of portfolio investments     141,462       2,636       144,098  
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     (181,850 )             (181,850 )  
Amortization of discount and premium     7,654             7,654  
Fair value, end of period   $ 342,233     $ 2,636     $ 344,869  

     
  Year ended September 30, 2009
     Debt
Investments
  Equity
Investments
  Total
Fair value, beginning of period   $ 135,476     $     $ 135,476  
                          
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments     (1,489 )             (1,489 )  
Realized loss on investments     (3,972 )             (3,972 )  
Proceeds from revolving loans, net     (39,018 )             (39,018 )  
Fundings of portfolio investments     383,713             383,713  
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     (104,014 )             (104,014 )  
Amortization of discount and premium     5,598             5,598  
Fair value, end of period   $ 376,294     $     $ 376,294  

The following are the carrying value and fair values of the Company’s debt liabilities as of September 30, 2010 and 2009. Fair value is estimated by discounting remaining payments using applicable market rates.

       
  As of September 30, 2010   As of September 30, 2009
     Carrying
Value
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Value
  Fair
Value
Debt   $ 174,000     $ 174,000     $ 315,306     $ 315,306  

Note 6. Borrowings

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. As of September 30, 2010 our asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 243.0%

Debt Securitization

On July 16, 2010, the Company completed a $300,000 term debt securitization (“Debt Securitization”). The notes offered in the Debt Securitization (the “Notes”) were issued by the Issuer, and the Class A Notes and Class B Notes are secured by the assets held by the Issuer. The Debt Securitization was executed through a private placement of $174,000 of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes which bear interest at three-month London Inter

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 6. Borrowings  – (continued)

Bank Offered Rate “LIBOR,” plus 2.40%. The $10,000 face amount of Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.40%, and the $116,000 face amount of Subordinated Notes do not bear interest. The Class A Notes are included in the September 30, 2010 consolidated balance sheet. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the Issuer as part of the Debt Securitization, Holdings retained all of the Class B and Subordinated Notes, which totaled $10,000 and $116,000, respectively, and retained all of the membership interests in the Issuer, which Holdings initially purchased for $0.25.

During a period of up to three years from the closing date (which may be extended for two additional years, upon satisfaction of certain conditions), all principal collections received on the underlying collateral may be used by the Issuer to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser in its capacity as collateral manager of the Issuer and in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the securitization for such three-year period. The Notes are scheduled to mature on July 20, 2021.

The proceeds of the private placement of the Notes, net of expenses, were used to repay and terminate the Company’s prior credit facility, which was a $300,000 credit facility entered into on July 27, 2007. As part of the Debt Securitization, the Company entered into a master loan sale agreement with Holdings and the Issuer under which the Company agreed to sell or contribute certain senior secured and second lien loans (or participation interests therein) to Holdings, and Holdings agreed to sell or contribute such loans (or participation interests therein) to the Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire Subordinated Notes issued by the Issuer. The Notes are the secured obligations of the Issuer, and an indenture governing the Notes includes customary covenants and events of default.

The Investment Adviser will serve as collateral manager to the Issuer under a collateral management agreement and will receive a fee for providing these services. As a result, the Company has amended and restated its Investment Advisory Agreement to provide that the base management fee payable under such agreement is reduced by an amount equal to the total fees that are paid to the Investment Advisor by the Issuer for rendering such collateral management services.

As of September 30, 2010, there were 77 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $272,836 securing the notes. The pool of loans in the Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including, but not limited to, asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

The interest charged under the Debt Securitization is based on 3-month LIBOR which as of September 30, 2010 was 0.3%. For the period from July 16, 2010 to September 30, 2010, the effective average interest rate was 3.1%, interest expense was $1,167, and the cash paid for interest was $0. The interest and other credit facility expenses on the terminated facility for the year ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $2,224, $4,547, and $8,599. The average interest rate on the terminated facility for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was 1.3%, 1.5%, and 4.5%, respectively.

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 6. Borrowings  – (continued)

The total average debt outstanding for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $213,793, $305,440, and $191,225, respectively. The average cost of borrowings for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was 1.7%, 1.5%, and 4.5%, respectively.

The classes, amounts, ratings and interest rates (expressed as a spread to LIBOR) of the Class A Notes are as follows:

 
Description   Class A Notes
Type   Senior Secured Floating Rate
Amount Outstanding   174,000
Moody’s Rating   “Aaa”
S&P Rating   “AAA”
Interest Rate   LIBOR + 2.40%
Stated Maturity   July 20, 2021

Note 7. Federal Income Tax Matters

The Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and to distribute substantially all of its respective net taxable income. Accordingly, no provision for federal income tax has been made in the financial statements. The Company has unused capital loss carryovers which may be used to offset future net realized capital gains summarized as follows:

   
  As of September 30, 2010
     Amount   Year of
Expiration
Unused capital loss carryovers   $ 40       2018  

Taxable income differs from net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations primarily due to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments as investment gains and losses are not included in taxable income until they are realized. Permanent differences between book and tax basis reporting for the 2010 fiscal year have been identified and appropriately reclassified as follows. These reclassifications have no impact on net assets:

 
  As of September 30, 2010
Paid in capital   $ (1,122 )  
Accumulated net realized loss   $  
Accumulated capital distribution in excess of net investment income   $ 1,122  

The following reconciles net increase in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income:

 
  Year ended September 30, 2010
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 26,248  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations for period October 1, 2009 to April 13, 2010 (2)     (15,673 )  
Net realized loss on investments not taxable     40  
Net unrealized appreciation on investments     (1,995 )  
Taxable income before deductions for distributions   $ 8,620  

(2) The period prior to the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC

F-61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 7. Federal Income Tax Matters  – (continued)

The tax character of distributions paid during the 2010 fiscal year was as follows:

 
  As of
September 30,
2010
     Amount
Ordinary income   $ 8,620  
Long-term capital gains   $  
Return of capital   $ 1,122  

As of September 30, 2010 the components of distributable earnings on a tax basis were as follows:

 
  As of
September 30,
2010
     Amount
Capital loss carryforward   $ (40 )  
Undistributed ordinary income      
Undistributed long-term gain      
Unrealized appreciation/(depreciation)     1,995  
Total   $ 1,955  

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments:  The Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling approximately $26,622 and $18,642 under various undrawn revolvers and other credit facilities as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Indemnifications:  In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not occurred. The Company expects the risk of any future obligation under these indemnifications to be remote.

Legal proceedings:  In the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of such proceedings, the Company does not believe their disposition will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 9. Financial Highlights

The financial highlights for the Company are as follows:

         
  Period from
April 1, 2010
through
September 30,
2010
    
  
Year ended September 30,
Per share data (1) :   2010   2009   2008   2007
Net asset value at beginning of period   $ 15.77     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)  
Issuance of common stock     (1.06 )       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Distributions declared     (0.55 )       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Offering costs     (0.09 )       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Net investment income     0.54       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     0.10       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Realized gain (loss) on investments           N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Net asset value at ending of period   $ 14.71     $ 14.71     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)  
Per share market value at end of period   $ 15.30     $ 15.30     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)     $ N/A (3)  
Total return based on market value (4) (2)     9.31 %       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Total return based on average net asset value/member’s equity (2)     4.32 %       14.33 %       29.57 %       (9.82 )%       2.04 %  
Shares outstanding at end of period     17,712,444       17,712,444       N/A (3)       N/A (3)       N/A (3)  
Ratios to average net assets:
                                            
Expenses without incentive fees (5)     4.28 %       5.31 %       11.61 %       30.59 %       43.64 %  
Incentive fees (5)     0.04 %       0.03 %       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Total expenses (5)     4.32 %       5.34 %       11.61 %       30.59 %       43.64 %  
Net investment income without incentive fees (5)     7.25 %       12.79 %       37.64 %       28.87 %       21.57 %  

(1) Based on actual number of shares outstanding at the end of the corresponding period or the weighted average shares outstanding for the period, unless otherwise noted, as appropriate.
(2) Interim periods are not annualized.
(3) Per share data are not provided as the Company did not have shares of common stock outstanding or an equivalent prior to the Offering on April 1, 2010.
(4) Based on time period from April 14, 2010 (date of stock issuance) through September 30, 2010. Calculation is ending market value less beginning market value, adjusting for distributions.
(5) Annualized for interim periods.

F-63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

Note 10. Dividends and other Distributions

The Company’s dividends and other distributions are recorded on the record date. The Company did not pay dividends or other distributions during 2009 or 2008. The following summarizes the Company’s dividend declaration and distribution during the year ended September 30, 2010.

       
Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Amount
Per Share
  Total
Amount
May 13, 2010     June 22, 2010       June 29, 2010     $ 0.24     $ 4,251  
August 5, 2010     September 10, 2010       September 30, 2010       0.31       5,491  

Note 11. Subsequent Events

Distributions: On December 8, 2010, the Company’s Board declared a quarterly distribution of $0.31 per share payable on December 30, 2010 to holders of record as of December 20, 2010.

On October 8, 2010, GC SBIC IV, L.P. received a $22,000 debt commitment from the SBA. The commitment may be drawn upon subject to customary SBA procedures. Through December 10, 2010, GC SBIC IV, L.P. had drawn $10,000 of the commitment.

Note 12. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

       
  September 30,
2010
  June 30,
2010 (1)
  March 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009
Total investment income   $ 7,431     $ 7,230     $ 7,645     $ 10,843  
Net investment income     4,351       4,815       5,018       9,182  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)     1,896       (100 )       1,925       (840 )  
Net increase (decrease) in members’ equity/net assets resulting from operations     6,247       4,715       6,943       8,342  
Earnings per share     0.35       0.29       N/A       N/A  
Net asset value per common share at period end   $ 14.71     $ 14.67       N/A       N/A  

       
  September 30,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  March 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
Total investment income   $ 9,524     $ 9,482     $ 8,993     $ 5,339  
Net investment income     7,789       7,337       6,792       3,561  
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain     (208 )       2,016       (2,559 )       (4,711 )  
Net increase (decrease) in members’ equity/net assets resulting from operations     7,581       9,353       4,233       (1,150 )  
Earnings per share     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net asset value per common share at period end     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

(1) The earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding calculations for the three months ended June 30, 2010, are based on the assumption that the number of shares issued immediately prior to the Conversion on April 14, 2010 (8,984,863 shares of common stock) had been issued on April 1, 2010, at the beginning of the three month period.

F-64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

$500,000,000


  

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.


  

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
PART C
Other Information

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in Part A of this Registration Statement.

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and September 30, 2010     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the six months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2011 (unaudited) and September 30, 2010     F-6 – F-14  
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements     F-15  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-32  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30, 2010 and 2009     F-33  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-34  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-35  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-36  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of September 30, 2010 and 2009     F-37 – F-44  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-45  

C-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Exhibits

 
(a)(1)   Form of Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(b)(1)   Form of Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(c)   Not applicable.
(d)(1)   Form of Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(d)(2)   Form of Subscription Certificate
(d)(3)   Form of Indenture
(d)(4)   Form of Subscription Agent Agreement
(d)(5)   Form of Warrant Agreement
(e)   Amended and Restated Dividend Reinvestment Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 5, 2011).
(f)   Not applicable.
(g)   Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and GC Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2010).
(h)(1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement for equity securities.
(h)(2)   Form of Underwriting Agreement for debt securities.
(i)   Not applicable.
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on April 12, 2010).
(k)(1)   Certificate of Appointment of Transfer Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(1) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(k)(2)   Form of Administration Agreement between Registrant and GC Service Company LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(k)(3)   Form of Trademark License Agreement between the Registrant and Golub Capital Management LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(3) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(k)(4)   Purchase Agreement, dated July 16, 2010, by and among the Registrant, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2010).
(k)(5)   Master Loan Sale Agreement, dated July 16, 2010, by and between the Registrant, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC and Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2010).
(k)(6)   Indenture, dated July 16, 2010, by and between Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC and U.S. Bank, National Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2010).
(k)(7)   Collateral Management Agreement, dated July 16, 2010, by and between Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC and GC Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 16, 2010).

C-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP, special counsel for Registrant. (1)
(m)   Not applicable.
(n)   Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.
(o)   Not applicable.
(p)   Not applicable.
(q)   Not applicable.
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (r)(1) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of GC Advisors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (r)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on March 24, 2010).

(1) To be filed by amendment.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 58,050  
FINRA filing fee     50,500  
NASDAQ Global Select Market listing fees     195,000 (1)  
Printing expenses     270,000 (1)  
Legal fees and expenses     550,000 (1)  
Accounting fees and expenses     250,000 (1)  
Miscellaneous     26,450 (1)  
Total   $ 1,400,000 (1)  

(1) These amounts are estimates.

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by us.

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

The Registrant directly or indirectly owns 100% of the limited liability company interests of Golub Capital Master Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, GC SBIC IV-GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, GC SBIC IV-GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and GC SBIC IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, all of which are included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock as of June 6, 2011.

 
Title of Class   Number of
Record Holders
Common Stock, $0.001 par value     103  

C-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 30. Indemnification

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, as amended, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. We have obtained liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, GC Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”) and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

C-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, GC Service Company, LLC and its officers, manager, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of GC Service Company, LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

The Underwriting Agreement provides that each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Registrant, its directors and officers, and any person who controls the Registrant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, the Registrant or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the 1940 Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the managing Underwriter to the Registrant expressly for use in this Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment hereof by the Registrant) or in the Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement, or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in this Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-70448), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant, Golub Capital BDC, Inc., 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606;
(2) the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038;
(3) the Custodian, U.S. Bank National Association, Corporate Trust Services, One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02110; and
(4) the Adviser, GC Advisors LLC, 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606.

C-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

The Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
(2) Not applicable.
(3) In the event that the securities being registered are to be offered to existing shareholders pursuant to warrants or rights, and any securities not taken by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof; and further, if any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering;
(4)

(a)

to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
(e) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a

C-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;
(ii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(iii) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
(5)

(a)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(6) Not applicable.

C-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in The City of New York, in the State of New York, on this 7 th day of June 2011.

 
  GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
    

By:

/s/ David B. Golub
Name: David B. Golub
Title: Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Lawrence E. Golub, David B. Golub and Ross A. Teune as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form N-2 and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ David B. Golub
David B. Golub
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 7, 2011
/s/ Ross A. Teune
Ross A. Teune
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  June 7, 2011
/s/ Lawrence E. Golub
Lawrence E. Golub
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   June 7, 2011
/s/ John T. Baily
John T. Baily
  Director   June 7, 2011
/s/ Kenneth F. Bernstein
Kenneth F. Bernstein
  Director   June 7, 2011
/s/ Anita R. Rosenberg
Anita R. Rosenberg
  Director   June 7, 2011
/s/ William M. Webster IV
William M. Webster IV
  Director   June 7, 2011



[Form of Subscription Certificate]

THIS OFFER EXPIRES AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                 ,            *

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS FOR COMMON STOCK

Each registered holder of this Subscription Certificate (a “ Rights Holder ”) is entitled to the number of transferable subscription rights (each, a “ Right ”) to subscribe for the number of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as specified herein, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company’s prospectus supplement dated                     ,             and the accompanying prospectus dated                            ,             (collectively, the “ Prospectus ”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the rights offering described in the Prospectus (the “ Offering ”), each stockholder owning Common Stock of the Company as of [          ,      ] (such date, the “ Record Date ” and, such stockholder, a “ Record Date Stockholder ”) is entitled to receive                          Right[s] for each            share[s] of Common Stock owned on the Record Date. [The Company will not issue any fractional Rights.] Each Rights Holder is entitled to subscribe for          share[s] of Common Stock for each Right held by such Rights Holder (the “ Basic Subscription ”) at the subscription price (the “ Subscription Price ”), to be calculated as described in the Prospectus. The Rights may be exercised at any time during the subscription period, which commences on                            ,           and ends at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on              ,       , unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the “ Expiration Date ”). Set forth below is the number of Rights evidenced by this Subscription Certificate that the Rights Holder is entitled to exercise pursuant to the Basic Subscription.
 
[If any shares of Common Stock available for purchase in the Offering are not subscribed for by Rights Holders pursuant to the Basic Subscription (“ Remaining Shares ”), a Record Date Stockholder that has exercised fully its Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription may subscribe for a number of Remaining Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to pro-ration.] [In addition, any Rights Holder other than a Record Date Stockholder who exercises Rights is entitled to subscribe for any Remaining Shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by Record Date Stockholders pursuant to their over-subscription privilege, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to pro-ration.] [We refer to these over-subscription privileges as the “ Over-Subscription Privilege .”]
 

*
Unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion.
 
 
 

 
 
[THE RIGHTS ARE TRANSFERABLE

The Rights are transferable until                            ,             or, if the Offering is extended, until                            . The Rights are expected to be listed for trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GBDC” until and including                      ,             (or, if the Offering is extended, until              ,               ).  Rights Holders who do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may instruct the Subscription Agent (as defined below) to sell any Rights they do not intend to exercise themselves through or to a dealer manager. Subscription Certificates representing the Rights to be sold through or to a dealer manager must be received by the Subscription Agent on or before                    ,             (or, if the Offering is extended,                prior to the extended Expiration Date).]
 
Control No:

Cusip No.:

Rights Represented by this Subscription
Certificate:

Maximum Shares Available for Purchase
Pursuant to the Basic Subscription:
 
 
 

 
 
[THE OFFERING IS TERMINABLE BY THE COMPANY

The Company reserves the right to terminate the Offering prior to delivery of Common Stock.]
 
ESTIMATED SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

The estimated subscription price (the “ Estimated Subscription Price ”) is $                    per share of Common Stock. [See also “Method of Exercise of Rights” below.]
 
THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

The Subscription Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Offering will be [insert price or formula].
 
SAMPLE CALCULATION FOR A RECORD DATE STOCKHOLDER WHO OWNS                SHARES BASIC SUBSCRIPTION RIGHT (      -FOR-      )

No. of shares held on the Record Date:             ÷             =             Rights
(            Right[s] for every              share[s] of Common Stock held on the Record Date)

No. of shares of Common Stock issued assuming full exercise of Basic Subscription:
×              =              new shares of Common Stock

Total payment based on the Estimated Subscription Price:         shares × $           = $         
 
METHOD OF EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

To exercise your Rights, [American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC] (the “ Subscription Agent ”), must receive, in the manner specified herein, at or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City Time, on                      ,            , unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion, either (A) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                     ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price; or (B) a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery guaranteeing delivery of (i) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and (ii) a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                        ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price (which certificate and full payment must then be delivered at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day after the Expiration Date or, if the Offering is extended, at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day after the extended Expiration Date). Payment must be made in U.S. dollars.
 
The method of delivery of this Subscription Certificate and the payment of the Estimated Subscription Price and, if required, any additional payment is at the election and risk of the Rights Holder, but if sent by mail it is recommended that the Subscription Certificate and payment be sent by registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the Subscription Agent and clearance of payment prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, as it may be extended, or the date guaranteed payments are due under a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as applicable). Because uncertified personal checks may take at least five business days to clear, you are strongly urged to pay, or arrange for payment, by means of certified or cashier’s check or money order.
 
 
 

 
 
[Because Rights Holders must only pay the Estimated Subscription Price per share to exercise their Rights pursuant to the Offering and the Subscription Price may be higher or lower than the Estimated Subscription Price [(and because a Rights Holder may not receive all the shares for which they subscribe pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege)], Rights Holders may receive a refund or be required to pay an additional amount equal to the difference between the Estimated Subscription Price and the Subscription Price, multiplied by the total number of shares for which they have subscribed and been issued [(including pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege)]. Any additional payment required from a Rights Holder must be received by the Subscription Agent within ten business days after the confirmation date in order to receive all the shares of Common Stock subscribed for. Any excess payment to be refunded by the Company to a Rights Holder will be mailed by the Subscription Agent as promptly as practicable. No interest will be paid on any amounts refunded.]
 
[Stock certificates will not be issued for shares of the Company’s Common Stock offered in the Offering. Stockholders who are record owners will have the shares they acquire credited to their account with the Company’s transfer agent. Stockholders whose Common Stock is held by a nominee will have the shares they acquire credited to the account of such nominee holder.]
 
A Rights Holder exercising Rights will have no right to rescind their subscription after receipt of their payment for shares or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by the Subscription Agent[, except as described in the Prospectus]. [Rights may be transferred in the same manner and with the same effect as with a negotiable instrument payable to specific persons, by duly completing this Subscription Certificate. Rights Holders should be aware that if they choose to exercise, assign, transfer or sell only part of their Rights, they may not receive a new Subscription Certificate in sufficient time to exercise, assign, transfer or sell the remaining Rights evidenced thereby.]
 
To subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Basic Subscription, please complete line “A” and Section 1 below. [To subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, please complete lines “A” and “B” and Section 1 below.]
 
[If you want the Subscription Agent to attempt to sell any of your unexercised Rights, check box “D” below and complete Section 1 below. If you want a new Subscription Certificate evidencing any unexercised Rights delivered to you, check box “E” below and indicate the address to which the shares should be delivered in Section 1 below. If you want some or all of your unexercised rights transferred to a designated transferee, or to a bank or broker to sell for you, check box “F” below and complete Section 2 below.]
 
FOR A MORE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFERING, PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS, WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST FROM THE INFORMATION AGENT, [American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC], TOLL-FREE AT [(800) 937-5449].
 
 
 

 
 
A.           Basic Subscription
 
          ×           $          =           $          
 
(No. of Shares) (Estimated Subscription Price)
 
[B.           Over-Subscription Privilege*
 
          ×           $          =           $          
 
(No. of Shares) (Estimated Subscription Price)]
 
[C.]             Total Amount Enclosed       =       $      
 
[*If a Rights Holder is a Record Date Stockholder, the Over-Subscription Privilege may only be exercised if its Basic Subscription is exercised in full.]
 
SECTION 1. TO SUBSCRIBE: I acknowledge that I have received the Prospectus for the Offering and I hereby irrevocably subscribe for the number of shares of Common Stock indicated as the total of A [and B] above upon the terms and conditions specified in the Prospectus and incorporated by reference herein. I understand and agree that I will be obligated to pay an additional amount if the Subscription Price as determined on the Expiration Date, as it may be extended, is in excess of the Estimated Subscription Price. I hereby agree that if I fail to pay in full for the shares of Common Stock for which I have subscribed, the Company may exercise any of the remedies provided for in the Prospectus.
 
[TO SELL: If I have checked the box on line D, I authorize the sale of Rights by the Subscription Agent according to the procedures described in the Prospectus.]
 
 
Signature(s) of Subscriber(s)
[
 
 
Address for delivery of certificate representing unexercised Rights

If permanent change of address, check here ¨
 
Daytime telephone number (___) 
 
   
Evening telephone number (___)
 
   
Email address:
]

Please complete all applicable information and return to:
 
Any questions regarding this Subscription Certificate and the Offering may be directed to the Information Agent, [American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC], toll free at [(800) 937-5449].
 
[D. Sell any unexercised Rights]
 
[E. Deliver a certificate representing              unexercised Rights to the address in Section 1]
 
[F. Transfer             Rights to the transferee designated in Section 2]
 
[SECTION 2. TO TRANSFER RIGHTS (Per Line F): For value received,                of the Rights represented by this Subscription Certificate are assigned to:
 
 
(Print full name of Assignee and Social Security Number)
 
 
   
(Print full address)
 
 
   
(Signature(s) of Assignor(s))
 
 
The signature(s) on the Subscription Certificate must correspond with the name(s) of the registered holder(s) exactly as it appears on the Subscription Certificate without any alteration or change whatsoever. In the case of joint registered holders, each person must sign the Subscription Certificate in accordance with the foregoing. If you sign the Subscription Certificate in your capacity as a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent, officer of a corporation or other fiduciary or representative, you must indicate the capacity in which you are signing when you sign and, if requested by the Subscription Agent in its sole and absolute discretion, you must present to the Subscription Agent satisfactory evidence of your authority to sign in that capacity.
 
The signature must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which may include: (a) a commercial bank or trust company; (b) a member firm of a domestic stock exchange; or (c) a savings bank or credit union.
 
Signature (name of bank or firm):
 
   
Guaranteed by (signature/title):
]

BY FIRST CLASS MAIL ONLY:  BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

DELIVERY OF THIS SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
 
 

 

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
 
(Issuer)
 
and
 
U.S. Bank National Association
 
(Trustee)
 
Indenture
 
Dates as of                        ,
 
Providing for the Issuance
 
of
 
Debt Securities
 
 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
Page
     
ARTICLE ONE  DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
1
     
Section 1.01.
Definitions
 
1
Section 1.02.
Compliance Certificates
 
9
Section 1.03.
Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
 
9
Section 1.04.
Acts of Holders
 
10
Section 1.05.
Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company
 
10
Section 1.06.
Notice to Holders; Waiver
 
11
Section 1.07.
Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
 
11
Section 1.08.
Successors and Assigns
 
11
Section 1.09.
Separability Clause
 
12
Section 1.10.
Benefits of Indenture
 
12
Section 1.11.
Governing Law
 
12
Section 1.12.
Legal Holidays
 
12
Section 1.13.
Submission to Jurisdiction
 
12
     
ARTICLE TWO  SECURITIES FORMS
 
12
     
Section 2.01.
Forms of Securities
 
12
Section 2.02.
Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
 
13
Section 2.03.
Securities Issuable in Global Form
 
13
     
ARTICLE THREE  THE SECURITIES
 
14
     
Section 3.01.
Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series
 
14
Section 3.02.
Denominations
 
16
Section 3.03.
Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
 
17
Section 3.04.
Temporary Securities
 
18
Section 3.05.
Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
 
18
Section 3.06.
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
 
20
Section 3.07.
Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset
 
20
Section 3.08.
Optional Extension of Maturity
 
22
Section 3.09.
Persons Deemed Owners
 
23
Section 3.10.
Cancellation
 
23
Section 3.11.
Computation of Interest
 
23
Section 3.12.
Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities
 
23
Section 3.13.
Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent
 
26
Section 3.14.
CUSIP Numbers
 
26
     
ARTICLE FOUR  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
 
26
     
Section 4.01.
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
 
26
Section 4.02.
Application of Trust Funds
 
27
     
ARTICLE FIVE  REMEDIES
 
27
     
Section 5.01.
Events of Default
 
27
Section 5.02.
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
 
29
Section 5.03.
Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
 
30
Section 5.04.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
 
30
Section 5.05.
Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
 
31
Section 5.06.
Application of Money Collected
 
31
Section 5.07.
Limitation on Suits
 
32
Section 5.08.
Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
 
32
Section 5.09.
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
 
32
Section 5.10.
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
 
32
Section 5.11.
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
 
33
 
 
-i-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
      Page
       
Section 5.12.
Control by Holders of Securities
 
33
Section 5.13.
Waiver of Past Defaults
 
33
Section 5.14.
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
 
33
     
ARTICLE SIX  THE TRUSTEE
 
34
     
Section 6.01.
Notice of Defaults
 
34
Section 6.02.
Certain Rights of Trustee
 
34
Section 6.03.
Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
 
36
Section 6.04.
May Hold Securities
 
36
Section 6.05.
Money Held in Trust
 
36
Section 6.06.
Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee
 
36
Section 6.07.
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
 
37
Section 6.08.
Disqualification; Conflicting Interests
 
37
Section 6.09.
Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
 
37
Section 6.10.
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
 
39
Section 6.11.
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
 
39
Section 6.12.
Appointment of Authenticating Agent
 
40
     
ARTICLE SEVEN  HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
 
41
     
Section 7.01.
Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders
 
41
Section 7.02.
Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders
 
41
Section 7.03.
Reports by Trustee
 
42
Section 7.04.
Reports by Company
 
42
Section 7.05.
Calculation of Original Issue Discount
 
42
     
ARTICLE EIGHT  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER
 
42
     
Section 8.01.
Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
 
42
Section 8.02.
Successor Person Substituted
 
43
     
ARTICLE NINE  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
 
43
     
Section 9.01.
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders
 
43
Section 9.02.
Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders
 
44
Section 9.03.
Execution of Supplemental Indentures
 
45
Section 9.04.
Effect of Supplemental Indentures
 
45
Section 9.05.
Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
 
45
Section 9.06.
Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures
 
45
     
ARTICLE TEN  COVENANTS
 
45
     
Section 10.01.
Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest
 
45
Section 10.02.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
 
46
Section 10.03.
Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust
 
46
Section 10.04.
Additional Amounts
 
47
Section 10.05.
Statement as to Compliance
 
47
Section 10.06.
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
 
48
Section 10.07.
Waiver of Certain Covenants
 
48
     
ARTICLE ELEVEN  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
 
48
     
Section 11.01.
Applicability of Article
 
48
Section 11.02.
Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
 
48
Section 11.03.
Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
 
48
Section 11.04.
Notice of Redemption
 
49
Section 11.05.
Deposit of Redemption Price
 
50
 
 
-ii-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
      Page
       
Section 11.06.
Securities Payable on Redemption Date
 
50
Section 11.07.
Securities Redeemed in Part
 
50
     
ARTICLE TWELVE  SINKING FUNDS
 
51
     
Section 12.01.
Applicability of Article
 
51
Section 12.02.
Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities
 
51
Section 12.03.
Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund
 
51
     
ARTICLE THIRTEEN  REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
51
     
Section 13.01.
Applicability of Article
 
51
Section 13.02.
Repayment of Securities
 
52
Section 13.03.
Exercise of Option
 
52
Section 13.04.
When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable
 
52
Section 13.05.
Securities Repaid in Part
 
52
     
ARTICLE FOURTEEN  DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
53
     
Section 14.01.
Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
 
53
Section 14.02.
Defeasance and Discharge
 
53
Section 14.03.
Covenant Defeasance
 
53
Section 14.04.
Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
 
54
Section 14.05.
Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
 
55
     
ARTICLE FIFTEEN  MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
 
56
     
Section 15.01.
Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called
 
56
Section 15.02.
Call, Notice and Place of Meetings
 
56
Section 15.03.
Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings
 
56
Section 15.04.
Quorum; Action
 
56
Section 15.05.
Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings
 
57
Section 15.06.
Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings
 
58
     
ARTICLE SIXTEEN  SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
 
58
     
Section 16.01.
Agreement to Subordinate
 
58
Section 16.02.
Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities
 
58
Section 16.03.
No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness
 
60
Section 16.04.
Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted
 
60
Section 16.05.
Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination
 
60
Section 16.06.
Notices to Trustee
 
60
Section 16.07.
Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness
 
61
Section 16.08.
Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness
 
61
Section 16.09.
Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent
 
61
 
 
-iii-

 

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939
and Indenture, dated as of           ,
 
Trust Indenture Act Section
 
Indenture Section
§ 310
(a)(1)
 
6.07
 
(a)(2)
 
6.07
 
(b)
 
6.09
§ 312
(c)
 
7.01
§ 314
(a)
 
7.04
 
(a)(4)
 
10.05
 
(c)(1)
 
1.02
 
(c)(2)
 
1.02
 
(e)
 
1.02
§ 315
(b)
 
6.01
§ 316
(a) (last sentence)
 
1.01 (“Outstanding”)
 
(a)(1)(A)
 
5.02, 5.12
 
(a)(1)(B)
 
5.13
 
(b)
 
5.08
§ 317
(a)(1)
 
5.03
 
(a)(2)
 
5.04
§ 318
(a)
 
1.11
 
(c)
 
1.11
 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.
 
 
-iv-

 
 
INDENTURE, dated as of                             ,           , between Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee (as trustee in such capacity and not in its individual capacity, the “Trustee”).
 
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
 
WHEREAS, the Company deems it necessary to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes debt securities (hereinafter called the “Securities”) evidencing its secured or unsecured indebtedness, which may or may not be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, to be issued in one or more series, unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided;
 
WHEREAS, this Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions; and
 
WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of, and enforceable against, the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
 
For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, or of a series thereof, as follows:
 
ARTICLE ONE
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
Section 1.01.           Definitions .
 
For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
 
(a)           the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular and, pursuant to Section 3.01, any such item may, with respect to any particular series of Securities, be amended or modified or specified as being inapplicable;
 
(b)           all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(c)           all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America;
 
(d)           the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
 
(e)           “or” is not exclusive;
 
(f)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
 
 
1

 
 
(g)           references to sections of or rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.
 
Certain terms, used in other Articles herein, are defined in those Articles.
 
Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder of a Security, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.
 
Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts that are required by a Security or by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, under circumstances specified therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain Holders and that are owing to such Holders.
 
Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
Authenticating Agent ” means any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.12 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.
 
Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place.  Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.
 
Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
 
Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.
 
Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Business Day ”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or particular location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
Clearstream ” means Clearstream International or its successor.
 
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if at any time after execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.
 
Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.
 
 
2

 
 
Company Request ” and “ Company Order ” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Component Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).
 
Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(d).
 
Conversion Event ” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, (ii) the Euro both within the European Monetary System and for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the European Communities or (iii) any currency unit (or composite currency) other than the Euro for the purposes for which it was established.
 
Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at [           ]; provided that for purposes of presentment or surrender of securities for transfer or payment or exchange, such office is located at [       ], or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).
 
corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.
 
Currency ” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units, including, without limitation, the Euro, issued by the government of one or more countries or by any reorganized confederation or association of such governments.
 
Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(a).
 
Dollar ” or “ $ ” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
 
Euro ” means the official currency of the eurozone.
 
Election Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).
 
Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or its successor as operator of the Euroclear System.
 
European Communities ” means the European Union.
 
European Monetary System ” means the European Monetary System established by the Resolution of December 5, 1978 of the Council of the European Communities.
 
Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
 
Exchange Rate Agent ”, with respect to Securities of or within any series, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, a New York Clearing House bank designated pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.13.
 
Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 3.02 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation signed by the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Company.
 
 
3

 
 
Extension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
 
Extension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
 
Final Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
 
Foreign Currency ” means any Currency other than the U.S. dollar, including, the Euro.
 
Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or the government which issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable, for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or such government that issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.
 
Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.
 
Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01; provide d, however , that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the or those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.01, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms that relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.
 
Indexed Security ” means a Security as to which all or certain interest payments and/or the principal amount payable at Maturity are determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, Currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities or by such other objective price, economic or other measures as are specified in Section 3.01 hereof.
 
Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity, and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04, includes such Additional Amounts.
 
Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.
 
Junior Subordinated Security ” or “ Junior Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Junior Subordinated Security.
 
 
4

 
 
Junior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, which in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and equally and pari passu in right of payment to any other Junior Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Junior Subordinated Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.
 
Market Exchange Rate ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either New York City, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent.  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in New York City, London or other principal market for such currency or currency unit in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate.  Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any currency or currency unit by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such currency or currency unit shall be that upon which a nonresident issuer of securities designated in such currency or currency unit would purchase such currency or currency unit in order to make payments in respect of such securities as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent, in its sole discretion.
 
Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment, notice of exchange or conversion or otherwise.
 
Notice of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.
 
Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Company.
 
Optional Reset Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).
 
Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02.
 
Original Stated Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
 
 
5

 
 
Outstanding ”, when used with respect to Securities or any series of Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities or all Securities of such series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :
 
(i)             Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
 
(ii)            Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities, provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;
 
(iii)           Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 14.02 and 14.03, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen; and
 
(iv)           Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;
 
provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, (ii) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above or (iii) below, respectively) of such Security, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.
 
Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the Company.
 
Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
 
 
6

 
 
Place of Paymen t”, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities are payable as specified and as contemplated by Sections 3.01 and 10.02.
 
Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.
 
Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
 
Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
 
Registered Security ” means any Security that is registered in the Security Register.
 
Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01, whether or not a Business Day.
 
Repayment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the date fixed for such repayment by or pursuant to this Indenture.
 
Repayment Price ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the price at which it is to be repaid by or pursuant to this Indenture.
 
Reset Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).
 
Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
 
Security ” or “ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided , however , that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.
 
Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05.
 
Senior Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Senior Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.
 
Senior Security ” or “ Senior Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Senior Security.
 
 
7

 
 
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and pari passu in right of payment with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any Junior Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Senior Subordinated Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.
 
Senior Subordinated Security ” or “ Senior Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Senior Subordinated Security.
 
Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
 
Specified Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).
 
Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.08.
 
Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Junior Subordinated Indebtedness.
 
Subsequent Interest Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).
 
Subsidiary ” means (i) any corporation a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company, (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest or (iii) a partnership in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the time, a general partner and in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest.  For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
 
Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.05.
 
Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
 
United States ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.
 
United States person ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other than a partnership that is not treated as a United States Person under any applicable Treasury regulations), any estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in the Treasury regulations, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to such date that elect to continue to be treated as United States Persons, will also be United States persons.
 
 
8

 
 
Valuation Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(c).
 
Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.
 
Section 1.02.        Compliance Certificates and Opinions .
 
Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
 
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 10.05) shall include:
 
(a)           a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;
 
(b)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
(c)           a statement that such individual signing the certificate or opinion has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and
 
(d)           a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
 
Section 1.03.        Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .
 
In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
 
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion, certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such Opinion of Counsel or certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.
 
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
 
 
9

 
 
Section 1.04.        Acts of Holders .
 
(a)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.  The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 15.06.
 
(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems reasonably sufficient.
 
(c)           The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.
 
(d)           If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.
 
(e)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
 
Section 1.05.       Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company .
 
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,
 
(i)           the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention:      [          ], or
 
 
10

 
 
(ii)          the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service, to the Company, to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
 
The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid; and (iii) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
 
Section 1.06.        Notice to Holders; Waiver .
 
Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities.  Any notice mailed or sent to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.
 
If by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification to Holders of Registered Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.
 
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.
 
Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
 
Section 1.07.        Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
Section 1.08.        Successors and Assigns .
 
All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
 
 
11

 
 
Section 1.09.        Separability Clause .
 
In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
Section 1.10.        Benefits of Indenture .
 
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
 
Section 1.11.        Governing Law .
 
This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.  This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.
 
Section 1.12.        Legal Holidays .
 
In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.
 
Section 1.13.        Submission to Jurisdiction .
 
The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Securities of any series, and the Company hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court.  The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.
 
ARTICLE TWO
 
SECURITIES FORMS
 
Section 2.01.        Forms of Securities .
 
The Registered Securities of each series, the temporary global Securities of each series, if any, and the permanent global Securities of each series, if any, to be endorsed thereon shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution in accordance with Section 3.01, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.
 
 
12

 
 
The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
 
Section 2.02.        Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .
 
Subject to Section 6.11, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:
 
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
U.S. Bank National Association
 as Trustee
   
By: 
 
 
Authorized Officer

Section 2.03.        Securities Issuable in Global Form .
 
If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, then, notwithstanding clause (viii) of Section 3.01 and the provisions of Section 3.02, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges.  Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount or any increase or decrease in the amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04.  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.03 and, if applicable, Section 3.04, the Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order.  If a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement, delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.
 
The provisions of the last sentence of Section 3.03 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee or the Security Registrar the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 3.03.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.07, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.09 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a permanent global Security (i) in the case of a permanent global Security in registered form, the Holder of such permanent global Security in registered form or (ii) in the case of a permanent global Security in bearer form, Euroclear or Clearstream.
 
 
13

 
 
ARTICLE THREE
 
THE SECURITIES
 
Section 3.01.        Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .
 
The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
 
The Securities may be issued in one or more series and shall be designated as Senior Securities, Senior Subordinated Securities or Junior Subordinated Securities.  Senior Securities are unsubordinated, shall rank equally and pari passu with all of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and senior to all Subordinated Securities.  Senior Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and senior to any Junior Subordinated Indebtedness.  Junior Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and equally and pari passu with all other Junior Subordinated Indebtedness.  There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 3.03, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (xv) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of the series when issued from time to time):
 
(i)           the title of the Securities of the series including CUSIP numbers (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from all other series of Securities);
 
(ii)          any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05, and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);
 
(iii)         the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Securities of the series shall be payable;
 
(iv)         the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date shall be determined, and the basis upon which such interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;
 
(v)          the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;
 
(vi)         the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option;
 
 
14

 
 
(vii)        the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
 
(viii)       if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable;
 
(ix)          if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;
 
(x)           if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, upon redemption of the Securities of the series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity, upon surrender for repayment at the option of the Holder, or which the Trustee shall be entitled to claim pursuant to Section 5.04 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;
 
(xi)          if other than Dollars, the Currency or Currencies in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be made or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;
 
(xii)         whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;
 
(xiii)        whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more Currencies other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are to be paid, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;
 
(xiv)       provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series, including with respect to any collateral securing such Securities;
 
(xv)        any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to any of the provisions of Section 10.07) of the Company with respect to Securities of the series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;
 
(xvi)       whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form with or without coupons and whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable in permanent global form with or without coupons and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series in certificated form and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.05;
 
(xvii)      the date as of which any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;
 
 
15

 
 
(xviii)     the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.04; and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a permanent global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.07;
 
(xix)        the applicability, if any, of Sections 14.02 and/or 14.03 to the Securities of the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen;
 
(xx)         if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;
 
(xxi)        whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which, the Company will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 10.04 on the Securities of the series to any Holder who is not a United States Person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);
 
(xxii)       the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;
 
(xxiii)      if the Securities of the series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;
 
(xxiv)      if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable;
 
(xxv)       if the Securities of the series are to be listed on a securities exchange, the name of such exchange; and
 
(xxvi)      any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act), including, but not limited to, secured Securities and guarantees of Securities.
 
All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.
 
If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, a copy of an appropriate record of such action(s) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.
 
Section 3.02.        Denominations .
 
The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01.  With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination) shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
 
 
16

 
 
Section 3.03.        Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .
 
The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon, and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.
 
Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.
 
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities.  If all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue.  In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d)) shall be fully protected in relying upon,
 
(a)           an Opinion of Counsel stating,
 
(i)           that the form or forms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;
 
(ii)          that the terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and
 
(iii)         that such Securities, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities; and
 
(b)           an Officers’ Certificate stating, to the best of the knowledge of the signers of such certificate, that no Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01 and of this Section 3.03, if all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver an Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.01 or the Company Order, Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to the preceding paragraph at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but such order, opinion and certificates, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.
 
If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be required to authenticate Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency if the Trustee reasonably believes that it would be unable to perform its duties with respect to such Securities.
 
 
17

 
 
Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
 
No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.10 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
 
Section 3.04.        Temporary Securities .
 
(a)           Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form, or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities.  In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities may be in global form.
 
Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged in accordance with Section 3.04(b) or as otherwise provided in or pursuant to a Board Resolution), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount and like tenor of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.
 
Section 3.05.        Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .
 
The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities.  The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.  The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities on such Security Register as herein provided, and for facilitating exchanges of temporary global Securities for permanent global Securities or definitive Securities, or both, or of permanent global Securities for definitive Securities, or both, as herein provided.  In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times.
 
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.
 
 
18

 
 
At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency.  Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
 
Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph.  If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is entitled to exchange such interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security, executed by the Company.  On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the London office of a depositary or common depositary or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or to the Security Registrar, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities of the same series without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption.  If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest or interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
 
All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
 
Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar or any transfer agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney or any transfer agent duly authorized in writing.
 
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05 not involving any transfer.
 
 
19

 
 
The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Registered Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed or (iii) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security that has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.
 
Section 3.06.        Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .
 
If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
 
If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall, subject to the following paragraph, execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.
 
Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
 
Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.
 
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
 
Section 3.07.        Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset .
 
(a)           Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, interest, if any, on any Registered Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 10.02; provided , however , that each installment of interest, if any, on any Registered Security may at the Company’s option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.09, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States.
 
Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, any interest on any Registered Security of any series that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:
 
 
20

 
 
(i)           The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).
 
(ii)           The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (and certification by the Company that the proposed manner of payment complies with the requirements of this clause (ii)), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
 
(b)           The provisions of this Section 3.07(b) may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01).  The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Security of such series may be reset by the Company on the date or dates specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Optional Reset Date ”).  The Company may exercise such option with respect to such Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Security.  Not later than 40 days prior to each Optional Reset Date, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of any such Security a notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) indicating whether the Company has elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity of such Security (each such period a “ Subsequent Interest Period ”), including the date or dates on which or the period or periods during which and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days prior to the Optional Reset Date (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security.  Such notice shall be irrevocable.  All Securities with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Securities have not tendered such Securities for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, will bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable).
 
 
21

 
 
The Holder of any such Security will have the option to elect repayment by the Company of the principal of such Security on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date.  In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.
 
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.05, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.
 
Section 3.08.        Optional Extension of Maturity .
 
The provisions of this Section 3.08 may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01).  The Stated Maturity of any Security of such series may be extended at the option of the Company for the period or periods specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Extension Period ”) up to but not beyond the date (the “ Final Maturity ”) set forth on the face of such Security.  The Company may exercise such option with respect to any Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Security in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “ Original Stated Maturity ”).  If the Company exercises such option, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of such Security not later than 40 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “ Extension Notice ”), prepared by the Company, indicating (i) the election of the Company to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period.  Upon the Trustee’s transmittal of the Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Security shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Security will have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days before the Original Stated Maturity (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of such Security, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security.  Such notice shall be irrevocable.  All Securities with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended will bear such higher interest rate.
 
If the Company extends the Stated Maturity of any Security, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Security by the Company on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date.  In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Company has extended the Stated Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.
 
 
22

 
 
Section 3.09.        Persons Deemed Owners .
 
Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global temporary or permanent Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.
 
Section 3.10.        Cancellation .
 
All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.  No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  Cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures, unless by a Company Order the Company directs the Trustee to deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company or to return them to the Company.
 
Section 3.11.        Computation of Interest .
 
Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to Securities of any series, interest, if any, on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
 
Section 3.12.        Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities .
 
(a)           Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Registered Security of such series will be made in the Currency in which such Registered Security is payable.  The provisions of this Section 3.12 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01.
 
 
23

 
 
(b)           It may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Registered Securities of any series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date.  If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article Four or Fourteen or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Company or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee).  Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee of such series of Registered Securities not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 3.12(a).  The Trustee for each such series of Registered Securities shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.
 
(c)           Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Securities of any series, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Company a written notice specifying the Currency in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above.  If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company will deliver to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies payments to be made on such payment date.  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the second Business Day (the “ Valuation Date ”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
 
(d)           If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Dollar shall be the currency of payment for use on each such payment date.  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee of each such series of Securities and by such Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.
 
(e)           Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3.12.
 
 
24

 
 
(f)           The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.
 
(g)           The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the Specified Amount of each Component Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.
 
(h)           For purposes of this Section 3.12, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
A “ Component Currency ” shall mean any currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit.
 
A “ Specified Amount ” of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which were represented in the relevant currency unit on the Conversion Date.  If after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion.  If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency.  If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more currencies, having an aggregate Dollar Equivalent value at the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such replacement equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the Specified Amount of such former Component Currency at the Market Exchange Rate immediately before such division, and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies.  If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of “ Specified Amount ”) occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.
 
An “ Election Date ” shall mean the Regular Record Date for the applicable series of Registered Securities or at least 16 days prior to Maturity, as the case may be, or such other prior date for any series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to clause (xiii) of Section 3.01 by which the written election referred to in Section 3.12(b) may be made.
 
All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and all Holders of such Securities denominated or payable in the relevant Currency.  The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities of any such decision or determination.
 
In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof and of the applicable Conversion Date to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date.  In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to the Euro or any other currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date.  In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company will similarly give written notice to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent.
 
 
25

 
 
The Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.
 
Section 3.13.        Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent .
 
(a)           Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.  The Company will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Foreign Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 3.12.
 
(b)           No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.
 
(c)           If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).
 
Section 3.14.        CUSIP Numbers .
 
In issuing the Securities the Company may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the respective CUSIP numbers of the Securities in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company shall advise the Trustee as promptly as practicable in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
 
ARTICLE FOUR
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
 
Section 4.01.        Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .
 
Except as set forth below, this Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto, any surviving rights of tender for repayment at the option of the Holders and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 10.04), and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series when
 
 
26

 
 
(a)           either
 
(i)           all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(ii)          all Securities of such series
 
(1)           have become due and payable, or
 
(2)           will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
 
(3)           if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,
 
and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose, solely for the benefit of the Holders, an amount in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;
 
(b)           the Company has irrevocably paid or caused to be irrevocably paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and
 
(c)           the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.
 
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.12 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of clause (a) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive any termination of this Indenture.
 
Section 4.02.        Application of Trust Funds .
 
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
ARTICLE FIVE
 
REMEDIES
 
Section 5.01.        Events of Default .
 
Event of Default ”, wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution establishing such series of Securities or is in the form of Security for such series:
 
 
27

 
 
(i)            default in the payment of any interest upon any Security when such interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or
 
(ii)           default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, and continuance of such default for a period of five days; or
 
(iii)          default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series, and continuance of such default for a period of five days; or
 
(iv)          default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or that has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
 
(v)           the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
 
(1)           commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law,
 
(2)           consents to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief against it,
 
(3)           consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding,
 
(4)           consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or
 
(5)           makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due
 
or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any such action;
 
(vi)           a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
 
(1)           is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, or
 
(2)           adjudges the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, or
 
(3)           appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or
 
 
28

 
 
(4)           orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company,
 
and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;
 
(vii)         if, pursuant to Sections 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) and 61 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months any class of Securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940) of less than 100%; or
 
(viii)        any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.
 
The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means title 11, U.S. Code or any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law.  The term “Custodian” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
 
Section 5.02.        Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .
 
If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable.
 
At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
 
(i)           the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)):
 
(1)           all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all Outstanding Securities of that series,
 
(2)           the principal of (and premium, if any) all Outstanding Securities of that series that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities,
 
(3)           to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and
 
(4)           all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and
 
(ii)          all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.
 
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
 
29

 
 
Section 5.03.        Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .
 
The Company covenants that if:
 
(i)           default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
 
(ii)          default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of any series at its Maturity,
 
then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, with interest upon any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest, if any, at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
 
If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series, wherever situated.
 
If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
 
Section 5.04.        Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
 
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any overdue principal, premium or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
 
(i)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be provided for in the terms thereof) (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents (and take such other actions, including serving on a committee of creditors) as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and
 
(ii)           to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
 
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06.
 
 
30

 
 
Subject to Article Eight and Section 9.02 and unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01, nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security in any such proceeding.
 
Section 5.05.        Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .
 
All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
 
Section 5.06.        Application of Money Collected .
 
Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
 
FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06;
 
SECOND:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Senior Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Senior Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and
 
THIRD:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Senior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Senior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and
 
FOURTH:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Junior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Junior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and
 
FIFTH:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any other Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and
 
SIXTH:  To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.
 
 
31

 
 
Section 5.07.        Limitation on Suits .
 
No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
 
(i)           such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;
 
(ii)          the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
 
(iii)         such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
 
(iv)         the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
 
(v)          no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;
 
it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.
 
Section 5.08.        Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .
 
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holders on the Repayment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
 
Section 5.09.        Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
 
If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
 
Section 5.10.        Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
 
Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
 
 
32

 
 
Section 5.11.        Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
 
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities, as the case may be.
 
Section 5.12.       Control by Holders of Securities .
 
Subject to Section 6.02(v), the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that
 
(i)           such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,
 
(ii)          the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and
 
(iii)         the Trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting.
 
Section 5.13.        Waiver of Past Defaults .
 
Subject to Section 5.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to Securities of such series and its consequences, except a default
 
(i)           in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or
 
(ii)          in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.
 
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
Section 5.14.        Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .
 
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
 
 
33

 
 
ARTICLE SIX
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
Section 6.01.        Notice of Defaults .
 
(a)           Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Securities of such series; and provided further that in the case of any Default or breach of the character specified in Section 5.01(iv) with respect to the Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof.
 
(b)           Prior to the time when the occurrence of an Event of Default becomes known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to a series of Securities that may have occurred:
 
(i)           the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of any series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
(ii)          in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein); and
 
(iii)         the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.
 
Section 6.02.         Certain Rights of Trustee .
 
Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):
 
(i)           The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any document.
 
(ii)           Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 3.03 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.
 
 
34

 
 
(iii)         Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon a Board Resolution, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officers’ Certificate.
 
(iv)         The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
 
(v)          The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
 
(vi)         The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.
 
(vii)        The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
 
(viii)       The Trustee shall not deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.
 
(ix)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
 
(x)           The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.
 
(xi)          The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to such Securities.
 
(xii)         Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein).  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate.
 
(xiii)        The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
 
(xiv)        The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
 
 
35

 
 
(xv)         The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
 
(xvi)        Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
 
(xvii)       The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.
 
The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
Section 6.03.        Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .
 
The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein.  Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.
 
Section 6.04.        May Hold Securities .
 
The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.
 
Section 6.05.        Money Held in Trust .
 
Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.
 
Section 6.06.        Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee .
 
The Company agrees:
 
(i)           To pay to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as has been agreed upon from time to time in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust).
 
 
36

 
 
(ii)           Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.
 
(iii)           To indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
 
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on particular Securities.
 
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 occurs, the expenses and compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, State or analogous foreign law for the relief of debtors.
 
The provisions of this Section 6.06 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, termination or discharge of this Indenture.
 
Section 6.07.        Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .
 
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, state, territorial or the District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
 
Section 6.08.        Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .
 
If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.
 
Section 6.09.        Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .
 
(a)           No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.10.
 
(b)           The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.
 
(c)           The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by (i) the Company, by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, provided that contemporaneously therewith (x) the Company immediately appoints a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series meeting the requirements of Section 6.07 hereof and (y) the terms of Section 6.10 hereof are complied with in respect of such appointment (the Trustee being removed hereby agreeing to execute the instrument contemplated by Section 6.10(b) hereof, if applicable, under such circumstances) and provided further that no Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and then be continuing at such time, or (ii) Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.
 
 
37

 
 
(d)           If at any time:
 
(i)           the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or
 
(ii)          the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.07 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or
 
(iii)         the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
 
then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.
 
(e)           If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of a notice of resignation or the delivery of an Act of removal, the Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(f)           If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series).  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to Securities of such series.
 
(g)           The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 1.06.
 
Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
 
 
38

 
 
Section 6.10.        Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .
 
(a)           In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.06.
 
(b)           In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and that (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.  Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “ Indenture ” and “ Securities ” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definition of those terms in Section 1.01 which contemplate such situation.
 
(c)           Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments reasonably necessary to more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.
 
(d)           No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
 
Section 6.11.        Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .
 
Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.  In case any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee; provided , however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.
 
 
39

 
 
Section 6.12.        Appointment of Authenticating Agent .
 
At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents (which may be an Affiliate or Affiliates of the Company) with respect to one or more series of Securities that shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue or upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder.  Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 3.01, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities.  If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
 
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
 
An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company.  The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall promptly give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve in the manner set forth in Section 1.06.  Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
 
The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.
 
If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:
 
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
 
40

 
 
 
U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee
     
 
By:
 
   
as Authenticating Agent
     
 
By:
 
   
Authorized Officer

If all of the Securities of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint in accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent (which, if so requested by the Company, shall be an Affiliate of the Company) having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities, provided that the terms and conditions of such appointment are reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
 
ARTICLE SEVEN
 
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
 
Section 7.01.         Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders .
 
Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).
 
Section 7.02.        Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .
 
(a)           The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
 
(b)           The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.
 
(c)           Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
 
 
41

 
 
Section 7.03.        Reports by Trustee .
 
Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders Securities as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a report dated as of such May 15 which meets the requirements of TIA Section 313(a).
 
A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of the listing of the Securities on any stock exchange.  In the event that, on any such reporting date, no events have occurred under the applicable sections of the TIA within the 12 months preceding such reporting date, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to provide such reports.
 
Section 7.04.        Reports by Company .
 
The Company will file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act; provided , that any such information, documents or reports filed electronically with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed filed with and delivered to the Trustee and the Holders at the same time as filed with the Commission.
 
Delivery of such reports, information, and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
 
Section 7.05.        Calculation of Original Issue Discount .
 
Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods), if any, accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
 
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER
 
Section 8.01.        Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .
 
Unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other corporation or convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, unless:
 
(i)           either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
 
(ii)           immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and
 
(iii)         the Company and the successor Person have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
 
42

 
 
Section 8.02.        Successor Person Substituted .
 
Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.
 
ARTICLE NINE
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
 
Section 9.01.        Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .
 
Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
 
(i)           to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or
 
(ii)          to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or
 
(iii)         to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of efault are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); provided , however , that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or
 
(iv)         to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or
 
(v)          to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.01 or 10.06, or otherwise; or
 
(vi)         to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01, including the provisions and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company); or
 
(vii)        to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or
 
 
43

 
 
(viii)       to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or
 
(ix)          to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 4.01, 14.02 and 14.03; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or any other series of Securities in any material respect.
 
Section 9.02.        Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .
 
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture that affects such series of Securities or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of such series of Securities under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:
 
(i)           change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, subject to the provisions of Section 3.08; or the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any Security; or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest (or change the manner of calculating the rate of interest, thereon, or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04 (except as contemplated by Section 8.01(i) and permitted by Section 9.01(i)), or reduce the portion of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, or upon the redemption thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of the Holder of any Security, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 herein, or modify the subordination provisions set forth in Article Sixteen in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Security; or
 
(ii)           reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such series (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 15.04 for quorum or voting; or
 
(iii)         modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Security with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.10(b) and 9.01(vii).
 
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
 
 
44

 
 
A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.
 
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is eleven months after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
 
Section 9.03.        Execution of Supplemental Indentures .
 
In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 1.02 of this Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such supplemental indenture have been complied with.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
 
Section 9.04.        Effect of Supplemental Indentures .
 
Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
 
Section 9.05.        Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .
 
Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
 
Section 9.06.        Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .
 
Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.
 
ARTICLE TEN
 
COVENANTS
 
Section 10.01.      Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .
 
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Indenture.  Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 3.01, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security.
 
 
45

 
 
Section 10.02.      Maintenance of Office or Agency .
 
The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
 
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent with its office at [                    ], and as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
 
Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.  The Company will notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Exchange Rate Agent retained by it.
 
Section 10.03.      Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust .
 
If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of any Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of such series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
 
Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency or Currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum of money to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
 
The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums of money held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
 
 
46

 
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money held in trust, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
 
Section 10.04.      Additional Amounts .
 
If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company will pay to the Holder of any Security of such series such Additional Amounts as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01.  Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.
 
Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal, premium or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officers’ Certificate, the Company will furnish the Trustee and the Company’s principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series who are not United States persons without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of that series.  If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officers’ Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities of that series and the Company will pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities.  In the event that the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall not so receive the above-mentioned certificate, then the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall be entitled (i) to assume that no such withholding or deduction is required with respect to any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Securities of a series until it shall have received a certificate advising otherwise and (ii) to make all payments of principal and interest with respect to the Securities of a series without withholding or deductions until otherwise advised.  The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section or in reliance on the Company’s not furnishing such an Officers’ Certificate.
 
Section 10.05.      Statement as to Compliance .
 
The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the date hereof so long as any Security is Outstanding hereunder, an Officers’ Certificate stating to the knowledge of the signers thereof whether the Company is in default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Indenture.  For purposes of this Section 10.05, such default shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.
 
 
47

 
 
Section 10.06.      Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .
 
The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company, except where the failure to do so would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
 
Section 10.07.      Waiver of Certain Covenants .
 
The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Section 10.06, and, as specified pursuant to Section 3.01(xv) for Securities of any series, in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 3.01(xiv) or Section 3.01(xv) in connection with the Securities of a series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
 
ARTICLE ELEVEN
 
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
 
Section 11.01.      Applicability of Article .
 
Securities of any series that are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.
 
Section 11.02.      Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .
 
The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed, and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed, and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 11.03.  In the case of any redemption of Securities of any series prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.
 
Section 11.03.      Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .
 
If less than all the Securities of any series issued on the same day with the same terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on such date with the same terms not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that such method complies with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Securities are listed (which rules shall be certificated to the Trustee by the Company or such national securities exchange at the Trustee’s request), and may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.
 
 
48

 
 
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
 
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.
 
Section 11.04.      Notice of Redemption .
 
Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, but failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.
 
Any notice that is mailed to the Holders of Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.
 
All notices of redemption shall state:
 
(i)           the Redemption Date;
 
(ii)          the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06;
 
(iii)         if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed;
 
(iv)         in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed;
 
(v)          that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06 will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date;
 
(vi)         the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any;
 
(vii)        that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case; and
 
(viii)       the CUSIP number of such Security, if any.
 
 
49

 
 
A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 1.06 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed.  Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
Section 11.05.      Deposit of Redemption Price .
 
On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.
 
Section 11.06.      Securities Payable on Redemption Date .
 
Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Securities shall if the same were interest-bearing cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.
 
If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the Redemption Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.
 
Section 11.07.      Securities Redeemed in Part .
 
Any Registered Security that is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.  If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or permanent global Security, respectively.  However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Company in its sole discretion shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee in writing thereof at least 45 days prior to the relevant redemption date.
 
 
50

 
 
ARTICLE TWELVE
 
SINKING FUNDS
 
Section 12.01.      Applicability of Article .
 
The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of such series.
 
The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”.  If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.02.  Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.
 
Section 12.02.      Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .
 
The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of a series, (i) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (ii) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, as provided for by the terms of such Securities; provided that such Securities so delivered or applied as a credit have not been previously so credited.  Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the applicable Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.
 
Section 12.03.      Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .
 
Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 12.02, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited.  If such Officers’ Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified.  Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.03 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 11.04.  Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.06 and 11.07.
 
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
 
REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
Section 13.01.      Applicability of Article .
 
Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01) in accordance with this Article.
 
 
51

 
 
Section 13.02.      Repayment of Securities .
 
Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at the Repayment Price thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Securities.  The Company covenants that on or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the Repayment Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the Repayment Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.
 
Section 13.03.      Exercise of Option .
 
Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Securities.  To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Security so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 45 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date.  If less than the entire Repayment Price of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the portion of the Repayment Price of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified.  Any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part.  Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.
 
Section 13.04.      When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable .
 
If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions , the Repayment Price of such Security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date; provided however, that installments of interest on Registered Securities, whose Stated Maturity is prior to (or, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on) the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.
 
If any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, the Repayment Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.
 
Section 13.05.      Securities Repaid in Part .
 
Upon surrender of any Registered Security that is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered that is not to be repaid.  If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or a new permanent global Security, respectively.
 
 
52

 
 
ARTICLE FOURTEEN
 
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
Section 14.01.       Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant   Defeasance .
 
If pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.02 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.03, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities, elect to have either Section 14.02 (if applicable) or Section 14.03 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.
 
Section 14.02.      Defeasance and Discharge .
 
Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”).  For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 14.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 14.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 10.02 and 10.03 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 10.04, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article.  Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 14.03 with respect to such Securities.  Following a defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.
 
Section 14.03.      Covenant Defeasance .
 
Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Section 10.06, and, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, its obligations under any other covenant with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Section 10.06, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder.  For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.01(iv) or 5.01(vii) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.  Following a covenant defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default solely by reference to such Sections specified above in this Section 14.03.
 
 
53

 
 
Section 14.04.      Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
 
The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 14.02 or Section 14.03 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series:
 
(i)           The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.07 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for the benefit of, and dedicated solely to, the Holders of such Securities, (A) an amount (in such Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), or (B) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, without reinvestment thereof, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (2) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities.
 
(ii)           Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
 
(iii)          No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 5.01(v) and 5.01(vi) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).
 
(iv)         In the case of an election under Section 14.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.
 
(v)          In the case of an election under Section 14.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.
 
(vi)         The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance under Section 14.02 or the covenant defeasance under Section 14.03 (as the case may be) have been complied with.
 
 
54

 
(vii)        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.01.
   
Section 14.05.      Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
 
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 14.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to Section 3.01, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 14.04(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.12(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 3.12(d) or 3.12(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.
 
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 14.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities.
 
Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 14.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.
 
If, after the Company has made a deposit with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.04, the Trustee is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.05  by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.04 until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article Fourteen; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any series of Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee.
 
Money deposited with the Trustee in trust pursuant to this Section 14.05 shall not be subject to the subordination provisions of Article Sixteen.
 
 
55

 
 
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
 
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
 
Section 15.01.      Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .
 
A meeting of Holders of any series of Securities of such series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.
 
Section 15.02.      Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .
 
(a)           The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London as the Trustee shall determine.  Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
 
(b)           In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication or mailing of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.
 
Section 15.03.      Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .
 
To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (ii) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders.  The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.
 
Section 15.04.      Quorum; Action .
 
The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved.  In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting.  In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting.  Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 15.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened.  Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.
 
 
56

 
 
Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.
 
Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:
 
(i)           there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and
 
(ii)          the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.
 
Section 15.05.      Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .
 
(a)           Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.  Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04.  Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.04 or other proof.
 
(b)           The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 15.02(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.
 
(c)           At any meeting of Holders, each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by such Holder; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding.  The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.
 
 
57

 
 
(d)           Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 15.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
 
Section 15.06.      Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .
 
The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them.  The chairman of the meeting shall appoint at least one inspector of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting a verified written report of all votes cast at the meeting.  A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any Series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspector of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 15.02 and, if applicable, Section 15.04.  Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.  Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
 
ARTICLE SIXTEEN
 
SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
 
Section 16.01.      Agreement to Subordinate .
 
The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Senior Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Senior Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.
 
The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Junior Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Junior Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness and Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.
 
Section 16.02.      Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities .
 
Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise (subject to the power of a court of competent jurisdiction to make other equitable provision reflecting the rights conferred in this Indenture upon the Senior Indebtedness and the holders thereof with respect to the Securities and the holders thereof by a lawful plan of reorganization under applicable bankruptcy law):
 
(i)           the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Securities;
 
 
58

 
 
(ii)           the holders of all Senior Subordinated Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Junior Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Securities;
 
(iii)         any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Sixteen shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness; and
 
(iv)         in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Subordinated Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over, upon written notice to the Trustee, to the holder of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instrument evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably as aforesaid, for application to payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
 
Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Subordinated Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be paid in full and no such payments or distributions to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities of cash, property or securities otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Subordinated Securities.  It is understood that the provisions of this Article Sixteen are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.  Nothing contained in this Article Sixteen or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Subordinated Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or to affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or in the Subordinated Securities prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Subordinated Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Sixteen of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.  Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.
 
 
59

 
 
If the Trustee or any Holder of Subordinated Securities does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to above prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim in such proceeding, then the holder of any Senior Indebtedness is hereby authorized, and has the right, to file an appropriate claim or claims for or on behalf of such Holder of Subordinated Securities.
 
With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee does not owe any fiduciary duties to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, including any holder of Securities other than Securities issued under this Indenture.
 
Section 16.03.      No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness .
 
No payment by the Company on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking funds or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be made unless full payment of amounts then due for principal (premium, if any), sinking funds and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.
 
Section 16.04.      Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted .
 
Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Subordinated Securities shall (i) affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except as provided in Sections 16.02 and 16.03, payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities or (ii) prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such payment more than three Business Days prior to the date fixed for such payment.
 
Section 16.05.      Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination .
 
Each Holder of Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article Sixteen and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
 
Section 16.06.      Notices to Trustee .
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall be charged with knowledge of the existence of any Senior Indebtedness or of any event which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, unless and until the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall have received (in the case of the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office) written notice thereof from the Company or from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness or from the trustee for any such holder, together with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of such holding of Senior Indebtedness or of the authority of such trustee; provided , however , that if at least three Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Subordinated Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice provided for in this Section 16.06, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, which may be received by it within three Business Days prior to such date.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such a notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder.  In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Sixteen, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Sixteen and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.
 
 
60

 
 
Section 16.07.      Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness .
 
The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Sixteen in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.
 
Nothing in this Article Sixteen shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06.
 
Section 16.08.      Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness .
 
Any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any Senior Indebtedness or the exercise by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any of their rights under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, may be made or done all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Subordinated Securities or the Trustee.
 
No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other instrument under which any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or of such Senior Indebtedness, whether or not such release is in accordance with the provisions of any applicable document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article Sixteen or of the Subordinated Securities relating to the subordination thereof.
 
Section 16.09.      Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent .
 
Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Subordinated Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.
 
* * * * *

 
61

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
as Trustee
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
62

 

EXHIBIT A
 
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR AND
CLEARSTREAM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OF
A PORTION OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY
OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE PRIOR
TO THE EXCHANGE DATE
CERTIFICATE
 
[Insert title or sufficient description of Securities to be delivered]
 
This is to certify that, based solely on written certifications that we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from each of the persons appearing in our records as persons entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “ Member Organizations ”) substantially in the form attached hereto, as of the date hereof, [U.S. $] principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by person(s) that are not “United States persons” (“ United States Person(s) ”) within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (ii) is owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v)[(iv)] are herein referred to as “financial institutions”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise Golub Capital BDC, Inc. or its agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, to the further effect, that financial institutions described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.
 
As used herein, “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.
 
We further certify that (i) we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary global Security representing the above-captioned Securities excepted in the above-referenced certificates of Member Organizations and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
 
We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States.  If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.
 
Dated:
 

[To be dated no earlier than the Exchange Date or the relevant Interest Payment
Date occurring prior to the Exchange Date, as applicable]

[                                                       ],
as Operator of the Euroclear System
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
Exhibit A-1

 
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGENT AGREEMENT
B y AND BETWEEN
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
and
[            ]

This Subscription Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of                   between Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and        (the “Subscription Agent”), and relates to the base prospectus included in the Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-        , filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on            , 2011, as amended by any amendment filed with respect thereto (the “Registration Statement”) and any supplemental prospectus (together with the base prospectus, the “Prospectus”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Subscription Certificate (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to make a subscription offer by issuing subscription certificates in the form designated by the Company (“Subscription Certificates”) to stockholders of record (the “Record Date Stockholders”) of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), as of a record date specified by the Company (the “Record Date”) in the Prospectus, pursuant to which each Record Date Stockholder, or any transferee of a Record Date Stockholder (such Record Date Stockholders and transferees thereof, the “Rights Holders”) shall have certain rights (the “Rights”) to subscribe for shares of Common Stock, as described in and upon such terms as are set forth in the Prospectus, a final copy of which has been or, upon availability shall promptly be, delivered to the Subscription Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes the Subscription Agent to perform certain acts on behalf of the Company, and the Subscription Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the distribution of the Subscription Certificates and the issuance and exercise of the Rights, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual agreements set forth herein, each of the parties agrees as follows:

1.
Appointment.
The Company hereby appoints the Subscription Agent to act as subscription and distribution agent in connection with the distribution of Subscription Certificates and the issuance and exercise of the Rights (the “Offering”) in accordance with the terms set forth in the Agreement, and the Subscription Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

2.
Form and Execution of Subscription Certificates.
Each Subscription Certificate shall be irrevocable and transferable upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.  The Subscription Agent shall maintain a register of Subscription Certificates and of the Rights Holders.

3.
Rights and Issuance of Subscription Certificates.
 
A.
Each Subscription Certificate shall evidence the Rights of the Rights Holders therein named to purchase Common Stock upon the terms and conditions therein set forth.
 
 
 

 
 
 
B.
Upon the written advice of the Company, signed by any of its duly authorized officers, as to the Record Date, the Subscription Agent shall, from a list of the Record Date Stockholders to be prepared by the Subscription Agent, prepare and record Subscription Certificates in the names of such Record Date Stockholders, setting forth the number of Rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock calculated on the basis of one Right for each                      shares of Common Stock recorded on the books in the name of each such Record Date Stockholder as of the Record Date.  No fractional Rights shall be issued.  Each Subscription Certificate shall be dated as of the Record Date and shall be executed manually or by facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Subscription Agent.
 
C.
Upon receipt of such written advice, signed as aforesaid, as to the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Subscription Agent shall promptly countersign and deliver the Subscription Certificates, together with a copy of the Prospectus, instruction letter and any other documents as the Company deems necessary or appropriate, to all Record Date Stockholders with record addresses in the United States (including its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia).  Delivery shall be by first class mail (without registration or insurance).
 
D.
The Subscription Agent shall mail a copy of the Prospectus, instruction letter, a special notice and such other documents as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, if any, but not Subscription Certificates to Record Date Stockholders whose record addresses are outside the United States (including its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia) (“Foreign Record Date Stockholders”).  Those Record Date Stockholders having a registered address outside the United States (who shall only receive copies of the Prospectus, instruction letter and such other documents as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, if any) delivery shall be by air mail (without registration or insurance) or by first class mail (without registration or insurance) to those Record Date Stockholders having an APO or FPO address.  The Rights to which such Subscription Certificates relate shall be held by the Subscription Agent for such Foreign Record Date Stockholders’ accounts until instructions are received to exercise, sell or transfer such Rights.
 
E.
The Subscription Agent shall perform their respective duties hereunder in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B, and shall act at all times in accordance with the description of the offering and the Subscription Agent’ duties set forth herein and in the Prospectus.

 
4.
[Over-Subscription Privilege.
If any shares of Common Stock available for purchase pursuant to the Rights offering are not subscribed for by Rights Holders pursuant to the Basic Subscription, the Subscription Agent shall allot such shares to Rights Holders who have properly subscribed for such shares pursuant to an over-subscription privilege on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to proration.  In addition, any Rights Holder other than a Record Date Stockholder who exercises Rights is entitled to subscribe for any Remaining Shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by Record Date Stockholders pursuant to their over-subscription privilege, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to proration. We refer to these over-subscription privileges as the “Over-Subscription Privilege.”]
 
 
2

 
 
5.
Exercise.
 
A.
Rights Holders may acquire shares of Common Stock by delivery to the Subscription Agent no later than 5:00 pm on the Expiration Date, as defined below, or on any extended Expiration Date, of (i) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “            ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price, each as defined in the Subscription Certificate (the “Exercise Price”); or (ii) a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery guaranteeing delivery of (A) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and (B) a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “            ” for an amount equal to the Exercise Price.  Payment must be made in U.S. dollars.  For the purposes of the Prospectus and this Agreement, “Business Day” shall mean any day on which trading is conducted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
B.
The Offering shall terminate, on such date as the Company shall designate to the Subscription Agent in writing (the “Expiration Date”).  For the purpose of determining the time of the exercise of any Rights, delivery of any materials to the Subscription Agent shall be deemed to occur when such materials are received by the Subscription Agent specified in the Prospectus.
 
C.
Within ten Business Days following the Expiration Date (the “Confirmation Date”), the Subscription Agent shall send to each exercising Rights Holder (or, if rights are held by Cede & Co. or any other depository or nominee, to Cede & Co. or such other depository or nominee, as applicable) a confirmation showing (i) the number of shares purchased pursuant to the Basic Subscription; [(ii) the number of shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege;] (iii) the per share and total purchase price for such shares; and (iv) any additional amount payable to the Company by such Rights Holder or any excess to be refunded by the Company to such Rights Holder, in each case based on the Subscription Price as determined on the Expiration Date, [along with a letter explaining the allocation of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, if applicable].
 
D.
Any additional payment required from an exercising Rights Holder must be received by the Subscription Agent within ten Business Days after the Confirmation Date and any excess payment to be refunded by the Company to an exercising Rights Holder shall be mailed by the Subscription Agent as promptly as practicable after the Confirmation Date and, in no event, later than ten Business Days after the Confirmation Date.  If a Rights Holder does not make timely payment of any additional amounts due in accordance with this Section 4, the Subscription Agent shall consult with the Company in accordance with Section 5 as to the appropriate action to be taken.  The Subscription Agent shall not issue shares of Common Stock for shares of Common Stock subscribed for until payment in full therefor has been received by the Subscription Agent, including clearance of checks and payment pursuant to Notices of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
E.
As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Rights and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue to the Rights Holder in book entry form the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon exercise of the Rights, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if the Rights Holder shall not have exercised all Rights held by such holder, a new Subscription Certificate for such number of Rights as were not exercised.

 
3

 
 
6.
Validity of Subscriptions.
Irregular, incomplete or unpaid subscriptions not otherwise covered by specific instructions herein shall be submitted to an appropriate officer of the Company and handled in accordance with his or her instructions.  Such instructions shall be reasonably documented by the Subscription Agent indicating, among other things, the instructing officer and the date thereof.

7.
Delivery of Shares.
The Subscription Agent shall deliver Statements of Holding reflecting new shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and, if applicable, those shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Subscription Privilege] as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, after all allocations have been effected and full payment for such shares has been received and cleared.

8.
Holding Proceeds of Rights Offering.
 
A.
All proceeds received by the Subscription Agent from Rights Holders in respect of the exercise of Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] shall be held by the Subscription Agent on behalf of the Company in a segregated account (the “Account”).  Interest shall accrue for the benefit of the Company at                    and not for the benefit of the Subscription Agent or any Rights Holders, on funds held in the Account pending disbursement in the manner described in Section 4 above.
 
B.
The Subscription Agent shall deliver all proceeds received in respect of the exercise of Rights, other than those to be refunded to exercising Rights Holders pursuant to Section 4 above, to the Company as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than one Business Day after the Confirmation Date.
 
C.
The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by                  in connection with the services provided under this Agreement shall be in its name, in a segregated account and held in trust for the benefit of the Company.
 
9.
Reports.
Daily, during the period commencing on the date of mailing the Subscription Certificates until and including the Confirmation Date, the Subscription Agent shall report by telephone, facsimile or electronic mail to a designated representative(s) of the Company, as instructed by such designated representative, the following information:
 
(i) 
the names of all Rights Holders exercising Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege];
 
(ii) 
the total number of Rights exercised by each Rights Holder during the immediately preceding day pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege];
 
(iii) 
the total number of Rights verified to be in proper form for exercise, rejected for exercise and being processed, and all payments received in connection therewith;
 
(iv) 
with respect to the Dealer Managers and each soliciting dealer, the number of Rights exercised on forms indicating the Dealer Manager or such soliciting dealer, as the case may be, as the broker-dealer with respect to such exercise; and
 
(v) 
such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company or such designated representative;
The Subscription Agent shall report by telephone, facsimile or electronic mail, as instructed by such designated representative, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first business day following the Expiration Date, (i) the total number of Rights exercised by each Rights Holder pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege and shares of Common Stock related thereto], (ii) the total number of Rights verified to be in proper form for exercise, rejected for exercise and being processed, and all payments received in connection therewith, (iii) with respect to the Dealer Managers and each soliciting dealer, the number of Rights exercised on forms indicating the Dealer Manager or such soliciting dealer, as the case may be, as the broker-dealer with respect to such exercise, and (iv) any such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company or such designated representative.
 
 
4

 
 
In addition, the Subscription Agent shall perform the services set forth in Exhibit A.

10.
Loss or Mutilation.
If any Subscription Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Subscription Agent may, on such terms as will serve to indemnify and protect the Company and the Subscription Agent as the Subscription Agent may in its reasonable discretion impose on the relevant Rights Holder (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Subscription Certificate, include the surrender and cancellation thereof), issue a new Subscription Certificate to such Rights Holder of like denomination in substitution for the Subscription Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

11.
Compensation for Services.
The Company agrees that it shall pay to the Subscription Agent compensation for their respective services hereunder in accordance with the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B.  The Company further agrees that it shall reimburse the Subscription Agent for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of its respective duties as such; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to reimburse the Subscription Agent for any such expenses incurred which exceed $          in the aggregate without its prior written consent.

12.
Instructions, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability.
The Subscription Agent undertakes the respective duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions:
 
A.
The Subscription Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any instructions or directions furnished to it by an officer of the Company listed on the attached Schedule A (an “Appropriate Officer”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, each Agent, in connection with its duties hereunder, shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any instruction or direction from an Appropriate Officer of the Company and which such Agent reasonably believes to be genuine.
 
B.
The Company shall indemnify the Subscription Agent and its partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys and representatives against, and hold them harmless from, all liability and expense for any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (each, a “Claim”) against any such party that arises out of or in connection with the services described in this Agreement to be performed by the Subscription Agent or the instructions or directions furnished to the Subscription Agent relating to this Agreement by an Appropriate Officer of the Company; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated for any liability or expense (i) which shall arise out of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Subscription Agent or the partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys or representatives of the Subscription Agent or (ii) for any liability or expense arising out of a settlement of any Claim unless such settlement has been made with the prior written consent of the Company.
 
 
5

 
 
Promptly after the receipt by the Subscription Agent of notice of any Claim, the Subscription Agent shall notify the Company thereof in writing.  In no case shall the Company be liable under this Section 12 to the extent it is materially prejudiced by failure of any indemnified party to deliver prompt notice of any Claim.  The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any Claim, and, if it so elects at any time after receipt of such notice, it may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any Claim.  For the purposes of this Section 12, the term “liability and expense” shall include all reasonable costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees (including one local counsel, if necessary) and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding or investigation.
 
C.
The Subscription Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agree to use its commercially reasonable efforts to insure the accuracy of all services provided under this Agreement and shall indemnify and hold the Company and its subsidiaries and other affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys and representatives harmless from and against any and all liability and expenses directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with the services described in this Agreement to be performed by the Subscription Agent or the instructions or directions furnished to the Subscription Agent relating to this Agreement by an Appropriate Officer of the Company; provided that the Subscription Agent shall not be so obligated for any liability or expense which shall arise out of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Company or the partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys or representatives of the Company.
 
13.
Assignment/Delegation.
 
A.
Except as provided in Section 14(B) below, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.
 
B.
The Subscription Agent may, without further consent on the part of the Company, subcontract with other parties for such systems, processing, telephone and mailing services and post-exchange activities as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that (i) the Subscription Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Company for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor in the same manner and to the same extent as it is for its own acts and omissions, and (ii) no such subcontracting shall relieve the Subscription Agent of any of its obligations hereunder.
 
14.
Relationship/Third Party Beneficiaries.
This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture among the parties.  The Subscription Agent shall act hereunder as agent of the Company solely to the limited extent set forth in this Agreement, but shall not assume any fiduciary duties to, or have any rights, power or authority on behalf of, the Company or any of its affiliates, equity holders or creditors or of any other person or entity not expressly set forth in this Agreement.  Any duties of the Subscription Agent arising out of its engagements pursuant to this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company.  No party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on any other party without such other party’s prior written consent, and none of the Subscription Agent, employees, or representatives or contractors of the Subscription Agent shall be deemed to be employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.
Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any rights, benefits, remedies or claims under or by reason of this Agreement or any part thereof to anyone other than the Subscription Agent and the Company, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Subscription Agent and the Company.

 
6

 
 
15.
Force Majeure.
In the event any party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, terrorist acts, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control or other cause reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to any other party resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.  Performance under this Agreement shall resume when the affected party or parties are able to perform substantially its or their duties.

16.
Consequential Damages.
No party to this Agreement shall be liable to any other party for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages under any provisions of this Agreement or for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility of such damages.

17.
Severability.
If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

18.
Captions.
The captions and descriptive headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only.  They do not in any way modify, amplify, alter or give full notice of the provisions hereof.

19.
Confidentiality.
 
A.
Under this Agreement, each party shall have access to certain confidential information belonging to the other parties, which information shall include nonpublic information pertaining to the disclosing party, its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, customers, representatives and vendors (including without limitation information furnished prior to the date of this Agreement) furnished by or on behalf of the disclosing party or its representatives to the receiving party, directly or indirectly, by any means (“Confidential Information”).
 
B.
Each of the parties acknowledges that except as necessary for any party to perform its respective obligations under the Agreement: (i) all Confidential Information is confidential; (ii) all Confidential Information is proprietary to the disclosing party; (iii) it shall keep all Confidential Information confidential and shall not disclose the same; (iv) it shall use Confidential Information only as required by this Agreement; (v) it shall not create a list or other compilation containing any Confidential Information for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (vi) except as expressly provided for herein, it shall not provide, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information to any other person or entity for any purpose.
 
C.
Each of the parties acknowledges that this Agreement shall be filed by the Company as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and that the contents of this Agreement will be accessible to the public.
 
D.
In the event that any party receives a request or becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information belonging to any other party, such party shall provide the other party with prompt notice of such request (provided such notice is not otherwise prohibited by applicable law or court order) and shall disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that it is legally obligated to disclose.

 
7

 
 
20.
Term and Termination.
The Agreement shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date; (ii) it is terminated by the Company, on the one hand, or the Subscription Agent with respect to the service provided by such Subscription Agent, on the other, upon a material breach of this Agreement by the other which remains uncured for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such breach has been provided to such other party; or (iii) thirty (30) days’ written notice has been provided by the Company, on the one hand, or the Subscription Agent, on the other.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Subscription Agent shall retain a copy of all canceled Subscription Certificates and related documentation as required by applicable law; all documentation and information related to the services performed under the Agreement shall be promptly delivered to the Company.

21.
Notices.
Until further notice in writing by any party hereto to the other parties, all written reports, notices and other communications between any Subscription Agent, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other, required or permitted hereunder shall be delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, facsimile or overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to:
Golub Capital BDC, Inc.
150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800
Chicago, IL 60606
Attn: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Dechert LLP
1775 I Street, NW
Washington, DC 20006
Attn: Thomas J. Friedmann

If to the Subscription Agent, to:
 

22.
Survival.
The provisions of Paragraphs 8, 12, 19, 24-28 shall survive any termination, for any reason, of this Agreement.
 
 
8

 

23.
Merger of Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

24.
Amendment.
No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, changed, altered or modified except by written instrument executed by the each of the parties to this Agreement.
The Subscription Agent may, without the consent or concurrence of the Rights Holders in whose names Subscription Certificates are registered but with the prior written consent of the Company, by supplemental agreement or otherwise, make any change or correction in a Subscription Certificate that it shall have been advised by counsel (who may be counsel for the Company) is appropriate to cure any ambiguity or to correct any defective or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error therein or herein contained, and which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of the Subscription Certificate except insofar as any such change may confer additional rights upon the Rights Holder.

25.
Extension; Waiver.
At any time, each of the parties hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for, or waive, the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or agreements of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies or breaches in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any certificate delivered by another party pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance with any of the conditions of another party contained in this Agreement.  Any agreement on the part of any of the parties hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed by the party or parties against whom such extension or waiver is to be enforced.  Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or as a waiver of any other term or condition, of this Agreement.  The failure of any of the parties hereto to assert any of its rights under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or any other rights.

26.
Jurisdiction.
Each of the parties hereto: (i) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court does not have jurisdiction, the New York State Supreme Court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court.
In any such action, each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claims that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of the above court, that such action is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such action is improper.  Each of the parties hereto also agrees that any final and nonappealable judgment against a party hereto in connection with any action shall be conclusive and binding on such party and that such award or judgment may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, either within or outside of the United States.  A certified or exemplified copy of such award or judgment shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such award or judgment.
Without limiting the foregoing, each party hereto agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 24 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
 
 
9

 

27.
Waiver of Jury Trial.
Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

28.
Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

29.
Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.
 
 
10

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.


By: ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_________________________________________
Name: _______________________________________
Title: ________________________________________
 

[SUBSCRIPTION AGENT]

By: ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_________________________________________
Name: _______________________________________
Title: ________________________________________
 
 
11

 

EXHIBIT A
ADDITIONAL SERVICES
TO BE PERFORMED BY SUBSCRIPTION AGENT

·
Advance Review of Offering Materials —Review and comment on all Offering materials in advance of final printing and dissemination.
·
Financial Printer —Work directly with the financial printer, providing format suggestions and delivery instructions.
·
Financial Public Relations —Assist in the preparation and placement of advertisements/tombstones in newspapers (at prevailing market rates).
·
Bank and Broker Communications and Mailings —Survey the bank and brokerage communities to obtain material requirements and to ensure that they are aware of the Offering.  Coordinate the mailing of the Offering materials to them for forwarding to their beneficial owners.
·
Registered Holder Mailings —Coordinate the mailing of the Offering materials to registered holders.
·
Incoming Telephone Calls —Set up a toll-free telephone number to enable security holders and their advisors to call with questions.  Keep a record of all incoming calls and notify the appropriate individual at the Company upon the receipt of calls outside the normal course.
·
Outgoing Telephone Calls —As requested by the Company, initiate follow-up calls to a targeted group of security holders in order to maximize participation in the Offering.
·
Depositary Communications —Initiate and maintain communications with the Company’s Depositary and the reorganization departments of bank and brokerage firms to monitor the progress of the Offering.
·
Progress Updates —Inform the Company of security holder comments and reactions to the Offering, and gauge the expected level of participation in the Offering.  Track shifts in the ownership of shares through the use of Depository Trust Company (DTC) listings, and analyze those shifts.
 
 
 

 
WARRANT AGREEMENT
 
BY AND BETWEEN
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
 
AND
 
[            ]
 
Agreement made as of                      ,            between GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, Illinois 60606 (“Company”), and              , a                        corporation, with offices at                    (“Warrant Agent”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of                 and warrants (“Warrants”) to public investors, each of such Warrants evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase [describe securities issuable upon exercise] (“Securities”), for $               , subject to adjustment as described herein; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form N-2, No. 333-           (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised and the respective rights, limitation of rights and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of the Warrants; and
 
WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.            Appointment of Warrant Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
2.            Warrants .
 
2.1.         Form of Warrant .  Each Warrant shall be issued to its holder in registered form, and each such holder’s Warrants shall be represented by a certificate (a “Warrant Certificate”) in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.  In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant Certificate shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to hold such office at the date of issuance.
 
 
1

 
 
2.2.         Effect of Countersignature .  Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.
 
2.3.         Registration .
 
2.3.1.            Warrant Register .  The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants.  Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.
 
2.3.2.            Registered Holder .  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
 
3.            Terms and Exercise of Warrants .
 
3.1.         Warrant Price .  Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Securities stated therein, at the price of $            per Security, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1.  The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised.  The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date for a period of not less than ten (10) business days.
 
3.2.         Duration of Warrants .  A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on                      , and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”).  Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date.  The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, that the Company shall provide notice to registered holders of the Warrants of any such extension of twenty (20) days or more.
 
3.3.         Exercise of Warrants .
 
3.3.1.            Payment .  Subject to the provisions of the Warrant Certificate and this Warrant Agreement, a Warrant may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering the Warrant Certificate, countersigned by the Warrant Agent, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or, if applicable, at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant Certificate, duly executed, and by paying in full the Warrant Price for each Security as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for Securities, and the issuance of the Securities, as follows:
 
 
2

 
 
a.           in cash;
 
b.           by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company;
 
3.3.2.            Issuance of Certificates .  As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrants and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrants in book entry form the number of Securities to which such holder is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if the holder of such Warrants shall not have exercised all Warrants held by such holder, a new countersigned Warrant Certificate will be issued for the remaining Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Securities is effective.  In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Securities underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless.  In no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise.  Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.
 
3.3.3.            Valid Issuance .  All equity Securities issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  All debt Securities issued upon the proper exercise of a warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be the valid, binding and legal obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers, preferences or similar laws), reorganization, moratorium similar laws or other now and hereafter in effect relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law,  general principles of equity and the discretion of the court or other body before which any proceeding therefor may be brought and the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of, or contribution to, a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy.
 
3.3.4.            Date of Issuance .  Each person in whose name any such certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued shall be deemed for all purposes to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made; provided, however, that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which such stock transfer books are open.
 
4.            Adjustments .
 
4.1.         Stock Dividends – Split-Ups .  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding shares of Securities is increased by a dividend payable in Securities, by a split of Securities, or by any other similar event, then, on the effective date of such dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Securities issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Securities.
 
 
3

 
 
4.2.         Aggregation of Securities .  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding Securities is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse split or reclassification of Securities or any other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Securities issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Securities.
 
4.3.         Adjustments in Exercise Price .  Whenever the number of Securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Section 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Securities so purchasable immediately thereafter.
 
4.4.         Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc .  In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Securities (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value, if any, of such Securities), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Securities), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Securities immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Securities covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4. 4.  The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.
 
4.5.         Notices of Changes in Warrant .  Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of Securities issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Securities purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.  Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the warrant register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.
 
4.6.         No Fractional Securities .  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional Securities upon exercise of Warrants.  If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a Security, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of Securities to be issued to the Warrant holder.
 
4.7.         Form of Warrant Certificate .  The form of Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of Securities as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement.  However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant Certificate that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant Certificate thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.
 
 
4

 
 
5.            Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .
 
5.1.         Registration of Transfer .  The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of the Warrant Certificate representing such Warrant, for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer.  Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant Certificate representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant Certificate shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.
 
5.2.         Procedure for Surrender of Warrant Certificates .  Warrant Certificates may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrant Certificates as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants represented by such Warrant Certificate; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant Certificate surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant Certificate and issue new Warrant Certificate(s) in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrant Certificate(s) must also bear a restrictive legend.
 
5.3.         Fractional Warrants .  The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which would result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.
 
5.4.         Service Charges .  No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.
 
5.5.         Warrant Execution and Countersignature .  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrant Certificates required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.
 
6.            Redemption .
 
6.1.         Redemption .  Not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time while they are exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $0.001 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that [describe redemption criteria].
 
6.2.         Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption .  In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption.  Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books.  Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.
 
 
5

 
 
6.3.         Exercise After Notice of Redemption .  The Warrants may be exercised in accordance with Section 3.3.1 of this Agreement at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the time and date fixed for redemption.  On and after the redemption date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.
 
7.            Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .
 
7.1.         No Rights as Stockholder .  A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.
 
7.2.         Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants .  If any Warrant Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant Certificate of like denomination, tenor and date as the Warrant Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant Certificate shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.
 
7.3.         Reservation of Securities .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Securities that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.
 
8.            Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .
 
8.1.         Payment of Taxes .  The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.
 
8.2.         Resignation, Consolidation or Merger of Warrant Agent .
 
8.2.1.            Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent .  The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company.  If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost.  Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed.  If for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations.
 
 
6

 
 
8.2.2.            Notice of Successor Warrant Agent .  In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Securities not later than the effective date of any such appointment.
 
8.2.3.            Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent .  Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.
 
8.3.         Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .
 
8.3.1.            Remuneration .  The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and shall reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.
 
8.3.2.            Further Assurances .  The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
8.4.         Liability of Warrant Agent .
 
8.4.1.            Reliance on Company Statement .  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
8.4.2.            Indemnity .  The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.
 
8.4.3.            Exclusions .  The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.
 
 
7

 
 
8.5.            Acceptance of Agency .  The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through the exercise of Warrants.
 
9.            Miscellaneous Provisions .
 
9.1.         Successors .  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.
 
9.2.         Notices .  Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:
 
Golub Capital BDC, Inc.
150 South Wacker Drive.
Suite 800
Chicago, IL 60606
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:
 
with a copy in each case to:
 
Dechert LLP
1775 I Street, NW
Washington, D.C. 20006
Attn: Thomas J. Friedmann
 
and
 
9.3.         Applicable law .  The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.  The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.  Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.
 
 
8

 
 
9.4.         Persons Having Rights under this Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Section 9.2 hereof, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or agreement hereof.  All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.
 
9.5.         Examination of the Warrant Agreement .  A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant.  The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.
 
9.6.         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
 
9.7.         Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.
 
9.8.         Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not to materially and adversely affect the interest of the registered holders.  All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the registered holders.
 
9.9.        This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture among the parties.  The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder as agent of the Company solely to the limited extent set forth in this Agreement, but shall not assume any fiduciary duties to, or have any rights, power or authority on behalf of, the Company or any of its affiliates, equity holders or creditors or of any other person or entity not expressly set forth in this Agreement.  Any duties of the Warrant Agent arising out of its engagements pursuant to this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company.  No party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on any other party without such other party’s prior written consent, and none of the Warrant Agent, employees, or representatives or contractors of the Warrant Agent shall be deemed to be employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.
 
9.10.      Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any rights, benefits, remedies or claims under or by reason of this Agreement or any part thereof to anyone other than the Warrant Agent and the Company, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Warrant Agent and the Company.
 
 
9

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
   
[
]
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
   
[
]
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
10

 
 
EXHIBIT A

Form of Warrant Certificate
 
 
A-1

 
 
THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS
ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED BELOW

[Form of Face of Warrant Certificate]
 
No. W- _________
_______ Warrants
 
VOID AFTER 5:00 p.m. NEW YORK CITY TIME on ____________, ________

WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF [SECURITIES] OF

GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received                                                                                                                                                                      or registered assigns (the “Registered Holder”) is the owner of the number of warrants (“Warrants”) specified above. Each Warrant initially entitles the Registered Holder to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as hereinafter defined), [describe securities issuable upon exercise] (“Securities”), of GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at any time during the Exercise Period (as hereinafter defined), upon the presentation and surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the Subscription Form on the reverse hereof duly executed, at the corporate office of           as Warrant Agent, or its successor (the “Warrant Agent”), accompanied by payment of $ ·   (the “Purchase Price”) in lawful money of the United States of America in cash or by official bank or certified check made payable to Golub Capital BDC, Inc.
 
This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) dated ________, ________ by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent. The board of directors of the Company retains the right to amend the Warrant Agreement in its discretion, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.
 
In the event of certain contingencies provided for in the Warrant Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of Securities subject to purchase upon the exercise of each Warrant represented hereby are subject to modifications or adjustment.
 
Each Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the Registered Holder, but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. However, if the Registered Holder exercises all the Warrants then owned by the Registered Holder, the Company shall pay to such Registered Holder in lieu of the issuance of any fractional shares of Common Stock that is otherwise payable, an amount in cash based on the market value of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise of the Warrants. In the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented hereby, the Company shall cancel this Warrant Certificate upon the surrender hereof and shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall countersign, for the balance of such Warrants.
 
The term “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on                      , and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement.
 
The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Securities pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such securities is then effective. This Warrant shall not be exercisable by a Registered Holder in any state where such exercise would be unlawful.
 
This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Registered Holder at the corporate office of the Warrant Agent, for a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered Holder at the time of such surrender.
 
 
A-2

 
 
Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant represented hereby, the Registered Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement.
 
Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate and of each Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than a duly authorized officer of the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
 
This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
This Warrant Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed, manually or in facsimile by its officer thereunto duly authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

Dated: 
   

 
[Seal]

COUNTERSIGNED:
   
[
], as
Warrant Agent
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
A-3

 
 
[Form of Reverse of Warrant Certificate]
 
NOTICE OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE
 
To Be Executed by the Registered Holder
in Order to Exercise Warrants
 

THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTERED HOLDER hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _______________ Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the securities issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of:
 


(PLEASE INSERT NAME AND SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER)
 
and be delivered to:
 
 
 
 
 
(please print or type name and address)

and if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below.
 
The undersigned represents that the exercise of the Warrants evidenced hereby was solicited by a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. If not solicited by a FINRA member firm, please write “unsolicited” in the space below. Unless otherwise indicated by listing the name of another FINRA member firm, it will be assumed that the exercise was solicited by [______________________].
 
 
(Name of FINRA Member)
 
 

Dated:                                                      

 
Address
 
Taxpayer Identification Number
 
Signature Guaranteed
 
 
 
A-4

 
 
ASSIGNMENT
 
To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants
 
For value received (and, for any transfers prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on                                       ,                                                                               , hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto:
 

  
(please insert name and social security or other identifying number of transferee)
 
 
 
 
 
(please print or type name and address)

 of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
Dated:                    
X
   
 
Signature Guaranteed
   
       
       

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934) WHICH MAY INCLUDE A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY, SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, CREDIT UNION OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE, NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR MIDWEST STOCK EXCHANGE.
 
 
A-5

 
 
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
• Shares of Common Stock (Par Value $0.001 Per Share)
• Shares of Preferred Stock (Par Value $• Per Share)
 
and
 
• Warrants to Purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock
 
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
[Date]
 
[Name of Underwriters]
[Address]
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with [                                  ] (“[                            ]”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters”, which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom [                            ] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), or Preferred Stock, par value $• per share (“Preferred Stock”), or both, or Warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or both, of the Company set forth in said Schedule A, and with respect to the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase additional Securities (as hereinafter defined) to cover overallotments, if any. The Preferred Stock may be offered in the form of depositary shares (the “Depositary Shares”) represented by depositary receipts (the “Depositary Receipts”). The Warrants will be issued under one or more warrant agreements (the warrant agreement relating to any issue of Warrants to be sold pursuant to this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrant Agent identified in such Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agent”). The Common Stock and, if applicable, the Preferred Stock or the Warrants, together, if applicable, with the Depositary Shares and the Depositary Receipts are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”. The aforesaid Securities (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Securities subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Underwritten Securities”; and “Warrant Securities” shall mean the Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants. The Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Warrants may be offered either together or separately. Each issue of Preferred Stock may vary, as applicable, as to the specific number of shares, title, issuance price, any redemption or sinking fund requirements, any conversion provisions and any other variable terms as set forth in the applicable certificate of designation (each, a “Certificate of Designation”) relating to such Preferred Stock. Each issue of Warrants may vary, as applicable, as to the title, specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock receivable upon exercise, issuance price, exercise dates, exercise conditions and any other variable terms as set forth in the applicable Warrant Agreement relating to such Warrants.
 
 
 

 
 
The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Underwritten Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
 
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a shelf registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-•) covering the registration of the Underwritten Securities and certain of the Company’s other securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), which registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission. The Company has also filed with the Commission a preliminary prospectus supplement, dated •, which contains a base prospectus, dated • (collectively, the “preliminary prospectus”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 (“Rule 497”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A is referred to as “Rule 430A Information.” Unless the context otherwise requires, such registration statement, including all documents filed as a part thereof, and including any Rule 430A Information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement and also including any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations (the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), is herein called the “Registration Statement.” The final prospectus in the form filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the 1933 Act), which will include the base prospectus, dated •, together with a final prospectus supplement, is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).
 
A Form N-54A Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act (File No. 814-00794) (the “Notification of Election”) was filed with the Commission on April 12, 2010 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “1940 Act”).
 
The Company has entered into an Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2010 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), with GC Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment adviser (the “Adviser”), under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”).
 
The Company has entered into an Administration Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2010 (the “Administration Agreement”), with GC Service Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).
 
 
2

 
 
SECTION 1.     Representations and Warranties .
 
(a)            Representations and Warranties by the Company .  The Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
 
(i)               Compliance with Registration Requirements .  The Company is eligible to use Form N-2. The Registration Statement (as amended by any post-effective amendment if the Company shall have made any amendments thereto after the effective date of the Registration Statement) has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (and the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment if the Company shall have made any amendments thereto after the effective date of the Registration Statement) has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.
 
At the respective times the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective, at the Applicable Time and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the 1940 Act and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued, and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
The Prospectus, each preliminary prospectus and the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the 1940 Act except for any corrections to any preliminary prospectus that are made in the Prospectus and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
 
 
3

 
 
As of the Applicable Time, the preliminary prospectus supplement, dated •, together with the base prospectus, dated •, as filed with the Commission on •, and the information included on Schedule B hereto (which information the Representatives have informed the Company is being conveyed orally by the Underwriters to prospective purchasers at or prior to the Underwriters’ confirmation of sales of Underwritten Securities in the offering), all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement, “Applicable Time” means • [a.m.][p.m.] (Eastern Time) on • or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.
 
The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, Prospectus or General Disclosure Package made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the General Disclosure Package.
 
(ii)               Independent Accountants .  The accountants who certified the financial statements included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).
 
(iii)               Financial Statements .  The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; there are no financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not included as required; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The “Selected Financial and Other Information” included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The financial data set forth in the General Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” fairly present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements and related notes thereto contained in the Registration Statement. [The pro forma financial information with respect to the Company included under the captions “Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Per Share Data” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information contained therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly presented on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. There is no other pro forma financial information that is required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that is not included as required.]
 
 
4

 
 
(iv)               No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
 
(v)               Good Standing of the Company .  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(vi)               Subsidiaries .  The Company’s only subsidiaries are Golub Capital Master Funding LLC, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC, GC SBIC IV-GP, Inc., GC SBIC IV-GP, LLC and GC SBIC IV, L.P. (each, a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”). Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable and is owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any of the Subsidiaries was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. Except (A) as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (B) portfolio investments made after ●, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or debt securities of any corporation or have any equity or debt interest in any firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity that is not a Subsidiary.
 
 
5

 
 
(vii)          Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or in the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options, if any, referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus). The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
 
(viii)         Authorization of Agreements .
 
(A)        This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement are valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(B)        If applicable, the Warrant Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company prior to the issuance of any applicable Warrants and, when executed and delivered by the Warrant Agent, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
 
6

 
 
(C)        If applicable, the Deposit Agreement (as defined below) will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company prior to the issuance of any applicable Underwritten Securities and, when executed by the Depositary (as defined below), and will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(ix)            Authorization and Description of Underwritten Securities .  (A) The Underwritten Securities being sold pursuant to this Agreement, if applicable, the Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and, if applicable, the deposit of the Preferred Stock comprising part or all of the Underwritten Securities by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with the provisions of a deposit agreement (each, a “Deposit Agreement”), among the Company, the financial institution named in the Deposit Agreement (the “Depositary”) and the holders of the Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, have been duly authorized by the Company, and such Underwritten Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Agreement (or will have been so authorized prior to each issuance of Underwritten Securities) and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; the Warrant Securities are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; the Underwritten Securities being sold pursuant to this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Depositary Receipts, conform in all material respects to the statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Underwritten Securities is not subject to preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
 
(B)        If the Underwritten Securities are Common Stock or Preferred Stock convertible into Common Stock, the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and such capital stock conforms in all material respects as to legal matters to the description thereof in the Prospectus.
 
(C)        If applicable, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any issue of the Preferred Stock will have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion by all necessary corporate action and, when issued upon such conversion, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the issuance of such shares upon such conversion will not be subject to preemptive rights.
 
 
7

 
 
(D)        If applicable, the Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such exercise by all necessary corporate action and, when issued upon such exercise, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the issuance of such shares upon such exercise will not be subject to preemptive rights.
 
(E)        If applicable, upon execution and delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of the Deposit Agreement, the persons in whose names the Depositary Receipts are registered will be entitled to the rights specified therein and in the Deposit Agreement, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(x)             Absence of Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents. Further, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”) except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Deposit Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, if applicable, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and in the Registration Statement and General Disclosure Package (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments, except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their assets, properties or operations. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
 
 
8

 
 
(xi)               Absence of Proceedings . Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Company, inquiry or investigation, before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, or which would result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Deposit Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, if applicable, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xii)               Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.
 
(xiii)               Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and the Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them or proposed to be operated by them immediately following the offering of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to own or possess or otherwise be able to acquire such rights in a timely manner would not otherwise reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xiv)               Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Underwritten Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Deposit Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, if applicable, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the Prospectus (including the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”), except (A) such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations or the 1940 Act, (B) such as may be required under state securities laws, and (C) the filing of the Notification of Election under the 1940 Act, which has been effected.
 
 
9

 
 
(xv)               Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Underwritten Securities in violation of any law, statute, regulation or rule applicable to the Company or its affiliates.
 
(xvi)               Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and the Subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them or proposed to be operated by them immediately following the offering of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure so to possess would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xvii)               Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as a “registered management investment company” under the 1940 Act.
 
(xviii)              Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.
 
(xix)               Related Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus which have not been described as required.
 
 
10

 
 
(xx)               Notification of Election . When the Notification of Election was filed with the Commission, it (A) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and complied in all material respects with the requirements of, the 1940 Act and (B) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
(xxi)              Investment Advisory Agreement . (A) The terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and (B) the approvals by the board of directors and the stockholders of the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement have been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act applicable to companies that have elected to be regulated as business development companies under the 1940 Act.
 
(xxii)             Interested Persons . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company, except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, and (B) to the knowledge of the Company, no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any of the Underwriters.
 
(xxiii)            Business Development Company . (A) The Company has duly elected to be treated by the Commission under the 1940 Act as a business development company, such election is effective and all required action has been taken by the Company under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Underwritten Securities as provided in this Agreement; (B) the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus, assuming they are implemented as described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1940 Act; and (C) the operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the 1940 Act applicable to business development companies.
 
(xxiv)            Absence of Labor Dispute .  As of the date hereof, the Company and its subsidiaries do not have, and on the Closing Date the Company and its subsidiaries will not have, any employees.  To the knowledge of the Company, no labor dispute with the employees of Golub Capital Incorporated and Golub Capital Management LLC exists or is imminent.
 
(xxv)             No Extension of Credit . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
 
 
11

 
 
(xxvi)            Accounting Controls . The Company has established and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for inventory assets is compared with the existing inventory assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
(xxvii)           Disclosure Controls . The Company has established and employs disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.
 
(xxviii)          Tax Returns . The Company and the Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, federal, state, local or other law or have duly requested extensions thereof, except insofar as the failure to file such returns or request such extensions would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all taxes shown as due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and the Subsidiaries, except for such taxes or assessments, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided or where the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xxix)             No Unlawful Payments . Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries (other than the Underwriters) has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, (B) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, (C) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or (D) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.
 
(xxx)              Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency and applicable to the Company and the Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or the Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
 
 
12

 
 
(xxxi)             Compliance with OFAC . None of the Company, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate (other than the Underwriters) of the Company or the Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(xxxii)            Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company is, and to the knowledge of Company, the Company’s directors and officers, in their capacities as such, are, in compliance in all material respects with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
 
(b)            Representations and Warranties of the Adviser and the Administrator .  The Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:
 
(i)              No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs, business prospects or regulatory status of the Adviser or the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (an “Adviser Material Adverse Effect”).
 
(ii)             Good Standing . Each of the Adviser and the Administrator has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; the Adviser has limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement; the Administrator has limited liability company power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Administration Agreement; and each of the Adviser and the Administrator is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of ownership or leasing of its property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to qualify or be in good standing would not otherwise reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
13

 
 
(iii)            Registration Under Advisers Act . The Adviser is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the 1940 Act from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the Adviser’s knowledge, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of the Adviser with the Commission.
 
(iv)            Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened, against or affecting either the Adviser or the Administrator, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser or the Administrator is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to their business, would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(v)            Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Adviser nor the Administrator is in violation of its limited liability company operating agreement or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser or the Administrator is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser or the Administrator is subject (collectively, the “Adviser/Administrator Agreements and Instruments”), or in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree except for such violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and in the Registration Statement and General Disclosure Package (including the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Adviser and the Administrator with their respective obligations hereunder and under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser or the Administrator pursuant to, the Adviser/Administrator Agreements and Instruments except for such violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the limited liability company operating agreement of the Adviser or Administrator, respectively, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Adviser or the Administrator or any of their assets, properties or operations.
 
 
14

 
 
(vi)            Authorization of Agreements . This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser and the Administrator, as applicable. This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement are valid and binding obligations of the Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(vii)           Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser or the Administrator of their obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Underwritten Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (including the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”), except (A) such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations or the 1940 Act, (B) such as may be required under state securities laws and (C) the filing of the Notification of Election under the 1940 Act, which has been effected.
 
(viii)          Description of Adviser and Administrator . The description of the Adviser and the Administrator contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
 
 
15

 
 
(ix)            Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Adviser and the Administrator possess such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; the Adviser and the Administrator are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Adviser nor the Administrator has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(x)            Stabilization and Manipulation . Neither the Adviser, the Administrator nor any of their respective partners, officers, affiliates or controlling persons has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, under the 1934 Act, to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Underwritten Securities in violation of any law, statute, regulation or rule applicable to the Adviser, the Administrator or any of their respective partners, officers, affiliates or controlling persons.
 
(xi)            Employment Status .  Neither the Adviser nor the Administrator is aware that (i) any executive, key employee or significant group of employees of Golub Capital Incorporated or Golub Capital Management LLC plans to terminate employment with Golub Capital Incorporated or Golub Capital Management LLC, as applicable, or (ii) any such executive or key employee is subject to any non-compete, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar agreement that would be violated by the present or proposed business activities of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator except where such termination or violation would not reasonably be expected to have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xii)            Internal Controls . The Adviser is using its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (B) access to the Company’s assets that are in its possession or control is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(xiii)           Accounting Controls . The Administrator is using its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions for which it has bookkeeping and record keeping responsibility for under the Administration Agreement are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for the Company’s assets and (B) the recorded accountability for such assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
 
16

 
 
(c)            Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, the Adviser or the Administrator delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, such Subsidiary, the Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
 
SECTION 2.     Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .
 
(a)            Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.
 
(b)            Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional • Securities at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time on up to two occasions only for the purpose of covering overallotments which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as the Representatives in their discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
 
(c)            Payment . Payment of the purchase price, against delivery of certificates or, if applicable, Depositary Receipts evidencing the Depositary Shares, for the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of [                               ], counsel for the Underwriters, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern Time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern Time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).
 
 
17

 
 
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price, and delivery of certificates or, if applicable, Depositary Receipts evidencing the Depositary Shares, for such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.
 
Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to the Representatives through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or receipts for the Underwritten Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. The Representatives, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
 
(d)            Denominations; Registration . The certificates or receipts for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be transferred electronically at the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request; provided that any such request must be received in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.
 
SECTION 3.     Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
 
(a)            Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . During any period that a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act (but in any event through the Closing Date), the Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 415, Rule 430A and Rule 497 and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Underwritten Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes. The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 497 and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497 was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. During any period that a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act (but in any event through the Closing Date), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
 
 
18

 
 
(b)            Filing of Amendments . During any period that a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act (but in any event through the Closing Date), the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be. The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations adopted thereunder within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing.
 
(c)            Delivery of Commission Filings . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed, and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and conformed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and, upon the Representatives’ request, will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T, or as filed with the Commission in paper form as permitted by Regulation S-T.
 
(d)            Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
 
 
19

 
 
(e)            Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Underwritten Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(f)            Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Underwritten Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for as long as the Representatives reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
 
(g)            Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as reasonably practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
 
(h)           Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Underwritten Securities in the manner specified in the General Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”.
 
(i)             Listing . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the quotation of [if applicable, describe Securities] on [describe applicable stock exchange].
 
(j)             Restriction on Sale of Underwritten Securities . During a period of [          ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Underwritten Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Underwritten Securities or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Underwritten Securities, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Underwritten Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the registration and sale of Underwritten Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance of any Underwritten Securities issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Prospectus, and any registration related thereto, or (C) any Underwritten Securities issued to directors in lieu of directors’ fees, and any registration related thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if:  (1) during the last 17 days of such           -day period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of such           -day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day-period beginning on the last day of such           -day period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
 
20

 
 
(k)            Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
 
(l)             Business Development Company Status . The Company, during a period of at least 12 months from the Closing Time, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a business development company; provided, however, the Company may cease to be, or withdraw its election as, a business development company, with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the 1940 Act or any successor provision.
 
(m)           Regulated Investment Company Status . During the 12-month period following the Closing Time, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and to maintain such qualification and election in effect for each full fiscal year during which it is a business development company under the 1940 Act.
 
(n)            Accounting Controls . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) material information relating to the Company and the assets managed by the Adviser is promptly made known to the officers responsible for establishing and maintaining the system of internal accounting controls; and (B) any significant deficiencies or weaknesses in the design or operation of internal accounting controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data, and any fraud whether or not material that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in internal controls, are adequately and promptly disclosed to the Company’s independent auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors.
 
 
21

 
 
SECTION 4.     Payment of Expenses .
 
(a)            Expenses . The Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Certificate of Designation, the Deposit Agreement, if applicable, any Agreement among the Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Underwritten Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Underwritten Securities and any Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Underwritten Securities and any Warrant Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s, the Adviser’s and the Administrator’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Underwritten Securities and any Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus and of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Underwritten Securities, (ix) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Underwritten Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (x) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the terms of the sale of the Underwritten Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the inclusion of the Underwritten Securities or any Warrant Securities, if applicable, in [describe applicable stock exchange] and (xii) the costs and expenses (including without limitation any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Underwritten Securities made by the Underwriters (which are terminated prior to the Closing Date) caused by a breach of the representation contained in the fourth paragraph of Section 1(a)(i).
 
(b)            Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) and (iii) hereof, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
SECTION 5.     Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, to the performance by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:
 
 
22

 
 
(a)            Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A final prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497.
 
(b)            Opinions of Counsel for Company . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth on Exhibit A hereto. Such counsel may state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied upon certificates of officers of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
 
(c)            Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of [                 ], counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States upon the opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, including counsel of the Company. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
 
(d)            Officers’ Certificates . (i) At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the chief executive officer of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (A) there has been no such material adverse change, (B) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (C) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time and (D) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated by the Commission.
 
(ii)           At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs, business prospects or regulatory status of the Adviser or the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, that would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of two authorized officers of each of the Adviser and the Administrator, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (A) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (B) the representations and warranties of the Adviser and Administrator in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (C) the Adviser and the Administrator have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time and (D) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated by the Commission.
 
 
23

 
 
(e)            Accountant’s Comfort Letter and CFO Certificate . At the time of the execution of this Agreement the Representatives shall have received:
 
(i)            A letter from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent public accountants for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, covering the financial information in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus of the Company, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
 
(ii)           A certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and as agreed upon prior to the date hereof, covering certain financial matters of the Company, together with signed or reproduced copies of such certificate for each of the other Underwriters.
 
(f)            Bring-down Comfort Letter and CFO Certificate . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received (i) from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP a letter with respect to the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e)(i) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to Closing Time and (ii) from the Company a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that the chief financial officer of the Company reaffirms the statements made in the certificate furnished pursuant to subsection (e)(ii) of this Section.
 
(g)            Approval of Listing . At Closing Time, the [if applicable, describe Securities] shall have been approved for inclusion in [describe applicable stock exchange], subject only to official notice of issuance.
 
(h)            No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
 
(i)             Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of Section 3(j) of this Agreement or any lock-up agreement delivered in connection with this Section 5(i) to the contrary, the Company may pledge shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the Company in one or more bona fide lending transactions.
 
 
24

 
 
(j)            Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:
 
(i)             Officers’ Certificates.
 
 (A)        A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the chief executive officer of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d)(i) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
 
 (B)        A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of two authorized officers of each of the Adviser and the Administrator confirming that the certificates delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d)(ii) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
 
(ii)             Opinion of Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions required by Section 5(b) hereof.
 
(iii)            Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of [                                        ], counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
 
(iv)           Bring-down Comfort Letter and CFO Certificate.
 
 (A)        A letter with respect to the Company from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f)(i) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letters furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Date of Delivery.
 
 (B)        A certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the certificate furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f)(ii) hereof.
 
 
25

 
 
(k)            Additional Documents . At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator in connection with the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
 
(l)            Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities, on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.
 
SECTION 6.     Indemnification .
 
(a)            Indemnification of Underwriters .  The Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
 
(i)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information (including the information on Schedule B hereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in the General Disclosure Package, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
(ii)           paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;
 
 
26

 
 
(iii)           against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;
 
provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the General Disclosure Package.
 
(b)            Indemnification of Company, Directors, Officers, Adviser and Administrator . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers, each person, if any, who controls the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the Adviser and the Administrator against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in the General Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
 
(c)            Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (an “Action”), but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such Action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one Action or separate but similar or related Actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the assumption of the defense of any such Action nor the payment of any fees or expenses related thereto shall be deemed to be an admission by the indemnifying party that it has obligation to indemnify any person pursuant to this Agreement.
 
 
27

 
 
(d)            Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
 
(e)            Acknowledgement by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator . The Company, the Adviser and the Administrator also acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of any Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Underwritten Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters of such Underwritten Securities, on the other hand, (ii) in connection with the public offering of the Underwritten Securities and the process leading to such transaction the Underwriters will act solely as principals and not as agents or fiduciaries of the Company or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) the Underwriters will not assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of Underwritten Securities contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are currently advising the Company on other matters) and the Underwriters will not have any obligation to the Company with respect to the Offering except the obligations expressly set forth herein, (iv) the Underwriters and their affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (v) the Underwriters have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Underwritten Securities and the Company has consulted and will consult its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.
 
SECTION 7.     Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
 
 
28

 
 
The relative benefits received by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Underwritten Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.
 
The relative fault of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
The Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Underwritten Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
 
29

 
 
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, Adviser or Administrator within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, Adviser or Administrator, as the case may be. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 6 and this Section 7, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Agreement in violation of Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.
 
SECTION 8.     Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, the Adviser and the Administrator submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities.
 
SECTION 9.     Termination of Agreement .
 
(a)            Termination; General .  The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, the Adviser or the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Underwritten Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Underwritten Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Global Select Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
 
 
30

 
 
(b)            Liabilities .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
 
SECTION 10.   Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Underwritten Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
 
(i)             if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or
 
(ii)            if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.
 
No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
 
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
 
SECTION 11.   Tax Disclosure . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, from the commencement of discussions with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company (and each employee, representative or other agent of the Company) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the U.S. Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
 
 
31

 
 
SECTION 12.   Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at [                                        ], with a copy to [                                 ]; and notices to the Company, the Adviser and Administrator shall be directed to them 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention:  David B. Golub, with a copy to Dechert LLP, 1775 I Street, NW, Washington, DC 20006, Attention:  Thomas J. Friedmann.
 
SECTION 13.   Parties .  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Underwritten Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
 
SECTION 14.   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
 
SECTION 15.   TIME .  TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
 
SECTION 16.   Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no claim or action may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and both the Underwriters and the Company consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  The Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any claim or action arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against the Underwriters or any indemnified party.  The Underwriters and the Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
 
 
32

 
 
SECTION 17.    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
SECTION 18.    Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
 
33

 
 
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between the Underwriters, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator in accordance with its terms.
 
 
Very truly yours,
   
 
COMPANY:
   
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
     
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
ADVISER:
   
 
GC ADVISORS LLC
     
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
ADMINISTRATOR:
   
 
GC SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
     
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
34

 
 
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
 
as of the date first above written:
 
   
[NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE]
 
   
   
By
   
 
Authorized Signatory
 
     
 
[NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE]
 
     
By
   
 
Authorized Signatory
 
     
For themselves and as Representatives of the
other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.
 
 
35

 
 
Exhibit A
 
 
Ex A-1

 
 
Exhibit B
 
 
Ex B-1

 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
Name of Underwriter
 
Number of
Shares of 
Common Stock
 
Number of 
Shares of 
Preferred Stock
 
Number of 
Warrants
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
A-1

 
 
SCHEDULE B
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
 
•           Shares of Common Stock (Par Value $.001 Per Share)
•           Shares of Preferred Stock (Par Value $• Per Share)
 
and
 
•           Warrants to Purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock
 
1.           The public offering price per share for the Underwritten Securities, determined as provided in Section 2, shall be $•.
 
2.           The purchase price per share for the Underwritten Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $•, being an amount equal to the public offering price set forth above less $• per share; provided that the purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the exercise of the overallotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.
 
3.           The trade date is •.
 
4.           The closing date will be •.
 
 
B-1

 
 
SCHEDULE C
 
List of persons and entities
subject to lock-up
 
[To Come]
 
C-1

 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
$ · Aggregate Principal Amount Senior Securities
$ · Aggregate Principal Amount Subordinated Securities
and
· Warrants to Purchase Debt Securities
 
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
[Date]
 
[Name of Underwriters]
[Address]
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with the Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters”, which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom[           ] and [           ] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of $ · aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities (the “Senior Securities”) or subordinated debt securities (the “Subordinated Securities”), or both, or Warrants (the “Debt Warrants”) to purchase Senior Securities or Subordinated Securities, or both, of the Company set forth in said Schedule A, and with respect to the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase additional Securities (as hereinafter defined) to cover overallotments, if any.
 
The [Senior Securities][Subordinated Securities] will be issued under an indenture dated as of · , as supplemented by a supplemental indenture, dated as of · (collectively, the “Indenture”) between the Company and [U.S. Bank National Association], as trustee.  The Debt Warrants will be issued under one or more warrant agreements (the warrant agreement relating to any issue of Debt Warrants to be sold pursuant to this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrant Agent identified in such Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agent”).  The Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities or Debt Warrants or any combination thereof are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”.  The aforesaid Securities (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Securities subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Underwritten Securities”; and “Warrant Securities” shall mean the Senior Securities or Subordinated Securities issuable upon exercise of Debt Warrants.  The Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and the Debt Warrants may be offered either together or separately.  Each issue of Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and Debt Warrants may vary, as applicable, as to aggregate principal amount, maturity date, interest rate or formula and timing of payments thereof, redemption provisions, conversion provisions and sinking fund requirements, if any, and any other variable terms which the Indenture or any Warrant Agreement, as the case may be, contemplates may be set forth in the Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and Debt Warrants as issued from time to time.  Securities issued in book-entry form will be issued to Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to a blanket letter of representations, to be dated on or prior to the Closing Time (the “DTC Agreement”), between the Company and DTC.
 
 
 

 
 
The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
 
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-          ) covering the registration of the Underwritten Securities and certain of the Company’s other securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), which registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission.  The Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “1939 Act”).  The Company has also filed with the Commission a preliminary prospectus supplement, dated · , which contains a base prospectus, dated · (collectively, the “preliminary prospectus”).  Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 (“Rule 497”) of the 1933 Act Regulations.  The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A is referred to as “Rule 430A Information.”  Unless the context otherwise requires, such registration statement, including all documents filed as a part thereof, and including any Rule 430A Information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement and also including any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations (the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), is herein called the “Registration Statement.”  The final prospectus in the form filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the 1933 Act), which will include the base prospectus, dated · , together with a final prospectus supplement, is herein called the “Prospectus.”  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).
 
A Form N-54A Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act (File No. 814-00794) (the “Notification of Election”) was filed with the Commission on April 12, 2010 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “1940 Act”).
 
 
2

 
 
The Company has entered into an Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2010 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), with GC Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment adviser (the “Adviser”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”).
 
The Company has entered into an Administration Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2010 (the “Administration Agreement”), with GC Service Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).
 
SECTION 1.          Representations and Warranties .
 
(a)            Representations and Warranties by the Company .  The Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
 
(i)            Compliance with Registration Requirements .  The Company is eligible to use Form N-2.  The Registration Statement (as amended by any post-effective amendment if the Company shall have made any amendments thereto after the effective date of the Registration Statement) has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (and the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment if the Company shall have made any amendments thereto after the effective date of the Registration Statement) has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.
 
At the respective times the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective, at the Applicable Time and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the 1940 Act and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued, and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
 
3

 
 
The Prospectus, each preliminary prospectus and the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the 1940 Act except for any corrections to any preliminary prospectus that are made in the Prospectus and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
 
As of the Applicable Time, the preliminary prospectus supplement, dated · , together with the base prospectus, dated · , as filed with the Commission on · , and the information included on Schedule B hereto (which information the Representatives have informed the Company is being conveyed orally by the Underwriters to prospective purchasers at or prior to the Underwriters’ confirmation of sales of Underwritten Securities in the offering), all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement, “Applicable Time” means · [a.m.][p.m.] (Eastern Time) on · or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.
 
The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, Prospectus or General Disclosure Package made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the part of the Registration Statement that constitutes the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the 1939 Act (Form T-1) of the Trustee under the Indenture, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the General Disclosure Package.
 
(ii)            Independent Accountants .  The accountants who certified the financial statements included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).
 
 
4

 
 
(iii)           Financial Statements .  The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; there are no financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not included as required; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The “Selected Financial and Other Information” included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  The financial data set forth in the General Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” fairly present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements and related notes thereto contained in the Registration Statement.  [The pro forma financial information with respect to the Company included under the captions “Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Per Share Data” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information contained therein, has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and has been properly presented on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.  There is no other pro forma financial information that is required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that is not included as required.]
 
(iv)           No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
 
(v)            Good Standing of the Company .  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
5

 
 
(vi)           Subsidiaries .  The Company’s only subsidiaries are Golub Capital Master Funding LLC, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 Holdings LLC, Golub Capital BDC 2010-1 LLC, GC SBIC IV-GP, Inc., GC SBIC IV-GP, LLC and GC SBIC IV, L.P. (each, a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”).  Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable and is owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any of the Subsidiaries was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary.  Except (A) as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (B) portfolio investments made after ●, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or debt securities of any corporation or have any equity or debt interest in any firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity that is not a Subsidiary.
 
(vii)          Capitalization .  The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or in the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options, if any, referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus).  The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
 
 
6

 
 
(viii)         Authorization of Agreements .
 
(A)           This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.  The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement are valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(B)           The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Trustee will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(C)           If applicable, the Warrant Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company prior to the issuance of any applicable Debt Warrants and, when executed and delivered by the Warrant Agent, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(ix)           Authorization and Description of Underwritten Securities .  (A)  The Underwritten Securities being sold pursuant to this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Debt Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Agreement (or will have been so authorized prior to each issuance of Underwritten Securities) and, when issued, authenticated and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and, if applicable, the Indenture or Warrant Agreement, or both, as the case may be, relating thereto, against payment of the consideration set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Warrant Agreement, will be valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or Warrant Agreement, or both, as the case may be, relating thereto; and the Underwritten Securities, the Indenture and the Warrant Agreement, if any, conform in all material respects to the statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus.
 
 
7

 
 
(B)           If applicable, upon issuance and delivery of the Underwritten Securities in accordance with this Agreement and the Indenture, the Underwritten Securities will be convertible at the option of the holder thereof into shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), in accordance with the terms of the Underwritten Securities and the Indenture, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any issue of the Securities will have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion by all necessary corporate action and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement relating thereto, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
(x)            Absence of Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.  Further, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”) except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Underwritten Securities, the Warrant Agreement, if applicable, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and in the Registration Statement and General Disclosure Package (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” and, if applicable, the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Securities) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments, except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their assets, properties or operations.  As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
 
 
8

 
 
(xi)          Absence of Proceedings .  Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Company, inquiry or investigation, before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, or which would result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Underwritten Securities, the Warrant Agreement, if applicable, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xii)         Accuracy of Exhibits .  There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.
 
(xiii)        Possession of Intellectual Property .  The Company and the Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them or proposed to be operated by them immediately following the offering of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to own or possess or otherwise be able to acquire such rights in a timely manner would not otherwise reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
9

 
 
(xiv)        Absence of Further Requirements .  No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Underwritten Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Underwritten Securities, the Warrant Agreement, if applicable, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the Prospectus (including the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”), except (A) such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations or the 1940 Act, (B) such as may be required under state securities laws, and (C) the filing of the Notification of Election under the 1940 Act, which has been effected.
 
(xv)         Absence of Manipulation .  Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Underwritten Securities in violation of any law, statute, regulation or rule applicable to the Company or its affiliates.
 
(xvi)        Possession of Licenses and Permits .  The Company and the Subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them or proposed to be operated by them immediately following the offering of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure so to possess would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xvii)       Investment Company Act .  The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as a “registered management investment company” under the 1940 Act.
 
 
10

 
 
(xviii)      Registration Rights .  There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.
 
(xix)         Related Party Transactions .  There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus which have not been described as required.
 
(xx)          Notification of Election .  When the Notification of Election was filed with the Commission, it (A) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and complied in all material respects with the requirements of, the 1940 Act and (B) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
(xxi)         Investment Advisory Agreement .  (A) The terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and (B) the approvals by the board of directors and the stockholders of the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement have been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act applicable to companies that have elected to be regulated as business development companies under the 1940 Act.
 
(xxii)        Interested Persons .  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company, except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, and (B) to the knowledge of the Company, no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any of the Underwriters.
 
(xxiii)       Business Development Company .  (A) The Company has duly elected to be treated by the Commission under the 1940 Act as a business development company, such election is effective and all required action has been taken by the Company under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Underwritten Securities as provided in this Agreement; (B) the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus, assuming they are implemented as described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1940 Act; and (C) the operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the 1940 Act applicable to business development companies.
 
 
11

 
 
(xxiv)      Absence of Labor Dispute .  As of the date hereof, the Company and its subsidiaries do not have, and on the Closing Date the Company and its subsidiaries will not have, any employees.  To the knowledge of the Company, no labor dispute with the employees of Golub Capital Incorporated and Golub Capital Management LLC exists or is imminent.
 
(xxv)       No Extension of Credit .  The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
 
(xxvi)      Accounting Controls .  The Company has established and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for inventory assets is compared with the existing inventory assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
(xxvii)     Disclosure Controls .  The Company has established and employs disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.
 
(xxviii)    Tax Returns .  The Company and the Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, federal, state, local or other law or have duly requested extensions thereof, except insofar as the failure to file such returns or request such extensions would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all taxes shown as due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and the Subsidiaries, except for such taxes or assessments, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided or where the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xxix)       No Unlawful Payments .  Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries (other than the Underwriters) has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, (B) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, (C) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or (D) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.
 
 
12

 
 
(xxx)        Compliance with Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency and applicable to the Company and the Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or the Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
 
(xxxi)       Compliance with OFAC .  None of the Company, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate (other than the Underwriters) of the Company or the Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(xxxii)      Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company is, and to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s directors and officers, in their capacities as such, are, in compliance in all material respects with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
 
(b)            Representations and Warranties of the Adviser and the Administrator .  The Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:
 
(i)            No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs, business prospects or regulatory status of the Adviser or the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (an “Adviser Material Adverse Effect”).
 
 
13

 
 
(ii)           Good Standing .  Each of the Adviser and the Administrator has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; the Adviser has limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement; the Administrator has limited liability company power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Administration Agreement; and each of the Adviser and the Administrator is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of ownership or leasing of its property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to qualify or be in good standing would not otherwise reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(iii)          Registration Under Advisers Act .  The Adviser is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the 1940 Act from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus.  There does not exist any proceeding or, to the Adviser’s knowledge, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of the Adviser with the Commission.
 
(iv)          Absence of Proceedings .  There is no action, suit or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened, against or affecting either the Adviser or the Administrator, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser or the Administrator is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to their business, would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
14

 
 
(v)          Absence of Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither the Adviser nor the Administrator is in violation of its limited liability company operating agreement or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser or the Administrator is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser or the Administrator is subject (collectively, the “Adviser/Administrator Agreements and Instruments”), or in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree except for such violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and in the Registration Statement and General Disclosure Package (including the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Adviser and the Administrator with their respective obligations hereunder and under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser or the Administrator pursuant to, the Adviser/Administrator Agreements and Instruments except for such violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the limited liability company operating agreement of the Adviser or Administrator, respectively, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Adviser or the Administrator or any of their assets, properties or operations.
 
(vi)         Authorization of Agreements .  This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser and the Administrator, as applicable.  This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement are valid and binding obligations of the Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
(vii)        Absence of Further Requirements .  No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser or the Administrator of their obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Underwritten Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (including the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”), except (A) such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations or the 1940 Act, (B) such as may be required under state securities laws and (C) the filing of the Notification of Election under the 1940 Act, which has been effected.
 
 
15

 
 
(viii)       Description of Adviser and Administrator .  The description of the Adviser and the Administrator contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
 
(ix)          Possession of Licenses and Permits .  The Adviser and the Administrator possess such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; the Adviser and the Administrator are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Adviser nor the Administrator has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(x)           Stabilization and Manipulation .  Neither the Adviser, the Administrator nor any of their respective partners, officers, affiliates or controlling persons has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, under the 1934 Act, to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Underwritten Securities in violation of any law, statute, regulation or rule applicable to the Adviser, the Administrator or any of their respective partners, officers, affiliates or controlling persons.
 
(xi)          Employment Status .  Neither the Adviser nor the Administrator is aware that (i) any executive, key employee or significant group of employees of Golub Capital Incorporated or Golub Capital Management LLC plans to terminate employment with Golub Capital Incorporated or Golub Capital Management LLC, as applicable, or (ii) any such executive or key employee is subject to any non-compete, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar agreement that would be violated by the present or proposed business activities of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator except where such termination or violation would not reasonably be expected to have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
16

 
 
(xii)         Internal Controls .  The Adviser is using its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (B) access to the Company’s assets that are in its possession or control is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(xiii)        Accounting Controls .  The Administrator is using its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions for which it has bookkeeping and record keeping responsibility for under the Administration Agreement are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for the Company’s assets and (B) the recorded accountability for such assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
(c)            Officer’s Certificates .  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, the Adviser or the Administrator delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, such Subsidiary, the Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
 
SECTION 2.     Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .
 
(a)            Initial Securities .  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price set forth in Schedule B, the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.
 
(b)            Option Securities .  In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional $ · aggregate principal amount of Securities at the price set forth in Schedule B.  The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time on up to two occasions only for the purpose of covering overallotments which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the aggregate principal amount of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities.  Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined.  If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the aggregate principal amount of Option Securities then being purchased which the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities.
 
 
17

 
 
(c)            Payment .  Payment of the purchase price for, against delivery of, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of [          ], counsel for the Underwriters, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern Time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern Time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).
 
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, against delivery of, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.
 
Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to the Representatives through the facilities of DTC for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Underwritten Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.  The Representatives, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
 
(d)            Denominations; Registration .  The certificates or receipts for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be transferred electronically at the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request; provided that any such request must be received in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.
 
SECTION 3.    Covenants of the Company .  The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
 
 
18

 
 
(a)            Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests .  During any period that a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act (but in any event through the Closing Date), the Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 415, Rule 430A and Rule 497 and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Underwritten Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes.  The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 497 and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497 was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus.  During any period that a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act (but in any event through the Closing Date), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
 
(b)            Filing of Amendments .  During any period that a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act (but in any event through the Closing Date), the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be.  The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations adopted thereunder within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing.
 
(c)            Delivery of Commission Filings .  The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed, and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and conformed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and, upon the Representatives’ request, will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters.  The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T, or as filed with the Commission in paper form as permitted by Regulation S-T.
 
 
19

 
 
(d)            Delivery of Prospectuses .  The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.  The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request.  The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
 
(e)            Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .  The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Underwritten Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(f)            Blue Sky Qualifications .  The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Underwritten Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for as long as the Representatives reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
 
(g)            Rule 158 .  The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as reasonably practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
 
 
20

 
 
(h)            DTC .  The Company will cooperate with the Representatives and use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit the Initial Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through the facilities of DTC.
 
(i)            Reservation of Shares of Common Stock .  The Company will, at all times, reserve and keep available, free of preemptive rights, enough shares of Common Stock for the purpose of enabling the Company to satisfy any obligations to issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Securities.
 
(j)            Use of Proceeds .  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Underwritten Securities in the manner specified in the General Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”.
 
(k)           [ Listing .  The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the quotation of [if applicable, describe Securities] on [describe applicable stock exchange or quotation service].]
 
(l)           [ Restriction on Sale of Common Stock .  [During a period of [          ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the registration and sale of Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Prospectus, and any registration related thereto, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to existing dividend reinvestment plans referred to in the Prospectus, and any registration related thereto, (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan, and any registration related thereto[ or][,] (E) any shares of Common Stock issued to directors in lieu of directors’ fees, and any related registration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if:  (1) during the last 17 days of such           -day period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of such            day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day-period beginning on the last day of such           -day period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.]
 
 
21

 
 
(m)            Restriction on Sale of Underwritten Securities .  During a period of [          ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Underwritten Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Underwritten Securities or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Underwritten Securities, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Underwritten Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the registration and sale of Underwritten Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance of any Underwritten Securities issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Prospectus, and any registration related thereto, or (C) any Underwritten Securities issued to directors in lieu of directors’ fees, and any registration related thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if:  (1) during the last 17 days of such           -day period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of such           -day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day-period beginning on the last day of such           -day period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
(n)            Reporting Requirements .  The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
 
(o)            Business Development Company Status .  The Company, during a period of at least 12 months from the Closing Time, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a business development company; provided , however , the Company may cease to be, or withdraw its election as, a business development company, with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the 1940 Act or any successor provision.
 
(p)            Regulated Investment Company Status .  During the 12-month period following the Closing Time, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and to maintain such qualification and election in effect for each full fiscal year during which it is a business development company under the 1940 Act.
 
 
22

 
 
(q)            Accounting Controls .  The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) material information relating to the Company and the assets managed by the Adviser is promptly made known to the officers responsible for establishing and maintaining the system of internal accounting controls; and (B) any significant deficiencies or weaknesses in the design or operation of internal accounting controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data, and any fraud whether or not material that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in internal controls, are adequately and promptly disclosed to the Company’s independent auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors.
 
SECTION 4.    Payment of Expenses .
 
(a)            Expenses .  The Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Warrant Agreement, if any, any Agreement among the Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Underwritten Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Underwritten Securities and any Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Debt Warrants to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Underwritten Securities and any Warrant Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s, the Adviser’s and the Administrator’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Underwritten Securities and any Warrant Securities issuable upon exercise of the Debt Warrants under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus and of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Underwritten Securities, (ix) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Underwritten Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (x) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the terms of the sale of the Underwritten Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the inclusion of the Underwritten Securities or any Warrant Securities, if applicable, in The Nasdaq Global Select Market   and (xii) the costs and expenses (including without limitation any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Underwritten Securities made by the Underwriters (which are terminated prior to the Closing Date) caused by a breach of the representation contained in the fourth paragraph of Section 1(a)(i).
 
 
23

 
 
(b)            Termination of Agreement .  If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) and (iii) hereof, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
SECTION 5.    Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, to the performance by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:
 
(a)            Effectiveness of Registration Statement .  The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters.  A final prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497.
 
(b)            Opinions of Counsel for Company .  At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth on Exhibit A hereto.  Such counsel may state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied upon certificates of officers of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
 
(c)            Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of [                              ], counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters.  In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States upon the opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, including counsel of the Company.  Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
 
 
24

 
 
(d)            Officers’ Certificates .  (i)  At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the chief executive officer of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (A) there has been no such material adverse change, (B) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (C) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time and (D) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated by the Commission.
 
(ii)           At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs, business prospects or regulatory status of the Adviser or the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, that would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of two authorized officers of each of the Adviser and the Administrator, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (A) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (B) the representations and warranties of the Adviser and Administrator in Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (C) the Adviser and the Administrator have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time and (D) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated by the Commission.
 
(e)            Accountant’s Comfort Letter and CFO Certificate .  At the time of the execution of this Agreement the Representatives shall have received:
 
(i)           A letter from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent public accountants for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, covering the financial information in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus of the Company, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
 
 
25

 
 
(ii)           A certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and as agreed upon prior to the date hereof, covering certain financial matters of the Company, together with signed or reproduced copies of such certificate for each of the other Underwriters.
 
(f)            Bring-down Comfort Letter and CFO Certificate .  At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received (i) from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP   a letter with respect to the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e)(i) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to Closing Time and (ii) from the Company a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that the chief financial officer of the Company reaffirms the statements made in the certificate furnished pursuant to subsection (e)(ii) of this Section.
 
(g)            No Objection .  FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
 
(h)           [ Approval of Listing .  At Closing Time, the [if applicable, describe Securities] shall have been approved for inclusion in [The NASDAQ Global Select Market], subject only to official notice of issuance.]
 
(i)            Indenture .  At or prior to the Closing Time, the Company and the Trustee shall have executed and delivered the Indenture.
 
(j)            Lock-up Agreements .  At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of Section 3(l) or (m) of this Agreement or any lock-up agreement delivered in connection with this Section 5(i) to the contrary, the Company may pledge shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by the Company in one or more bona fide lending transactions.
 
(k)           [ Ratings .  On the Closing Date, the Underwritten Securities shall be rated at least by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and by Standard & Poor’s and since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a downgrading in the rating assigned to the Underwritten Securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating agency,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act, and no such organization shall have publicly announced it has under surveillance or review its rating of the Underwritten Securities.]
 
(l)            Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities .  In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:
 
 
26

 
 
(i)             Officers’ Certificates .
 
(A)           A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the chief executive officer of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d)(i) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
 
(B)           A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of two authorized officers of each of the Adviser and the Administrator confirming that the certificates delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d)(ii) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
 
(ii)            Opinion of Counsel for Company .  The favorable opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions required by Section 5(b) hereof.
 
(iii)            Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  The favorable opinion of [            ], counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
 
(iv)            Bring-down Comfort Letter and CFO Certificate .
 
(A)           A letter with respect to the Company from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f)(i) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter[s] furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Date of Delivery.
 
(B)           A certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the certificate furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f)(ii) hereof.
 
(m)            Additional Documents .  At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator in connection with the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
 
 
27

 
 
(n)            Termination of Agreement .  If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities, on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.
 
SECTION 6.   Indemnification .
 
(a)            Indemnification of Underwriters .  The Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
 
(i)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information (including the information on Schedule B hereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in the General Disclosure Package, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;
 
(iii)           against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;
 
 
28

 
 
provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the General Disclosure Package.
 
(b)            Indemnification of Company, Directors, Officers, Adviser and Administrator .  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers, each person, if any, who controls the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the Adviser and the Administrator  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in the General Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
 
(c)            Actions against Parties; Notification .  Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (an “Action”), but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such Action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one Action or separate but similar or related Actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the assumption of the defense of any such Action nor the payment of any fees or expenses related thereto shall be deemed to be an admission by the indemnifying party that it has obligation to indemnify any person pursuant to this Agreement.
 
 
29

 
 
(d)            Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse .  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
 
(e)            Acknowledgement by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator .  The Company, the Adviser and the Administrator also acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of any Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Underwritten Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters of such Underwritten Securities, on the other hand, (ii) in connection with the public offering of the Underwritten Securities and the process leading to such transaction the Underwriters will act solely as principals and not as agents or fiduciaries of the Company or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) the Underwriters will not assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of Underwritten Securities contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are currently advising the Company on other matters) and the Underwriters will not have any obligation to the Company with respect to the Offering except the obligations expressly set forth herein, (iv) the Underwriters and their affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (v) the Underwriters have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Underwritten Securities and the Company has consulted and will consult its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.
 
SECTION 7.    Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
 
 
30

 
 
The relative benefits received by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Underwritten Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.
 
The relative fault of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
The Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Underwritten Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
 
31

 
 
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, Adviser or Administrator within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, Adviser or Administrator, as the case may be.  The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 6 and this Section 7, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Agreement in violation of Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.
 
SECTION 8.    Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, the Adviser and the Administrator submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities.
 
SECTION 9.    Termination of Agreement .
 
(a)            Termination; General .  The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, the Adviser or the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Underwritten Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Underwritten Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Global Select Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
 
 
32

 
 
(b)            Liabilities .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
 
SECTION 10.   Default by One or More of the Underwriters .  If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Underwritten Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
 
(i)            if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or
 
(ii)           if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.
 
As used in this Section only, if the Defaulted Securities include Debt Warrants, the aggregate amount or aggregate principal amount of Securities shall mean the aggregate principal amount of any Securities plus the public offering price of any Debt Warrants included in the relevant Securities.
 
No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
 
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
 
 
33

 
 
SECTION 11.    Tax Disclosure .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, from the commencement of discussions with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company (and each employee, representative or other agent of the Company) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the U.S. Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
 
SECTION 12.    Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at [                              ], with a copy to [                              ]; and notices to the Company, the Adviser and Administrator shall be directed to them at 150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention:  David B. Golub, with a copy to Dechert LLP, 1775 I Street, NW, Washington, DC 20006, Attention:  Thomas J. Friedmann.
 
SECTION 13.    Parties .  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Underwritten Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
 
SECTION 14.    GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
 
SECTION 15.    TIME .  TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
 
 
34

 
 
SECTION 16.    Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no claim or action may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and both the Underwriters and the Company consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  The Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any claim or action arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against the Underwriters or any indemnified party.  The Underwriters and the Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
 
SECTION 17.    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
SECTION 18.    Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
 
35

 
 
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between the Underwriters, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator in accordance with its terms.
 
 
Very truly yours,
   
 
COMPANY:
   
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
   
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
ADVISER:
   
 
GC ADVISORS LLC
   
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
ADMINISTRATOR:
   
 
GC SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
   
 
By
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
36

 
 
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first above written:
 
[NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE]
 
By
 
Authorized Signatory
 
[NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE]
 
By
 
Authorized Signatory
 
For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.
 
 
 
37

 
 
Exhibit A
 
 
Ex A-1

 
 
Exhibit B
 
 
Ex B-1

 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
Name of Underwriter
 
Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Senior
Securities
 
Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Subordinated
Securities
 
Number of
Warrants
   
·
 
·
 
·
   
·
 
·
 
·
 
 
A-1

 
 
SCHEDULE B
 
GOLUB CAPITAL BDC, INC.
 
$ · ·Aggregate Principal Amount Senior Securities
$ · Aggregate Principal Amount Subordinated Securities
and
· Warrants to Purchase Debt Securities
 
1.           The public offering price for the Underwritten Securities, determined as provided in Section 2, shall be · % of the aggregate principal amount thereof.
 
2.           The purchase price for the Underwritten Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be · % of the aggregate principal amount thereof, being an amount equal to the public offering price set forth above less · % of the aggregate principal amount thereof.
 
3.           The trade date is · .
 
4.           The closing date will be · .
 
 
B-1

 

SCHEDULE C
 
List of persons and entities
subject to lock-up
 
[To Come]
 
 
C-1

 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
We consent to use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. (the Company) of our report dated December 10, 2010, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.  Our report dated December 10, 2010 relating to the consolidated financial statements expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an emphasis paragraph relating to the Company’s investments whose fair values have been estimated by management. 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Prospectus.


/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Chicago, Illinois
June 7, 2011